topANT--5 prev next

From the death of Moses to the death of Eli


Chapter 1 Joshua defeats the Canaanites and divides up their land by lot
Chapter 2 After Joshua's death, lawlessness; the people suffered severely
Chapter 3 Israel under Assyrian rule. Saved by God, through Keniazos
Chapter 4 Under the Moabites; then saved by Ehud, for eighty years
Chapter 5 Rescued by Barak and Deborah, from Canaanite rule
Chapter 6 Rescued by Gideon, from the Madianites
Chapter 7 Other judges… Abimelech, Jephtha, Jair and Abdon
Chapter 8 Samson tames Philistines; deceived by Delilah; final revenge
Chapter 9 The story of Ruth, ancestor of king David
Chapter 10 Samuel's childhood. He foretells disaster for Eli's sons
Chapter 11 Defection of Eli's sons; Philistines capture Ark; Eli dies
Chapter & Paragraph numbers as in Whiston.
[Verse numbers] as in Niese's Greek edition.
Chapter 1
[001-119]

Joshua defeats the Canaanites and
divides their Land by Lot
1 ΜωυσέοςMoses δὲ τὸν προειρημένον τρόπον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπογεγονότος ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἁπάντων ἤδη τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ νενομισμένων τέλος δυσμενῶς καὶ τοῦ πένθους λελωφηκότος παρήγγειλεν ἐπὶ στρατείαν ἕτοιμον εἶναι τὸ πλῆθος ,
1 When Moses was taken away from among men, in the manner already described, and when all the solemnities belonging to the mourning for him were finished, and the sorrow for him was over, Joshua commanded the multitude to get themselves ready for an expedition. 1 When Moses was taken away from mankind as we have described, and all the solemnities of mourning were completed and the grieving for him was over, the people were told to get ready to set off.
1 Barach
2 πέμπει τε κατασκόπους εἰς ἹεριχοῦνταJericho τήν τε δύναμιν αὐτῶν καὶ τίνα διάνοιαν ἔχουσιν αὐτοὶ γνωσομένους , αὐτὸς δὲ ἐξήταζε τὸν στρατὸν ὡς κατὰ καιρὸν διαβησόμενος τὸν ἸόρδανονJordan.
2 He also sent spies to Jericho to discover what forces they had, and what were their intentions; but he put his camp in order, as intending soon to pass over Jordan at a proper season. 2 Joshua sent spies to Jericho to find out their forces and their intentions, and he put his camp in order, intending to cross the Jordan at the first opportunity.
2 Barach
3 ἀνακαλεσάμενος δὲ τοὺς τῆς ῬουβηλίδοςRubel φυλῆς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς τῆς ΓάδιδοςGad καὶ ΜανασσήτιδοςManasses προεστῶταςto set before , ἐξ ἡμισείας γὰρ καὶ τῇδε τῇ φυλῇ τὴν‎ ἈμορίανAmorites κατοικεῖν ἐπετέτραπτο τῆς ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γῆς ἕβδομον οὖσαν μέρος , ὑπεμίμνησκεν ὑπέσχοντο ΜωυσεῖMoses ,
3 And calling to him the rulers of the tribe of Reuben, and the governors of the tribe of Gad, and [the half tribe of] Manasseh, for half of this tribe had been permitted to have their habitation in the country of the Amorites, which was the seventh part of the land of Canaan, 3 Calling the officers of the tribe of Rubel and of the tribe of Gad and Manasses, for half of this tribe had been allowed to live in the region of the Amorites, which was the seventh part of the land of Canaan, he reminded them what they had promised Moses.
3 Barach
4 καὶ παρεκάλει χαριζομένους τῇ τε ἐκείνου προνοίᾳ μηδ᾽ ὅτε ἀπέθνησκε περὶ αὐτοὺς καμούσῃ τῷ τε κοινῇ συμφέροντι παρέχειν αὑτοὺς εἰς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα προθύμους . τῶν δ᾽ ἑπομένωνto follow, obey ὁπλίταιςarmed warrior πεντακισμυρίοις ἀπὸ τῆς ἈβέληςAbila ἐπὶ τὸν ἸόρδανονJordan ἐξῄει σταδίους ἑξήκοντα .
4 he put them in mind what they had promised Moses; and he exhorted them that, for the sake of the care that Moses had taken of them who had never been weary of taking pains for them no, not when he was dying, and for the sake of the public welfare, they would prepare themselves, and readily perform what they had promised; so he took fifty thousand of them who followed him, and he marched from Abila to Jordan, sixty furlongs. 4 He urged them not to forget the concern of him who even when he was dying had not wearied in his care for them, and for the sake of the common good, to willingly do what they had promised. Then with fifty thousand of his followers he marched the sixty furlongs from Abila to the Jordan.
4 Barach
5 Καὶ στρατοπεδεύσαντος εὐθὺς οἱ κατάσκοποι παρῆσαν μηδὲν ἀγνοήσαντες τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ΧαναναίοιςCanaanites · ἐλθόντες γὰρ τὸ πρῶτον ἅπασαν ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας αὐτῶν τὴν‎ πόλιν κατενόησαν , τῶν τε τειχῶν ὅσα καρτερὰ καὶ ὅσα μὴ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλῶς καὶ τῶν πυλίδων αἳ πρὸς εἴσοδον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ δι᾽ ἀσθένειαν συνέφερον .
5 Now when he had pitched his camp, the spies came to him immediately, well acquainted with the whole state of the Canaanites; for at first, before they were at all discovered, they took a full view of the city of Jericho without disturbance, and saw which parts of the walls were strong, and which parts were otherwise, and indeed insecure, and which of the gates were so weak as might afford an entrance to their army. 5 As soon as he had encamped, the spies came to him, well informed about the whole state of the Canaanites, for at first, before anyone noticed them, they got a full view of the city and saw which parts of the ramparts were strong and which were less so, and which of the gates was weak enough to offer access to their army.
5 Barach
6 ἠμέλουν δὲ θεωμένων οἱ ἐντυγχάνοντες κατὰ ἱστορίαν ξένοις προσήκουσαν ἀκριβῶς ἕκαστα πολυπραγμονεῖν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει νομίζοντες , ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ διανοίᾳ πολεμίων .
6 Now those that met them took no notice of them when they saw them, and supposed they were only strangers, who used to be very curious in observing everything in the city, and did not take them for enemies; 6 Those who met and saw them took no notice of them, thinking of them as strangers, who usually are very curious in observing everything in the city, rather than as enemies.
6 Barach
7 ὡς δὲ γενομένης ὀψίας ὑποχωροῦσιν εἴς τι καταγώγιον τοῦ τείχους πλησίον , εἰς καὶ προήχθησαν δειπνοποιησάμενοι καὶ περὶ ἀπαλλαγῆς αὐτοῖς τὸ λοιπὸν φροντὶς ἦν ,
7 but at even they retired to a certain inn that was near to the wall, whither they went to eat their supper; 7 At nightfall they retreated to a hotel near the wall, where they had their supper.
7 Barach
8 μηνύονται τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ δεῖπνον ὄντι κατασκεψόμενοί τινες τὴν‎ πόλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews στρατοπέδου παρεῖναι καὶ ὄντες ἐν τῷ τῆς ῬαάβηςRahab καταγωγίῳ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς τοῦ λανθάνειν προνοίας ὑπάρχειν . δ᾽ εὐθὺς πέμψας πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευσεν ἀγαγεῖν συλλαβόντας , ἵνα βασανίσας μάθῃ , τί καὶ βουλόμενοι παρεῖεν .
8 which supper when they had done, and were considering how to get away, information was given to the king as he was at supper, that there were some persons come from the Hebrews’ camp to view the city as spies, and that they were in the inn kept by Rahab, and were very solicitous that they might not be discovered. So he sent immediately some to them, and commanded to catch them, and bring them to him, that he might examine them by torture, and learn what their business was there. 8 After the meal, as they considered how to get away, the king was told as he dined, that some spies had come from the Hebrews' camp to view the city and that they were at the hotel kept by Rahab and were trying to stay in hiding. Immediately he sent some with orders to arrest them and bring them to him, to find out from them under torture what was their business there.
8 Barach
9 ὡς δ᾽ ἔγνω τὴν‎ ἔφοδον αὐτῶν ῬαάβηRahab, λίνου γὰρ ἀγκαλίδας ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους ἔψυχε , τοὺς μὲν κατασκόπους εἰς ταύτας ἀποκρύπτει , τοῖς δὲ πεμφθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔλεγεν , ὡς ξένοι τινὲς εἶεν ἀγνῶτες ὀλίγῳ πρότερον δῦναι τὸν ἥλιον παρ᾽ αὐτῇ δειπνήσαντες ἀπαλλαγεῖεν , οὓς εἰ φοβεροὶ τῇ πόλει δοκοῦσιν , κίνδυνον τῷ βασιλεῖ φέροντες ἧκον , ἀπόνως εἶναι λαβεῖν διωχθέντας .
9 As soon as Rahab understood that these messengers were coming, she hid the spies under stalks of flax, which were laid to dry on the top of her house; and said to the messengers that were sent by the king, that certain unknown strangers had supped with her a little before sun-setting, and were gone away, who might easily be taken, if they were any terror to the city, or likely to bring any danger to the king. 9 When Rahab heard that these messengers were coming, she hid the spies under stalks of flax, laid out to dry on the roof of her house, and told the king's messengers that some unknown strangers had supped with her a little before sunset but had gone away. They could easily be captured, if they caused any anxiety to the city, or were a danger to the king.
9 Barach
10 οἱ δὲ τῆς γυναικὸς οὕτως αὐτοὺς ὑπελθούσης οὐδένα ὑπονοήσαντες δόλον ἀπῆλθον οὐδ᾽ ἐρευνήσαντες τὸ καταγώγιον . ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ὁρμήσαντεςto set in motion καθ᾽ ἃς ἐνόμιζον αὐτοὺς μάλιστα τῶν ὁδῶν ἀπέρχεσθαι καὶ κατὰ τὰς εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν φερούσας οὐδενὶ γνωρίσματι περιετύγχανον , παύονται τοῦ πονεῖν .
10 So these messengers being thus deluded by the woman, and suspecting no imposition, went their ways, without so much as searching the inn; but they immediately pursued them along those roads which they most probably supposed them to have gone, and those particularly which led to the river, but could hear no tidings of them; so they left off the pains of any further pursuit. 10 Being so tricked by the woman, and suspecting no deceit, these messengers went off without even searching the hotel. They rushed along the roads they thought the men most likely to take, especially those leading to the river, but heard no news of them, and did not bother with any further pursuit.
10 Barach
11 τοῦ δὲ θορύβου σταλέντος ῬαάβηRahab καταγαγοῦσα τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τὸν κίνδυνον εἰποῦσα , ὃν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτῶν ὑπέλθοι σωτηρίας , ἁλοῦσαν γὰρ ἀποκρύπτουσαν αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἂν διαφυγεῖν τὴν‎ ἐκ τοῦ βασιλέως τιμωρίαν , ἀλλὰ πανοικὶ αὐτὴν ἀπολέσθαι κακῶς ,
11 But when the tumult was over, Rahab brought the men down, and desired them as soon as they should have obtained possession of the land of Canaan, when it would be in their power to make her amends for her preservation of them, to remember what danger she had undergone for their sakes; for that if she had been caught concealing them, she could not have escaped a terrible destruction, she and all her family with her, and so bid them go home; 11 When the fuss was over, Rahab brought the men down and asked them, when they took the land of Canaan, and it was in their power to pay her back for saving them, to remember the risk she had run on their behalf, for if she had been caught hiding them, she could not have escaped a cruel fate, with all her family.
11 Barach
12 παρακαλέσασα διὰ μνήμης ἔχειν , ὅταν ἐγκρατεῖς τῆς ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γῆς καταστάντες ἀμοιβὴν ἐκτῖσαι δύνωνται τῆς ἄρτι σωτηρίας , χωρεῖν ἐκέλευεν ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ὀμόσαντας μὴν σώσειν αὐτὴν καὶ τὰ αὐτῆς , ὅταν τὴν‎ πόλιν ἑλόντες φθείρωσι πάντας τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατὰ ψήφισμα τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς γενόμενον · ταῦτα γὰρ εἰδέναι σημείοις τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ διδαχθεῖσαν .
12 and desired them to swear to her to preserve her and her family when they should take the city, and destroy all its inhabitants, as they had decreed to do; for so far she said she had been assured by those divine miracles of which she had been informed. 12 So she sent them home, having gotten them to swear to save her and her family when they captured the city and destroyed all its inhabitants, as they had decided to do, for she knew this would happen, through the divine miracles of which she had been informed.
12 Barach
13 οἱ δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων αὐτῇ χάριν ἔχειν ὡμολόγουν καὶ περὶ τῶν αὖθις ὤμνυον ἔργωιdeed τὴν‎ ἀμοιβὴν ἀποδώσειν · ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἂν αἴσθηται μελλούσης ἁλίσκεσθαι τῆς πόλεως , συνεβούλευον κτῆσίν τε τὴν‎ αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους ἅπαντας εἰς τὸ καταγώγιον ἀποθεμένην ἐγκαθεῖρξαι πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἀνατείνασαν φοινικίδας , ὅπως εἰδὼς τὴν‎ οἰκίαν στρατηγὸς φυλάττηται κακῶς ποιεῖν ·
13 So these spies acknowledged that they owed her thanks for what she had done already, and withal swore to requite her kindness, not only in words, but in deeds. But they gave her this advice, That when she should perceive that the city was about to be taken, she should put her goods, and all her family, by way of security, in her inn, and to hang out scarlet threads before her doors, [or windows,] that the commander of the Hebrews might know her house, and take care to do her no harm; 13 They admitted their debt of thanks for what she had done and swore to repay her kindness, not only in words, but also in deeds. They advised her that when she saw the city about to be taken, to shut up her goods and all her family securely within her hotel, and hang out scarlet threads at the doors, so that the general would know her house and protect it from harm.
13 Barach
14 " μηνύσομεν γὰρ αὐτῷ , ἔφασανto affirm, say , διὰ τὸ σὸν σώζεσθαι πρόθυμον . εἰ δέ τις ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πέσοι τῶν σῶν , σύ τε οὐκ ἂν ἡμῖν ἐπενέγκοις αἰτίαν καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὃν ὀμωμόκαμεν παραιτούμεθα μηδὲν ὡς ἐπὶ παραβαίνουσι τοὺς ὅρκους δυσχερᾶναι .
14 for, said they, we will inform him of this matter, because of the concern thou hast had to preserve us: but if any one of thy family fall in the battle, do not thou blame us; and we beseech that God, by whom we have sworn, not then to be displeased with us, as though we had broken our oaths. 14 "For we will inform him of this," they said, "because of your concern to save us. But if anyone of your family falls in the battle, do not blame us, and we beg God, by whom we have sworn, not to blame us then either, as though we had broken our oaths."
14 Barach
15 καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτα συνθέμενοι ἐχώρουνto make room, withdraw διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθιμήσαντες ἑαυτούς , καὶ διασωθέντες πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους ἐδήλωσαν ὅσα πράξαντες ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως ἧκον · ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar καὶ τῇ γερουσίᾳ φράζει τὰ τοῖς σκοποῖς ὁμοθέντα πρὸς τὴν‎ ῬαάβηνRahab· οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεκύρουν τὸν ὅρκον .
15 So these men, when they had made this agreement, went away, letting themselves down by a rope from the wall, and escaped, and came and told their own people whatsoever they had done in their journey to this city. Joshua also told Eleazar the high priest, and the senate, what the spies had sworn to Rahab, who continued what had been sworn. 15 With this agreement, they left, letting themselves down by a rope from the wall, and escaped and came and told their own people what they had done in their journey to this city. Joshua told Eleazar the high priest and the elders what the spies had sworn to Rahab, and they ratified the oath.
15 Barach
16 Δεδιότος δὲ τοῦ στρατοῦ τὴν‎ διάβασιν , μέγας γὰρ ἦν ποταμὸς τῷ ῥεύματι καὶ οὔτε γεφύραις πορευτός , οὐ γὰρ ἔζευκτο τὸ πρότερον , βουλομένους τε γεφυροῦν οὐχ ἕξειν σχολὴν παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων ὑπελάμβανον πορθμείων τε μὴ τυγχανόντων , διαβατὸν αὐτοῖς θεὸς ἐπαγγέλλεται ποιήσειν τὸν ποταμὸν μειώσας αὐτοῦ‎ τὸ πλῆθος .
16 Now while Joshua, the commander, was in fear about their passing over Jordan, for the river ran with a strong current, and could not be passed over with bridges, for there never had been bridges laid over it hitherto; and while he suspected, that if he should attempt to make a bridge, that their enemies would not afford him time to perfect it, and for ferry-boats they had none,-God promised so to dispose of the river, that they might pass over it, and that by taking away the main part of its waters. 16 He was anxious about the army crossing over, for the river ran with a strong current and could not be crossed with a bridge, for up to this time no bridge had been put over it, and suspected that if he tried to build a bridge, the enemy would not let them finish it, and they had no boats to ferry them, but God promised to reduce the river by half, so they could pass over it.
16 Barach
17 καὶ δύο ἐπισχὼν ἡμέρας ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua διεβίβαζε τὸν στρατὸν καὶ τὴν‎ πληθὺν ἅπασαν τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ · προῄεσαν μὲν οἱ ἱερεῖς τὴν‎ κιβωτὸν ἔχοντες , ἔπειτα οἱ ΛευῖταιLevites τήν τε σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ταῖς θυσίαις σκεύη κομίζοντες , εἵποντο δὲ τοῖς ΛευίταιςLevites κατὰ φυλὰς πᾶς ὅμιλος μέσους ἔχων παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας , δεδιὼς περὶ αὐτῶν μὴ βιασθεῖεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ῥεύματος .
17 So Joshua, after two days, caused the army and the whole multitude to pass over in the manner following:—The priests went first of all, having the ark with them; then went the Levites bearing the tabernacle and the vessels which belonged to the sacrifices; after which the entire multitude followed, according to their tribes, having their children and their wives in the midst of them, as being afraid for them, lest they should be borne away by the stream. 17 Two days later, Joshua made the army and the whole people crossed over as we shall describe. The priests went first, bringing the ark; then came the Levites bearing the Tent and the vessels belonging to the sacrifices. After this the entire people followed, according to their tribes, with their children and their wives in the centre, fearing that the current might carry them away.
17 Barach
18 ὡς δὲ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι πρώτοις ἐμβᾶσι πορευτὸς ἔδοξεν ποταμός , τοῦ μὲν βάθους ἐπεσχημένου , τοῦ δὲ κάχληκος τῷ μὴ πολὺν εἶναι μηδ᾽ ὀξὺν τὸν ῥοῦν ὥσθ᾽ ὑποφέρειν αὐτὸν τῇ βίᾳ ἀντ᾽ ἐδάφους κειμένου , πάντες ἤδη θαρσαλέως ἐπεραιοῦντο τὸν ποταμόν , οἷον αὐτὸν θεὸς προεῖπε ποιήσειν τοιοῦτον κατανοοῦντες .
18 But as soon as the priests had entered the river first, it appeared fordable, the depth of the water being restrained and the sand appearing at the bottom, because the current was neither so strong nor so swift as to carry it away by its force; so they all passed over the river without fear, finding it to be in the very same state as God had foretold he would put it in; 18 When the priests first entered the river, it appeared fordable, as the depth of the water was restrained and sand was visible at the bottom, for the current was neither strong or swift enough to carry it away with its force. So all crossed the river without fear, finding it in the very state that God had foretold.
18 Barach
19 ἔστησαν δὲ ἐν μέσῳ οἱ ἱερεῖς Ἕως οὗ διαβαίη τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τἀσφαλοῦς ἁψάμενονto ignite, kindle τύχοι . πάντων δὲ διαβάντων ἐξῄεσανto be allowed, be possible οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐλεύθερον ἀφέντες ἤδη τὸ ῥεῦμα χωρεῖν κατὰ τὴν‎ συνήθειαν . καὶ μὲν ποταμὸς εὐθὺς ἐκβάντων αὐτὸν τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews ηὔξετο καὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἀπελάμβανε μέγεθος .
19 but the priests stood still in the midst of the river till the multitude should be passed over, and should get to the shore in safety; and when all were gone over, the priests came out also, and permitted the current to run freely as it used to do before. Accordingly the river, as soon as the Hebrews were come out of it, arose again presently, and came to its own proper magnitude as before. 19 The priests stood in the middle of the river until the people had crossed and got safely to the bank, and when all had crossed, the priests also came out, allowing the current to run as freely as it used to do. When the Hebrews had come out of it, the river rose again to its usual size.
19 Barach
20 Οἱ δὲ πεντήκοντα προελθόντες στάδια βάλλονται στρατόπεδον ἀπὸ δέκα σταδίων τῆς ἹεριχοῦντοςJericho , ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua τε τόν τε βωμὸν ἐκ τῶν λίθων ὧν ἕκαστος ἀνείλετο τῶν φυλάρχων ἐκ τοῦ βυθοῦ τοῦ προφήτου κελεύσαντος ἱδρυσάμενος τεκμήριον γενησόμενον τῆς ἀνακοπῆς τοῦ ῥεύματος ἔθυεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τῷ θεῷ , καὶ τὴν‎ φάσκα ἑώρταζον ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ χωρίῳ ,
20 So the Hebrews went on farther fifty furlongs, and pitched their camp at the distance of ten furlongs from Jericho; but Joshua built an altar of those stones which all the heads of the tribes, at the command of the prophets, had taken out of the deep, to be afterwards a memorial of the division of the stream of this river, and upon it offered sacrifice to God; and in that place celebrated the passover, 20 They went on for fifty furlongs and encamped ten furlongs from Jericho, and Joshua built an altar of those stones which all the heads of the tribes, at a prophetic command, had taken from the riverbed, to serve later as a memorial of how the stream of this river divided, and upon it he offered sacrifice to God.
20 Barach
21 πάντων ὧν αὐτοῖς πρότερον συνέβαινε σπανίζειν τότε ῥᾳδίως εὐποροῦντες · τόν τε γὰρ σῖτον ἀκμάζοντα ἤδη τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites ἐθέριζον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ λείαν ἦγον · τότε γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς μάννας ἐπελελοίπει τροφὴ χρησαμένους ἐπὶ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα .
21 and had great plenty of all the things which they wanted hitherto; for they reaped the corn of the Canaanites, which was now ripe, and took other things as prey; for then it was that their former food, which was manna, and of which they had eaten forty years, failed them. 21 In that place they celebrated the Passover and had great plenty of all the things they had lacked up to this. They reaped the corn of the Canaanites, which was now ripe and took other things as spoils, and their former food, the manna that they had eaten for forty years, now ceased.
21 Barach
22 ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ποιούντων τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites οὐκ ἐπεξῄεσαν οἱ ΧαναναῖοιCanaanites τειχήρεις δ᾽ ἡσύχαζον , πολιορκεῖν αὐτοὺς ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἔγνω . καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ τῆς ἑορτῆς ἡμέρᾳ τὴν‎ κιβωτὸν οἱ ἱερεῖς φέροντες , περὶ δ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐν κύκλῳ μέρος τι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν φυλάττον ἦν ,
22 Now while the Israelites did this, and the Canaanites did not attack them, but kept themselves quiet within their own walls, Joshua resolved to besiege them; so on the first day of the feast [of the passover], the priests carried the ark round about, with some part of the armed men to be a guard to it. 22 As the Canaanites did not attack while the Israelites were doing this, but kept quietly within their own walls, Joshua resolved to besiege them. On the first day of the feast the priests carried the ark around, guarded by some infantry.
22 Barach
23 οἳ καὶ προῄεσαν ἑπτὰ κέρασιν αὐτῶν σαλπίζοντες παρεκάλουν τὸν στρατὸν εἰς ἀλκὴν , περιώδευόν τε τὸ τεῖχος ἑπομένης τῆς γερουσίας , καὶ σαλπισάντων μόνον τῶν ἱερέων , τούτου γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐποίησαν περισσότερον , ἀνέζευξαν εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον .
23 These priests went forward, blowing with their seven trumpets; and exhorted the army to be of good courage, and went round about the city, with the senate following them; and when the priests had only blown with the trumpets, for they did nothing more at all, they returned to the camp. 23 They went forward, blowing with their seven trumpets and urging the army to take heart, going around the city, followed by the elders, with only the priests blowing the trumpets, and returned to the camp.
23 Barach
24 καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ἓξ ποιησάντων τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τὸ ὁπλιτικὸν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua συναγαγὼν καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἅπαντα τὴν‎ ἅλωσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς πόλεως εὐηγγελίζετο , ὡς κατ᾽ ἐκείνην τὴν‎ ἡμέραν αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ταύτην παρέξοντος αὐτομάτως καὶ δίχα [ τοῦ ] πόνου τοῦ σφετέρου τῶν τειχῶν κατενεχθησομένων .
24 And when they had done this for six days, on the seventh Joshua gathered the armed men and all the people together, and told them these good tidings, That the city should now be taken, since God would on that day give it them, by the falling down of the walls, and this of their own accord, and without their labor. 24 After they had done this for six days, on the seventh day Joshua assembled the infantry and all the people and announced the good news that the city would now be taken, for God would give it to them that day, by the walls falling down of their own accord and without effort on their part.
24 Barach
25 κτείνειν μέντοι πάνθ᾽ ὁντινοῦν εἰ λάβοιεν παρεκελεύετο καὶ μήτε κάμνοντας ἀποστῆναι τοῦ φόνου τῶν πολεμίων , μήτ᾽ ἐλέῳpity, mercy παραχωρήσαντας μήτε περὶ ἁρπαγὴν γινομένους περιορᾶν φεύγοντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς ·
25 However, he charged them to kill every one they should take, and not to abstain from the slaughter of their enemies, either for weariness or for pity, and not to fall on the spoil, and be thereby diverted from pursuing their enemies as they ran away; 25 He told them to kill everyone they could capture and neither from weariness or pity, to stop slaughtering the enemy, and not to collect the spoil and thereby be distracted from pursuing their fleeing foes.
25 Barach
26 ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ζῷα πάντα διαφθείρειν μηδὲν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἰδίαν ὠφέλειαν λαμβάνοντας , ὅσοςas great as δ᾽ ἂν ἄργυρος καὶ χρυσός , ταῦτα ἐκέλευσε συγκομίζοντας ἀπαρχὴν ἐξαίρετον τῶν κατωρθωμένων τῷ θεῷ τηρεῖν ἐκ τῆς πρῶτον ἁλισκομένηςto be caught πόλεως εἰληφότας · σώζειν δὲ μόνην ῬαάβηνRahab καὶ τὴν‎ γενεὰν αὐτῆς διὰ τοὺς γενομένους πρὸς αὐτὴν τοῖς κατασκόποις ὅρκους .
26 but to destroy all the animals, and to take nothing for their own peculiar advantage. He commanded them also to bring together all the silver and gold, that it might be set apart as first-fruits unto God out of this glorious exploit, as having gotten them from the city they first took; only that they should save Rahab and her kindred alive, because of the oath which the spies had sworn to her. 26 They were to destroy all the animals and take nothing for their personal gain, but to collect all the silver and gold taken from the city they first captured, to be set apart as first-fruits to God from this exploit, but to keep Rahab and her relatives alive, because of the oath the spies had sworn to her.
26 Barach
27 Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν καὶ διατάξας τὸν στρατὸν προσήγαγεν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν · περιῄεσαν δὲ πάλιν τὴν‎ πόλιν ἡγουμένης τῆς κιβωτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων τοῖς κέρασιν ἐξοτρυνόντων τὴν‎ δύναμιν πρὸς τὸ ἔργον . καὶ περιελθόντων ἑπτάκις καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἠρεμησάντων κατέπεσε τὸ τεῖχος μήτε μηχανῆς μήτε ἄλλης βίας αὐτῷ προσενεχθείσης ὑπὸ τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews .
27 When he had said this, and had set his army in order, he brought it against the city: so they went round the city again, the ark going before them, and the priests encouraging the people to be zealous in the work; and when they had gone round it seven times, and had stood still a little, the wall fell down, while no instruments of war, nor any other force, was applied to it by the Hebrews. 27 After this and setting his army in order, he brought it against the city. They went around the city again, with the ark before them and the priests encouraging the people to be eager in the action, and when they had gone around it seven times and had stood still a while, the wall fell down, while no instruments of war, nor any other force, was applied to it by the Hebrews.
27 Barach
28 Οἱ δ᾽ εἰσελθόντες εἰς ἹεριχοῦνταJericho πάντας ἔκτεινον , τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πρὸς τὴν‎ παράδοξον τοῦ τείχους ἀνατροπὴν καταπεπληγότων καὶ τοῦ φρονήματος αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἄμυναν ἀχρείου γεγονότος · ἀνῃροῦντο δ᾽ οὖν ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἀποσφαττόμενοι καὶ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἐπικαταλαμβανόμενοι .
28 So they entered into Jericho, and slew all the men that were therein, while they were affrighted at the surprising overthrow of the walls, and their courage was become useless, and they were not able to defend themselves; so they were slain, and their throats cut, some in the ways, and others as caught in their houses; 28 So they entered into Jericho and killed all the men in it, as these were shocked at the surprising destruction of the ramparts and their courage failed and they were unable to defend themselves. So they were killed and their throats cut, some in the streets and others caught in their houses.
28 Barach
29 παρῃτεῖτο δ᾽ οὐδὲν αὐτούς , ἀλλὰ πάντες ἀπώλλυντο ἄχρι γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων , καὶ νεκρῶν πόλις ἦν ἀνάπλεως καὶ διέφυγεν οὐδέν . τὴν‎ δὲ πόλιν ἐνέπρησαν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν‎ χώραν .
29 nothing afforded them assistance, but they all perished, even to the women and the children; and the city was filled with dead bodies, and not one person escaped. They also burnt the whole city, and the country about it; 29 Nothing availed them but they all died, even to the women and the children; the city was filled with corpses and not one person escaped, and they burned the whole city and the region about it.
29 Barach
30 καὶ τὴν‎ ῬαάβηνRahab σὺν τοῖς οἰκείοις εἰς τὸ καταγώγιον συμφυγοῦσαν ἔσωσαν οἱ κατάσκοποι , καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἀχθείσῃ χάριν ἔχειν ὡμολόγει τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν κατασκόπων καὶ μὴν τῆς εὐεργεσίας ταύτης ἔλεγεν ἐν ταῖς ἀμοιβαῖς οὐχ ἥττονα φανήσεσθαι , δωρεῖται δ᾽ αὐτὴν εὐθὺς ἀγροῖς καὶ διὰ τιμῆς εἶχε τῆς πάσης .
30 but they saved alive Rahab, with her family, who had fled to her inn. And when she was brought to him, Joshua owned to her that they owed her thanks for her preservation of the spies: so he said he would not appear to be behind her in his benefaction to her; whereupon he gave her certain lands immediately, and had her in great esteem ever afterwards. 30 However, they saved the lives of Rahab and her family, who had fled to her hotel. When she was brought to him, Joshua thanked her publicly for saving the spies, and said he would not want to seem less generous than she, in rewarding her. So he immediately gave her some lands and from then on held her in high esteem.
30 Barach
31 Τῆς δὲ πόλεως εἰ καί τι παρέλθοι τὸ πῦρ κατέσκαπτε καὶ κατὰ τῶν οἰκησόντων , εἴ τις πορθηθεῖσαν ἀνεγείρειν ἐθελήσειεν , ἀρὰς ἔθετο , ὅπως θεμελίους μὲν τειχῶν βαλόμενος στερηθῇ τοῦ πρώτου παιδός , τελειώσας δὲ τὸν νεώτατον τῶν παίδων ἀποβάλῃ . τῆς δὲ ἀρᾶς τὸ θεῖον οὐκ ἠμέλησεν , ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς ὑστέροις ἀπαγγελοῦμεν τὸ περὶ αὐτὴν πάθος γενόμενον .
31 And if any part of the city escaped the fire, he overthrew it from the foundation; and he denounced a curse against its inhabitants, if any should desire to rebuild it; how, upon his laying the foundation of the walls, he should be deprived of his eldest son; and upon finishing it, he should lose his youngest son. But what happened hereupon we shall speak of hereafter. 31 If any part of the city escaped the fire, he destroyed it from its foundations, and he pronounced this curse against its inhabitants, if any should try to rebuild it: how, upon laying the foundation of the ramparts, he would lose his eldest son, and upon finishing it, he would lose his youngest son. But we shall speak later about what happened on this account.
31 Barach
32 ἄπειρον δέ τι πλῆθος ἐκ τῆς ἁλώσεως συναθροίζεται ἀργύρου τε καὶ χρυσοῦ καὶ προσέτι χαλκοῦ μηδενὸς παραβάντος τὰ δεδογμένα μηδ᾽ εἰς ἰδίαν ὠφέλειαν αὐτὰ διαρπασαμένων , ἀλλ᾽ ἀποσχομένων ὡς ἤδη τῷ θεῷ καθιερωμένων . καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν εἰς τοὺς θησαυροὺς παραδίδωσι καταθέσθαι . καὶ ἹεριχοῦςJericho μὲν τοῦτον ἀπώλετο τὸν τρόπον .
32 Now there was an immense quantity of silver and gold, and besides those of brass also, that was heaped together out of the city when it was taken, no one transgressing the decree, nor purloining for their own peculiar advantage; which spoils Joshua delivered to the priests, to be laid up among their treasures. And thus did Jericho perish. 32 There was a large amount of silver and gold and brass heaped together from the city when it was taken, for no one broke the decree, or pilfered for their own private gain. These spoils Joshua handed over to the priests, to be laid up among their treasures. So was Jericho destroyed.
32 Barach
33 ἌχαροςAchar δέ τις ΖεβεδαίουZebedee, Zebedias παῖς ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς εὑρὼν χλαμύδα βασίλειον ἐκ χρυσοῦ μὲν πᾶσαν ὑφασμένην , μᾶζαν δὲ χρυσοῦ σταθμὸν ἕλκουσαν σίκλων διακοσίων καὶ δεινὸν ἡγησάμενος , εἰ κινδυνεύσας ηὕρατο κέρδος , τοῦτο τῆς ἰδίας χρείας ἀφελόμενος δοῦναι φέρων τῷ θεῷ καὶ μὴ δεομένῳ , ὄρυγμα βαθὺ ποιήσας ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ‎ σκηνῇ κατώρυξεν εἰς τοῦτο , λήσειν νομίζων ὡς τοὺς συστρατιώτας οὕτως καὶ τὸν θεόνGod .
33 But there was one Achar, the son [of Charmi, the son] of Zebedias, of the tribe of Judah, who finding a royal garment woven entirely of gold, and a piece of gold that weighed two hundred shekels; and thinking it a very hard case, that what spoils he, by running some hazard, had found, he must give away, and offer it to God, who stood in no need of it, while he that wanted it must go without it,—made a deep ditch in his own tent, and laid them up therein, as supposing he should not only be concealed from his fellow soldiers, but from God himself also. 33 But a man named Achar, the son of Zebedias, of the tribe of Judas, found a royal vestment woven entirely of gold and a piece of gold weighing two hundred shekels. Thinking it very hard that what he had found at some risk to himself, must now be given away to God, who stood in no need of it, while he who needed it must do without it, he dug a deep hole under his own tent and hid it there, thinking to conceal it not only from his fellow soldiers, but also from God himself.
33 Barach
34 Ἐκλήθη δὲ τόπος ἐν στρατόπεδον ἐβάλετο ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ΓάλγαλαGalgala · σημαίνει δὲ τοῦτο ἐλευθέριον ὄνομα · διαβάντες γὰρ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐλευθέρους ἑαυτοὺς ἤδη ἀπό τε τῶν ΑἰγυπτίωνEgyptians καὶ τῆς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταλαιπωρίας ἐγίνωσκον .
34 Now the place where Joshua pitched his camp was called Gilgal, which denotes liberty; for since now they had passed over Jordan, they looked on themselves as freed from the miseries which they had undergone from the Egyptians, and in the wilderness. 34 The place where Joshua encamped was called Galgala, meaning liberty, for since they had crossed the Jordan they now felt free from all they had suffered from the Egyptians and in the wilderness.
34 Barach
35 μετὰ δ᾽ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας τῆς ἹεριχοῦντοςJericho συμφορᾶς πέμπει τρισχιλίους ὁπλίταςarmed warrior ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua εἰς ΝαιὰνAi πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἹεριχοῦντοςJericho κειμένην αἱρήσοντας , οἳ συμβαλόντων αὐτοῖς τῶν Ναιητῶνpeople of Ai τραπέντες ἀποβάλλουσιν ἄνδρας ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα .
35 Now, a few days after the calamity that befell Jericho, Joshua sent three thousand armed men to take Ai, a city situate above Jericho; but, upon the sight of the people of Ai, with them they were driven back, and lost thirty-six of their men. 35 A few days after the disaster that came upon Jericho, Joshua sent three thousand infantry to take Ai, a city situated above Jericho, but coming in sight of the people of Ai, they were driven back by them and lost thirty-six of their men.
35 Barach
36 τοῦτ᾽ ἀγγελθὲν τοῖς ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite λύπην τε μεγάλην καὶ δεινὴν ἐποίησεν ἀθυμίαν οὐ κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον τῶν ἀπολωλότων , καίτοι γε πάντων ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ σπουδῆς ἀξίων διεφθαρμένων , ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἀπόγνωσιν ·
36 When this was told the Israelites, it made them very sad, and exceeding disconsolate, not so much because of the relation the men that were destroyed bare to them, though those that were destroyed were all good men, and deserved their esteem, as by the despair it occasioned; 36 When the Israelites heard this it made them very sad and disconsolate, because of their relationship to the men who were killed, though those who were killed were all good men and deserved their esteem, but even more by the despair it caused.
36 Barach
37 πιστεύοντες γὰρ ἤδη τῆς γῆς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι καὶ σῶον ἕξειν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τὸν στρατὸν οὕτως τοῦ θεοῦ προυπεσχημένου , τεθαρρηκότας παραδόξως ἑώρων τοὺς πολεμίους · καὶ σάκκους ἐπενδύντες ταῖς στολαῖς δι᾽ ὅλης ἡμέρας ἐν δακρύοις ἦσαν καὶ πένθει τροφῆς οὐδεμίαν ἐπιζήτησινa search ποιούμενοι , μειζόνως δὲ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς εἶχον ἀχθόμενοιto be loaded, vexed .
37 for while they believed that they were already, in effect, in possession of the land, and should bring back the army out of the battles without loss, as God had promised beforehand, they now saw unexpectedly their enemies bold with success; so they put sackcloth over their garments, and continued in tears and lamentation all the day, without the least inquiry after food, but laid what had happened greatly to heart. 37 They thought themselves already in possession of the land and about to bring the army back from the battles without loss, as God had promised, but now unexpectedly they saw the enemy bold with success, so they put sackcloth over their clothing and continued all day in tears and lamentation, with no interest in food, greatly affected by the disaster.
37 Barach
38 Βλέπων δὲ οὕτως ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua τήν τε στρατιὰν καταπεπληγυῖαν καὶ περὶ τῶν ὅλων πονηρὰν ἤδη τὴν‎ ἐλπίδα λαμβάνουσαν παρρησίαν λαμβάνει πρὸς τὸν θεόνGod ·
38 When Joshua saw the army so much afflicted, and possessed with forebodings of evil as to their whole expedition, he used freedom with God, 38 When Joshua saw the army so grieved and full of forebodings of evil about their whole expedition, he spoke freely with God and said,
38 Barach
39 " ἡμεῖς γὰρ εἶπεν οὐχ ὑπ᾽ αὐθαδείας προήχθημεν ὥστε ταύτην ὑπάγεσθαι τοῖς ὅπλοις τὴν‎ γῆν , ἀλλὰ ΜωυσέοςMoses τοῦ σοῦ δούλου πρὸς τοῦθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐξεγείραντος , διὰ πολλῶν τεκμηρίων ἐπηγγέλλου κτήσασθαι παρέξειν ἡμῖν τήνδε τὴν‎ γῆν καὶ τὸν στρατὸν ἡμῶν ἀεὶ τῶν πολεμίων ποιήσειν τοῖς ὅπλοις κρείττονα .
39 and said, “We are not come thus far out of any rashness of our own, as though we thought ourselves able to subdue this land with our own weapons, but at the instigation of Moses thy servant for this purpose, because thou hast promised us, by many signs, that thou wouldst give us this land for a possession, and that thou wouldst make our army always superior in war to our enemies, 39 "We have not come so far based on any presumption of our own, as though thinking ourselves able to subdue this land with our own weapons, but at the behest of Moses your servant. It was for this purpose, for you promised us, by many signs, to give us this land as a possession and to make our army always superior in war to our enemies.
39 Barach
40 τινὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἡμῖν ἀπήντησε τὰς σάς , νῦν δὲ παρὰ δόξαν ἐπταικότες καὶ τῆς δυνάμεώς τινας ἀποβαλόντες ἐπὶ τούτοις ὡς οὐ βεβαίων τῶν παρὰ σοῦ καὶ ὧν προεῖπε ΜωυσῆςMoses ἀχθόμεθα καὶ χεῖρον τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπὶς ἡμᾶς ἀνιᾷ τῇ πρώτῃ πείρᾳ τοιαύτῃ συντυχόντας .
40 and accordingly some success has already attended upon us agreeably to thy promises; but because we have now unexpectedly been foiled, and have lost some men out of our army, we are grieved at it, as fearing what thou hast promised us, and what Moses foretold us, cannot be depended on by us; and our future expectation troubles us the more, because we have met with such a disaster in this our first attempt. 40 and indeed we have enjoyed some success already, just as you promised. But now that we are unexpectedly foiled and have lost some men from our army, we are grieved at it, fearing that we cannot depend on what you promised us and what Moses foretold us, and our expectation of the future troubles us the more, having met with such a disaster in this our first attempt.
40 Barach
41 ἀλλὰ σύ , δέσποτα , δύναμις γάρ σοι τούτων ἴασιν εὑρεῖν , τό τε παρὸν ἡμῶν λυπηρὸν νίκην παρασχόμενος καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν αὖθις δύσελπι διακείμενον οὕτως τῆς διανοίας ἔξελε ."
41 But do thou, O Lord, free us from these suspicions, for thou art able to find a cure for these disorders, by giving us victory, which will both take away the grief we are in at present, and prevent our distrust as to what is to come.” 41 O Lord, free us from these suspicions, for you can resolve these setbacks, by giving us victory, which will both take away our present grief and prevent our distrust as to what is to come."
41 Barach
42 Ταῦτα μὲν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἐπὶ στόμα πεσὼν ἠρώτα τὸν θεόνGod · χρηματίσαντος δὲ ἀνίστασθαι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ καθαίρειν τὸν στρατὸν μιάσματος ἐν αὐτῷ γεγονότος κλοπῆς τε τῶν καθιερωμένων αὐτῷ χρημάτων τετολμημένης , διὰ γὰρ ταῦτα τὴν‎ νῦν αὐτοῖς ἧτταν συμπεσεῖν , ἀναζητηθέντος δὲ τοῦ δράσαντος καὶ κολασθέντος νίκην αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ πορίζεσθαι τῶν πολεμίων , φράζει ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ,
42 These intercessions Joshua put up to God, as he lay prostrate on his face: whereupon God answered him, That he should rise up, and purify his host from the pollution that had got into it; that “things consecrated to me have been impudently stolen from me,” and that “this has been the occasion why this defeat had happened to them;” and that when they should search out and punish the offender, he would ever take care they should have the victory over their enemies. This Joshua told the people; 42 These intercessions Joshua raised up to God, lying prostrate on his face, therefore God replied that he should rise up and purify his army from the pollution that had got into it, for "things consecrated to me have been impudently stolen from me," and "this was why this defeat had happened to them"; and that when they searched out and punished the offender, he would see they had victory over their enemies. This is what Joshua said to the people.
42 Barach
43 καὶ καλέσας ἘλεάζαρονEleazar τὸν ἀρχιερέα καὶ τοὺς ἐν τέλει κατὰ φυλὴν ἐκλήρου . τούτου δὲ τὸ τετολμημένον ἐκ τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς δηλοῦντος κατὰ φατρίας πάλιν ταύτης προτίθησι τὸν κλῆρον . τὸ δ᾽ ἀληθὲς τοῦ κακουργήματος περὶ τὴν‎ ἈχάρουAcharos συγγένειαν ηὑρίσκετο .
43 and calling for Eleazar the high priest, and the men in authority, he cast lots, tribe by tribe; and when the lot showed that this wicked action was done by one of the tribe of Judah, he then again proposed the lot to the several families thereto belonging; so the truth of this wicked action was found to belong to the family of Zachar; 43 Then calling for Eleazar the high priest and the men of authority, he cast lots, tribe by tribe, and when the lot showed that this crime was done by one of the tribe of Judas, he then again used the lots on the various families belonging to it, so the truth of this crime was found to belong to the family of Acharos.
43 Barach
44 κατ᾽ ἄνδρα δὲ τῆς ἐξετάσεως γινομένης λαμβάνουσι τὸν ἌχαρονAchar · δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχων ἔξαρνος εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ δεινῶς αὐτὸν ἐκπεριελθόντος ὡμολόγει τε τὴν‎ κλοπὴν καὶ τὰ φώρια παρῆγεν εἰς μέσον . καὶ οὗτος μὲν εὐθὺς ἀναιρεθεὶς ἐν νυκτὶ ταφῆς ἀτίμου καὶ καταδίκῳ πρεπούσης τυγχάνει .
44 and when the inquiry was made man by man, they took Achar, who, upon God’s reducing him to a terrible extremity, could not deny the fact: so he confessed the theft, and produced what he had taken in the midst of them, whereupon he was immediately put to death; and attained no more than to be buried in the night in a disgraceful manner, and such as was suitable to a condemned malefactor. 44 When the inquiry was made man by man, they took Achar, who, upon God's bringing him to a terrible state, could not deny the fact. He confessed the theft and produced among them what he had taken, and was therefore instantly put to death, and was granted no more than burial in the night in a disgraceful manner, suitable to a condemned criminal.
44 Barach
45 ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ ἁγνίσας τὸν στρατὸν ἐξῆγεν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ΝαιὰνAi αὐτὸς καὶ νυκτὸς τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐνέδραις προλοχίσας ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον συμβάλλει τοῖς πολεμίοις . τῶν δὲ μετὰ θράσους αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν‎ προτέραν νίκην ἐπιόντων ὑποχωρεῖν προσποιησάμενος ἕλκει τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ μακρὰν αὐτοὺς τῆς πόλεως διώκειν οἰομένους καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ νίκῃ καταφρονοῦντας .
45 When Joshua had thus purified the host, he led them against Ai: and having by night laid an ambush round about the city, he attacked the enemies as soon as it was day; but as they advanced boldly against the Israelites, because of their former victory, he made them believe he retired, and by that means drew them a great way from the city, they still supposing that they were pursuing their enemies, and despised them, as though the case had been the same with that in the former battle; 45 Joshua purified the army and led them against Ai, and having set ambushes around around the city by night, attacked the enemy at daylight. Because of their former victory these advanced boldly on the Israelites, who pretended to flee and so drew them a long way from the city, as they still thought they were in pursuit and scorned their enemies, as they had in the former battle.
45 Barach
46 ἔπειτ᾽ ἀναστρέψας τὴν‎ δύναμιν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῖς ποιεῖ , σημεῖά τε δοὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἐνέδραις συνετέτακτο κἀκείνους ἐπὶ τὴν‎ μάχην ἐξανίστησιν . οἱ δ᾽ εἰσεπήδων εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν τῶν ἔνδον περὶ τοῖς τείχεσιν ὄντων , ἐνίωνsome δὲ καὶ πρὸς θέαν τῶν ἔξω τὴν‎ γνώμην περισπωμένων .
46 after which Joshua ordered his forces to turn about, and placed them against their front. He then made the signals agreed upon to those that lay in ambush, and so excited them to fight; so they ran suddenly into the city, the inhabitants being upon the walls, nay, others of them being in perplexity, and coming to see those that were without the gates. 46 Then he ordered his forces to turn around and face them and gave the agreed sign to those who lay in ambush and so roused them to fight, while he made a sudden dash to the city. The inhabitants were up on the ramparts and many of them were puzzled and came to see the people outside the gates.
46 Barach
47 καὶ οἱ μὲν τὴν‎ πόλιν ᾕρουν καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἔκτεινον , ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ τοὺς προσελθόντας εἰς χεῖρας βιασάμενος φυγεῖν τρέπεται , συνελαυνόμενοι δὲ ὡς εἰς ἀκέραιον τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐπεὶ καὶ ταύτην ἐχομένην ἑώρων καὶ καταπιμπραμένην ὁμοῦ γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις κατέλαβον , διὰ τῶν ἀγρῶν σκεδασθέντες καὶ ἀμύνειν αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ μονώσεως οὐ δυνάμενοι .
47 Accordingly, these men took the city, and slew all that they met with; but Joshua forced those that came against him to come to a close fight, and discomfited them, and made them run away; and when they were driven towards the city, and thought it had not been touched, as soon as they saw it was taken, and perceived it was burnt, with their wives and children, they wandered about in the fields in a scattered condition, and were no way able to defend themselves, because they had none to support them. 47 These took the city and killed all they met, but Joshua pressed hard on those who came out against him and defeated them and put them to flight, and when they were driven toward the city thinking it had not been touched, as soon as they saw it had been taken and burned, along with their wives and children, they wandered dazed about the fields quite unable to defend themselves, with no one to rally them.
47 Barach
48 τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς συμφορᾶς τοὺς Ναιτιανοὺςpeople of Ai καταλαβούσης , παίδων τε ὄχλος ἑάλω καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ θεραπείας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀποσκευῆς ἄπειρόν τι πλῆθος , ἀγέλας τε βοσκημάτων ἔλαβον οἱ ἙβραῖοιHebrews καὶ χρήματα πολλά , καὶ γὰρ πλούσιον ἦν τὸ χωρίον , καὶ ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς στρατιώταις ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua διένειμεν ἐν ΓαλγάλοιςGilgal γενόμενος .
48 Now when this calamity was come upon the men of Ai, there were a great number of children, and women, and servants, and an immense quantity of other furniture. The Hebrews also took herds of cattle, and a great deal of money, for this was a rich country. So when Joshua came to Gilgal, he divided all these spoils among the soldiers. 48 When this befell the men of Ai, the Hebrews took many children and women and servants and a large amount of furniture as booty, and herds of livestock and a large amount of money, for this was a rich region. Joshua came to Galgala and divided all these spoils among the soldiers.
48 Barach
49 ΓεβεωνῖταιGibeonites δὲ κατοικοῦντες ἔγγιστα τοῖς ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem τά τε τοῖς Ἱεριχουντίοιςpeople of Jericho συμβεβηκότα πάθη καὶ τὰ τοῖς Ναιτίνοιςpeople of Ai ὁρῶντες καὶ πρὸς σφᾶς μεταβήσεσθαι τὸ δεινὸν ὑπονοοῦντες , ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua μὲν παρακαλεῖν οὐ διέγνωσαν · οὐδὲ γὰρ τεύξεσθαί τινος τῶν μετρίων ὑπελάμβανον ἐπ᾽ ὀλέθρῳ τοῦ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites ἔθνους παντὸς πολεμοῦντος αὐτούς ·
49 But the Gibeonites, who inhabited very near to Jerusalem, when they saw what miseries had happened to the inhabitants of Jericho; and to those of Ai, and suspected that the like sore calamity would come as far as themselves, they did not think fit to ask for mercy of Joshua; for they supposed they should find little mercy from him, who made war that he might entirely destroy the nation of the Canaanites; 49 But the Gibeonites, who lived very near Jerusalem, seeing what woes had befallen the people of Jericho and those of Ai, and suspecting that a similar severe disaster would overtake themselves, did not think fit to ask mercy from Joshua, for they expected to find little mercy from one who made war intending to entirely destroy the Canaanite nation.
49 Barach
50 ΚεφηρίταςCephirah δὲ καὶ ΚαριαθιαριμίταςKariathjearim γείτονας ὄντας αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ συμμαχίαν παρεκάλουν , οὐδ᾽ αὐτοὺς διαφεύξεσθαι τὸν κίνδυνον λέγοντες , εἰ φθάσαιεν αὐτοὶ ληφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites , συνασπίσαντας δὲ αὐτοῖς διέγνωσαν διαδρᾶναι τὴν‎ δύναμιν αὐτῶν .
50 but they invited the people of Cephirah and Kiriathjearim, who were their neighbors, to join in league with them; and told them that neither could they themselves avoid the danger they were all in, if the Israelites should prevent them, and seize upon them: so when they had persuaded them, they resolved to endeavor to escape the forces of the Israelites. 50 Instead, they invited the people of Cephirah and Kariathjearim, their neighbours, to join in league with them. They said that none of them could avoid the danger they were all in, if the Israelites should take the initiative and and seize them; persuading them of this, they resolved to try to escape the forces of the Israelites.
50 Barach
51 προσδεξαμένων δὲ τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν πέμπουσι πρέσβεις πρὸς ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua φιλίαν σπεισομένους οὓς μάλιστα τῶν πολιτῶν ἐδοκίμαζον ἱκανοὺς πρᾶξαι τὰ συμφέροντα τῷ πλήθει .
51 Accordingly, upon their agreement to what they proposed, they sent ambassadors to Joshua to make a league of friendship with him, and those such of the citizens as were best approved of, and most capable of doing what was most advantageous to the multitude. 51 When they agreed to the proposal, they sent the most reputable citizens, most capable in what was to the people's best advantage, as envoys to Joshua to make a treaty of friendship with him.
51 Barach
52 οἱ δὲ ὁμολογεῖν αὑτοὺς ΧαναναίουςCanaanites ἐπισφαλὲς ἡγούμενοι , διαφεύξεσθαι τὸν διὰ τοῦτο κίνδυνον ὑπολαμβάνοντες , εἰ λέγοιεν αὑτοὺς μὴ προσήκειν κατὰ μηδὲν ΧαναναίοιςCanaanites ἀλλὰ πορρωτάτω τούτων κατοικεῖν , ἥκειν τε κατὰ πύστιν τῆς ἀρετῆς αὐτοῦ‎ πολλὴν ἀνύσαντες ὁδὸν ἔφασκονto say, affirm καὶ τεκμήριον τοῦ λόγου τούτου τὸ σχῆμα ὑπεδείκνυον ·
52 Now these ambassadors thought it dangerous to confess themselves to be Canaanites, but thought they might by this contrivance avoid the danger, namely, by saying that they bare no relation to the Canaanites at all, but dwelt at a very great distance from them: and they said further, that they came a long way, on account of the reputation he had gained for his virtue; and as a mark of the truth of what they said, they showed him the habit they were in, 52 These felt it dangerous to confess themselves as Canaanites, but thought of this plan to avert the danger, to claim they were not at all related to the Canaanites, but that they lived far away from them; and that because of his reputation for virtue they had come a long way, to prove which they showed him the state of their clothing.
52 Barach
53 τὰς γὰρ ἐσθῆτας καινὰς ὅτε ἐξῄεσανto be allowed, be possible οὔσας ὑπὸ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ὁδοιπορίας αὐτοῖς τετρῖφθαι · τρυχίνας γὰρ εἰς τὸ ταῦτα πιστοῦσθαι πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐπίτηδεςdesignedly, deceitfully ἔλαβον .
53 for that their clothes were new when they came out, but were greatly worn by the length of time they had been on their journey; for indeed they took torn garments, on purpose that they might make him believe so. 53 they claimed that their clothes were new when they left home, but were worn out by the long time they had been on their journey, and had brought torn clothing with them, to make him believe this.
53 Barach
54 στάντες οὖν εἰς μέσους ἔλεγον , ὡς πεμφθεῖεν ὑπὸ τῶν ΓεβεωνιτῶνGibeonites καὶ τῶν περιοίκων πόλεων πλεῖστον ἀπεχουσῶν τῆσδε τῆς γῆς ποιησόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλίαν ἐφ᾽ αἷς πάτριον αὐτοῖς ἐστι συνθήκαις · μαθόντες γὰρ ἐκ θεοῦ χάριτος καὶ δωρεᾶς τὴν‎ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites αὐτοῖς γῆν κτήσασθαι δεδόσθαι τούτοις τ᾽ ἔλεγον ἥδεσθαι καὶ πολίτας ἀξιοῦν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι .
54 So they stood in the midst of the people, and said that they were sent by the people of Gibeon, and of the circumjacent cities, which were very remote from the land where they now were, to make such a league of friendship with them, and this on such conditions as were customary among their forefathers; for when they understood that, by the favor of God, and his gift to them, they were to have the possession of the land of Canaan bestowed upon them, they said that they were very glad to hear it, and desired to be admitted into the number of their citizens. 54 So they stood there claiming to be sent by the people of Gibeon and of the surrounding cities, very far from where they were, to make a treaty of friendship with them, on conditions that were traditional among their ancestors. For understanding that by God's favour and gift they[the Hebrews] were to have possession of the land of Canaan bestowed upon them, they said they were very glad to hear it and asked to be admitted into the number of their citizens.
54 Barach
55 καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτα λέγοντες καὶ ἐπιδεικνύντες τὰ τεκμήρια τῆς ὁδοιπορίας παρεκάλουν ἐπὶ συνθήκας καὶ φιλίαν τοὺς ἙβραίουςHebrews · ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ πιστεύσας οἷς ἔλεγον , ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοῦ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites ἔθνους , ποιεῖται πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλίαν , καὶ ἘλεάζαροςEleazar ἀρχιερεὺς μετὰ τῆς γερουσίας ὄμνυσιν ἕξειν τε φίλους καὶ συμμάχους καὶ μηδὲν μοχλεύσεσθαι κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἄδικον τοῖς ὅρκοις ἐπισυναινέσαντος τοῦ πλήθους .
55 Thus did these ambassadors speak; and showing them the marks of their long journey, they entreated the Hebrews to make a league of friendship with them. Accordingly Joshua, believing what they said, that they were not of the nation of the Canaanites, entered into friendship with them; and Eleazar the high priest, with the senate, sware to them that they would esteem them their friends and associates, and would attempt nothing that should be unfair against them, the multitude also assenting to the oaths that were made to them. 55 This is what the envoys said. Then showing them the signs of their long journey, they begged the Hebrews to make a treaty of friendship with them. Joshua, believing them when they said they were not of the nation of the Canaanites, entered into friendship with them, and Eleazar the high priest, along with the elders, swore to them to esteem them their friends and associates and undertake nothing unfair against them; the people also assented to the oaths that were made to them.
55 Barach
56 καὶ οἱ μὲν ὧν ἤθελον τυχόντες ἐξ ἀπάτης ἀπῄεσαν πρὸς αὑτούς . ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ τῆς ΧαναναίαςCanaan στρατεύσας εἰς τὴν‎ ὑπώρειον καὶ μαθὼν οὐ πόρρω τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem τοὺς ΓεβεωνίταςGibeonites κατῳκημένους καὶ τοῦ γένους ὄντας τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites , μεταπεμψάμενος αὐτῶν τοὺς ἐν τέλει τῆς ἀπάτης αὐτοῖς ἐνεκάλει .
56 So these men, having obtained what they desired, by deceiving the Israelites, went home: but when Joshua led his army to the country at the bottom of the mountains of this part of Canaan, he understood that the Gibeonites dwelt not far from Jerusalem, and that they were of the stock of the Canaanites; so he sent for their governors, and reproached them with the cheat they had put upon him; 56 Having obtained their request by deceit they went home. When Joshua led his army to the region at the foot of the mountains in this part of Canaan, he learned that the Gibeonites lived not far from Jerusalem and that they were of Canaanite stock, so he sent for their officers and rebuked them for their deceitfulness.
56 Barach
57 τῶν δ᾽ οὐκ ἄλλην ἀφορμὴν σωτηρίας ἔχειν ταύτην προφασιζομένων καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐξ ἀνάγκης καταφυγεῖν συγκαλεῖ τὸν ἀρχιερέα ἘλεάζαρονEleazar καὶ τὴν‎ γερουσίαν , καὶ δημοσίους αὐτοὺς δικαιούντων ποιεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ παραβῆναι τὸν ὅρκον ἀποδείκνυσιν εἶναι τοιούτους . καὶ οἱ μὲν τῆς καταλαβούσης αὐτοὺς συμφορᾶς τοιαύτην φυλακὴν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν εὕραντο .
57 but they alleged, on their own behalf, that they had no other way to save themselves but that, and were therefore forced to have recourse to it. So he called for Eleazar the high priest, and for the senate, who thought it right to make them public servants, that they might not break the oath they had made to them; and they ordained them to be so. And this was the method by which these men found safety and security under the calamity that was ready to overtake them. 57 They claimed that they had no other way to save themselves and so were forced to have recourse to it. Then he called for Eleazar the high priest and the elders, who thought it right to make slaves of these people, so as not to break the oath they had made to them, and so they ordained it. This was the method by which these men found safety and security from the disaster that was about to overtake them.
57 Barach
58 Τοῦ δὲ τῶν ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem βασιλέως χαλεπῶς φέροντος ἐπὶ τῷ μετατάξασθαι πρὸς τὸν ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua τοὺς ΓεβεωνίταςGibeonites καὶ τοὺς τῶν πλησίον ἐθνῶν παρακαλέσαντος βασιλέας συνάρασθαι τῷ κατ᾽ αὐτῶν πολέμῳ , ὡς τούτους τε εἶδον παρόντας σὺν αὐτῷ , τέσσαρες δὲ ἦσαν , οἱ ΓεβεωνῖταιGibeonites καὶ στρατοπεδευσαμένους ἐπί τινι πηγῇ τῆς πόλεως οὐκ ἄπωθεν παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς πολιορκίαν , ἐπεκαλοῦντο σύμμαχον ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua ·
58 But the king of Jerusalem took it to heart that the Gibeonites had gone over to Joshua; so he called upon the kings of the neighboring nations to join together, and make war against them. Now when the Gibeonites saw these kings, which were four, besides the king of Jerusalem, and perceived that they had pitched their camp at a certain fountain not far from their city, and were getting ready for the siege of it, they called upon Joshua to assist them; 58 But the king of Jerusalem, angry that the Gibeonites had gone over to Joshua, called the kings of the neighbouring nations to join in a campaign against them. When the Gibeonites saw how these kings, four in number, besides the king of Jerusalem had encamped at a spring not far from their city and were ready besiege them, they called on Joshua for help.
58 Barach
59 ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς τὰ πράγματα , ὡς ὑπὸ μὲν τούτων ἀπολεῖσθαι προσδοκᾶν , ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐπ᾽ ὀλέθρῳ τοῦ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γένους στρατευσάντωνto lead to war σωθήσεσθαι διὰ τὴν‎ γενομένην φιλίαν ὑπολαμβάνειν .
59 for such was their case, as to expect to be destroyed by these Canaanites, but to suppose they should be saved by those that came for the destruction of the Canaanites, because of the league of friendship that was between them. 59 Their situation led them to expect nothing but destruction[from their neighbours], but to expect to be saved by those who came for the destruction of the Canaanites, because of the alliance between them.
59 Barach
60 καὶ ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua πανστρατιᾷ σπεύσας ἐπὶ τὴν‎ βοήθειαν καὶ δι᾽ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἀνύσας ὄρθριος προσμίγνυσι τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ τραπεῖσιν εἵπετο διώκων διὰ χωρίων ἐπικλινῶν , ΒηθωρὰBethhora καλεῖται . ἔνθα καὶ τὴν‎ τοῦ θεοῦ συνεργίαν ἔμαθεν ἐπισημήναντος αὐτοῦ‎ βρονταῖς τε καὶ κεραυνῶν ἀφέσει καὶ χαλάζης καταφορᾷ μείζονος τῆς συνήθους ·
60 Accordingly, Joshua made haste with his whole army to assist them, and marching day and night, in the morning he fell upon the enemies as they were going up to the siege; and when he had discomfited them, he followed them, and pursued them down the descent of the hills. The place is called Bethhoron; where he also understood that God assisted him, which he declared by thunder and thunderbolts, as also by the falling of hail larger than usual. 60 Joshua hurried to help them with his whole army, and marching day and night, at dawn he attacked the enemy, routed them, and pursued them down the slopes of the place called Bethhora. There too he experienced God's help, declared by thunder and thunderbolts, and by the falling of usually large hailstones.
60 Barach
61 ἔτι γε μὴν καὶ τὴν‎ ἡμέραν αὐξηθῆναι πλέον , ὡς ἂν μὴ καταλαβοῦσα νὺξ ἐπίσχῃ τὸ τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews πρόθυμον , συνέπεσεν , ὥστε καὶ λαμβάνει τοὺς βασιλέας ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἔν τινι κρυπτομένους σπηλαίῳ κατὰ ΜακχίδαMakkedah καὶ κολάζει πάντας . ὅτι δὲ τὸ μῆκος τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπέδωκε τότε καὶ τοῦ συνήθους ἐπλεόνασε , δηλοῦται διὰ τῶν ἀνακειμένων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γραμμάτων .
61 Moreover, it happened that the day was lengthened that the night might not come on too soon, and be an obstruction to the zeal of the Hebrews in pursuing their enemies; insomuch that Joshua took the kings, who were hidden in a certain cave at Makkedah, and put them to death. Now, that the day was lengthened at this time, and was longer than ordinary, is expressed in the books laid up in the temple. 61 The day was also lengthened so that night did not come on too soon and obstruct the zeal of the Hebrews in pursuing the enemy. Joshua captured the kings, who were hiding in a certain cave at Makkedah, and punished them all. How that day was protracted to be longer than ordinary, is told in the Scriptures laid up in the temple.
61 Barach
62 Κατεστραμμένων δ᾽ οὕτως τῶν περὶ τοὺς βασιλέας , οἳ τοὺς ΓεβεωνίταςGibeonites πολεμήσοντες ἐστράτευσαν , ἐπανῄει πάλιν τῆς ΧαναναίαςCanaan ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ὀρεινὴν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua καὶ πολὺν τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ φόνον ἐργασάμενος καὶ λείαν λαβὼν παρῆν εἰς τὸ ἐν ΓαλγάλοιςGilgal στρατόπεδον .
62 These kings which made war with, and were ready to fight the Gibeonites, being thus overthrown, Joshua returned again to the mountainous parts of Canaan; and when he had made a great slaughter of the people there, and took their prey, he came to the camp at Gilgal. 62 After defeating those kings who made war on the Gibeonites, Joshua returned to the hill country of Canaan, and after killing many of the people there he took their spoils and came to the camp at Galgala.
62 Barach
63 τοῦ δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews ἀρετῆς λόγου πολλοῦ φοιτῶντος εἰς τοὺς περιοίκους κατάπληξις εἶχε τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸ τῶν ἀπολωλότων πλῆθος καὶ στρατεύουσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς οἱ περὶ ΛίβανονLibanus ὄρος βασιλεῖς ὄντες ΧαναναῖοιCanaanites καὶ οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites ΠαλαιστίνουςPhilistines προσλαβόντες στρατοπεδεύουσι πρὸς ΒηρώθῃBeroth πόλει ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee τῆς ἄνω ΚεδέσηςCadesh οὐ πόρρω · ΓαλιλαίωνGalilee δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον .
63 And now there went a great fame abroad among the neighboring people of the courage of the Hebrews; and those that heard what a number of men were destroyed, were greatly affrighted at it: so the kings that lived about Mount Libanus, who were Canaanites, and those Canaanites that dwelt in the plain country, with auxiliaries out of the land of the Philistines, pitched their camp at Beroth, a city of the Upper Galilee, not far from Cadesh, which is itself also a place in Galilee. 63 Word of the courage of the Hebrews went around among the neighbouring peoples, who were greatly fearful on hearing how many they had defeated. So the Canaanite kings who lived about Mount Libanus, and those Canaanites who lived in the plains region, with allies from the land of the Philistines, encamped at Beroth, a city of Upper Galilee, not far from Cadesh, which itself is also in Galilee.
63 Barach
64 τοῦ δὲ στρατοῦ παντὸς ὁπλιτῶν μὲν ἦσαν μυριάδες τριάκοντα μύριοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς καὶ ἅρματα δισμύρια . καταπλήττει δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολεμίων αὐτόν τε ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua καὶ τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites καὶ πρὸς τὴν‎ ἐλπίδα τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλαβεστέρως εἶχον δι᾽ ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ δέους .
64 Now the number of the whole army was three hundred thousand armed footmen, and ten thousand horsemen, and twenty thousand chariots; so that the multitude of the enemies affrighted both Joshua himself and the Israelites; and they, instead of being full of hopes of good success, were superstitiously timorous, with the great terror with which they were stricken. 64 The whole army numbered three hundred thousand armed infantry and ten thousand cavalry and twenty thousand chariots, so that the sheer numbers of the enemies seemed fearful to Joshua and the Israelites, and they, instead of expecting success, were stricken with great terror.
64 Barach
65 τοῦ θεοῦ δ᾽ ἐξονειδίσαντος αὐτοῖς τὸν φόβον καὶ τί πλέον τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ βοηθείας ποθοῦσιν , ὑποσχομένουto undergo; to promise τε νικήσειν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ κελεύσαντος τούς τε ἵππους ἀχρήστους ποιῆσαι καὶ τὰ ἅρματα πυρῶσαι , θαρσαλέος πρὸς τὰς ὑποσχέσεις τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενος ἐξώρμησεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ,
65 Whereupon God upbraided them with the fear they were in, and asked them whether they desired a greater help than he could afford them; and promised them that they should overcome their enemies; and withal charged them to make their enemies’ horses useless, and to burn their chariots. So Joshua became full of courage upon these promises of God, and went out suddenly against the enemies; 65 God reprimanded them for their fear and asked whether they needed more help than he could give them. He promised them that they would overcome their enemies, and also told them to make their enemies' horses useless and burn their chariots. At these promises of God, Joshua regained courage and instantly went out against the enemy.
65 Barach
66 καὶ διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐλθὼν συνάπτει καὶ καρτερὰ μάχη γίνεται καὶ φόνος κρείττων πίστεως παρὰ τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις . διώκων δ᾽ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐξῆλθε καὶ πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα τῶν ἐχθρῶν πλὴν ὀλίγων διέφθειρε ,
66 and after five days’ march he came upon them, and joined battle with them, and there was a terrible fight, and such a number were slain as could not be believed by those that heard it. He also went on in the pursuit a great way, and destroyed the entire army of the enemies, few only excepted, and all the kings fell in the battle; 66 When, after a march of five days he came upon them and fought them, the fight was tremendous and so many were killed that those who heard it could not be believe it. He pursued them a long way and destroyed the entire enemy army, apart from a few, and all the kings fell in the battle.
66 Barach
67 καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς πάντες ἔπεσον , ὥστε τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιλελοιπότωνto leave behind πρὸς τὸ κτείνεσθαι τοὺς ἵππους ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua αὐτῶν ἀνῄρει καὶ τὰ ἅρματα ἐνεπίμπρα , τήν τε χώραν ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας διεπορεύετο μηδενὸς τολμῶντος εἰς μάχην ἐπεξελθεῖν , ἀλλὰ πολιορκίᾳ τὰς πόλεις αἱρῶν καὶ πᾶν τι λάβοι φονεύων .
67 insomuch, that when there wanted men to be killed, Joshua slew their horses, and burnt their chariots and passed all over their country without opposition, no one daring to meet him in battle; but he still went on, taking their cities by siege, and again killing whatever he took. 67 When there were no more men to kill, Joshua killed their horses and burned their chariots and crossed through all their region without opposition, with no one daring to meet him in battle. He still went forward, taking their cities by siege and again killing whatever he took.
67 Barach
68 Ἔτος δὲ πέμπτον ἤδη παρεληλύθει καὶ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites οὐκέτ᾽ οὐδεὶς ὑπολέλειπτο πλὴν εἰ μή τινες ὀχυρότητι τειχῶν διέφυγον . ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν ΓαλγάλωνGilgal ἀναστρατοπεδεύσας εἰς τὴν‎ ὄρειον ἱστᾷ τὴν‎ ἱερὰν σκηνὴν κατὰ ΣιλοῦνShiloh πόλιν , ἐπιτήδειον γὰρ ἐδόκει τὸ χωρίον διὰ κάλλος , Ἕως οἰκοδομεῖν ναὸν αὐτοῖς τὰ πράγματα παράσχοι .
68 The fifth year was now past, and there was not one of the Canaanites remained any longer, excepting some that had retired to places of great strength. So Joshua removed his camp to the mountainous country, and placed the tabernacle in the city of Shiloh, for that seemed a fit place for it, because of the beauty of its situation, until such time as their affairs would permit them to build a temple; 68 By the end of the fifth year none of the Canaanites remained except some who had retreated to places of great strength. So Joshua moved his camp to the mountainous region and placed the Tent in the city of Shiloh, for that seemed a suitable place for it, because of the beauty of its location, until such time as affairs would permit them to build a temple.
68 Barach
69 καὶ χωρήσας ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ ΣικίμωνShechem σὺν ἅπαντι τῷ λαῷ βωμόν τε ἵστησιν ὅπου προεῖπε ΜωυσῆςMoses καὶ νείμας τὴν‎ στρατιὰν ἐπὶ μὲν τῷ ΓαριζεῖGarizim ὄρει τὴν‎ ἡμίσειανhalf ἵστησιν , ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ Ἡβήλῳmount Ebal τὴν‎ ἡμίσειανhalf ἐν καὶ βωμός ἐστι καὶ τὸ Λευιτικὸνtribe of Levi καὶ τοὺς ἱερέας .
69 and from thence he went to Shechem, together with all the people, and raised an altar where Moses had beforehand directed; then did he divide the army, and placed one half of them on Mount Gerizzim, and the other half on Mount Ebal, on which mountain the altar was; he also placed there the tribe of Levi, and the priests. 69 From there he went with all the people to Sikima, and raised an altar where Moses had previously directed. Then he divided the army and placed one half of them on Mount Garizim and the other half on Mount Ebal, on which the altar stood. He also placed there the tribe of Levi and the priests.
69 Barach
70 θύσαντες δὲ καὶ ἀρὰς ποιησάμενοι καὶ ταύτας ἐπὶ τῷ βωμῷ γεγραμμένας καταλιπόντες εἰς τὴν‎ ΣιλοῦνShiloh ἀνέζευξαν .
70 And when they had sacrificed, and denounced the [blessings and the] curses, and had left them engraven upon the altar, they returned to Shiloh. 70 When they had sacrificed and proclaimed the curses and had left them engraved upon the altar, they returned to Shiloh.
70 Barach
71 ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δ᾽ ἤδη γηραιὸς ὢν καὶ τὰς τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites πόλεις ὁρῶν οὐκ εὐαλώτους ὑπό τε τῶν χωρίων ἐν οἷς ἦσαν ὀχυρότητος καὶ τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἰσχύος , τῇ φυσικῇ τῶν πόλεων πλεονεξίᾳ προσεπιβαλλόμενοι προσεδόκων τοὺς πολεμίους ἀφέξεσθαι πολιορκίας δι᾽ ἀπόγνωσιν τοῦ λαβεῖν ,
71 And now Joshua was old, and saw that the cities of the Canaanites were not easily to be taken, not only because they were situate in such strong places, but because of the strength of the walls themselves, which being built round about, the natural strength of the places on which the cities stood, seemed capable of repelling their enemies from besieging them, and of making those enemies despair of taking them; 71 Joshua was old and saw that the cities of the Canaanites were not to be taken easily, not only because they were situated in such strong places, but also because the strength of the ramparts built around them which, along with the naturally strong location of the cities stood, prevented enemies from besieging them and made them despair of taking them.
71 Barach
72 καὶ γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ὀλέθρῳ τῷ ἑαυτῶν οἱ ΧαναναῖοιCanaanites μαθόντες τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites ποιησαμένους τὴν‎ ἔξοδον τὴν‎ ἀπ᾽ ΑἰγύπτουEgypt πρὸς τῷ τὰς πόλεις καρτερὰς ποιεῖν ἐκεῖνον ἅπαντ᾽ ἦσαν τὸν χρόνον , συναγαγὼν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν‎ ΣιλοῦνShiloh ἐκκλησίαν παρήγγειλε .
72 for when the Canaanites had learned that the Israelites came out of Egypt in order to destroy them, they were busy all that time in making their cities strong. So he gathered the people together to a congregation at Shiloh; 72 Once the Canaanites learned that the Israelites had come out of Egypt in order to destroy them, they spent all the time busily fortifying their cities; so he gathered the people together to a meeting at Shiloh.
72 Barach
73 καὶ σπουδῇ συνδραμόντων τά τε ἤδη κατωρθωμένα καὶ τὰς γεγενημένας πράξεις , ὡς εἰσὶν ἄρισται καὶ τοῦ θείου τοῦ παρασχόντος αὐτὰς ἄξιαι καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῶν νόμων οἷς κατακολουθοῦσιν ἔλεγε , βασιλεῖς τε τριάκοντα καὶ ἕνα τολμήσαντας αὐτοῖς εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν κεκρατῆσθαι δηλῶν καὶ στρατιὰν ὅση ποτὲ κατελπίσασα τῆς αὐτῶν δυνάμεως εἰς μάχην συνῆψεν ἅπασαν διαφθαρεῖσαν , ὡς μηδὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῖς ὑπολελεῖφθαι .
73 and when they, with great zeal and haste, were come thither, he observed to them what prosperous successes they had already had, and what glorious things had been done, and those such as were worthy of that God who enabled them to do those things, and worthy of the virtue of those laws which they followed. He took notice also, that thirty-one of those kings that ventured to give them battle were overcome, and every army, how great soever it were, that confided in their own power, and fought with them, was utterly destroyed; so that not so much as any of their posterity remained. 73 When they had willingly and quickly gathered there, he reminded them of the prosperous successes they had already had and what glorious things had been done by those who were worthy of that God who enabled them to do such things and worthy of the virtue of those laws which they followed. He noted also, that thirty-one of those kings who ventured into battle against them had been overcome and every army, however great, that trusted their own power and fought with them, was utterly destroyed so that none of their descendants remained.
73 Barach
74 τῶν δὲ πόλεων ἐπειδήπερ αἱ μὲν ἑαλώκεσαν , πρὸς ἃς δὲ δεῖ χρόνου καὶ μεγάλης πολιορκίας διὰ τὴν‎ τῶν τειχῶν ὀχυρότητα καὶ τὴν‎ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῶν οἰκητόρων πεποίθησιν , ἠξίου τοὺς ἐκ τῆς περαίας τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan συνεξορμήσαντας αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν κινδύνων συναραμένους ὄντας συγγενεῖς ἀπολύειν ἤδη πρὸς τὰ οἰκεῖα χάριν αὐτοῖς ὧν συνέκαμον ὁμολογοῦντας ,
74 And as for the cities, since some of them were taken, but the others must be taken in length of time, by long sieges, both on account of the strength of their walls, and of the confidence the inhabitants had in them thereby, he thought it reasonable that those tribes that came along with them from beyond Jordan, and had partaken of the dangers they had undergone, being their own kindred, should now be dismissed and sent home, and should have thanks for the pains they had taken together with them. 74 Since some of the cities were taken, but others must be still taken by long sieges, due to the strength of their walls and the confidence the inhabitants had in them, he thought it reasonable that, being their own clan, those tribes that came along with them from beyond the Jordan and had shared in dangers with them should now be left free and sent home with thanks for the efforts they had made along with them.
74 Barach
75 ἕνα τε κατὰ φυλὴν ἀρετῇ προύχειν μαρτυρηθέντα πέμπειν , οἳ τὴν‎ γῆν ἐκμετρησόμενοι πιστῶς καὶ μηδὲν κακουργήσοντες δηλώσουσιν ἡμῖν ἀδόλως αὐτῆς τὸ μέγεθος " .
75 As also, he thought it reasonable that they should send one man out of every tribe, and he such as had the testimony of extraordinary virtue, who should measure the land faithfully, and without any fallacy or deceit should inform them of its real magnitude. 75 He also thought it reasonable to send from every tribe one man of outstanding virtue to faithfully measure the land and tell them its real size without any fraud or deceit.
75 Barach
76 Καὶ ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua μὲν τούτους ποιησάμενος τοὺς λόγους συγκάταινον ἔσχε τὸ πλῆθος καὶ ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐκμετρησομένους τὴν‎ χώραν αὐτῶν ἐξέπεμψε παραδοὺς αὐτοῖς τινας γεωμετρίας ἐπιστήμονας , οὓς τἀληθὲς οὐκ ἔμελλε λήσεσθαι διὰ τὴν‎ τέχνην , ἐντολὰς δοὺς ἀποτιμήσασθαι τῆς τε εὐδαίμονος ἰδίᾳ τὸ μέτρον γῆς καὶ τῆς ἧσσον ἀγαθῆς .
76 Now Joshua, when he had thus spoken to them, found that the multitude approved of his proposal. So he sent men to measure their country, and sent with them some geometricians, who could not easily fail of knowing the truth, on account of their skill in that art. He also gave them a charge to estimate the measure of that part of the land that was most fruitful, and what was not so good: 76 When Joshua had said this to them, the people approved his proposal, so he sent men to measure their region and sent with them geometricians, unlikely to get things wrong, due to their skill in that art. He also told them to estimate what part of the land was most fruitful and what was not so good.
76 Barach
77 γὰρ φύσις τῆς ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γῆς τοιαύτη τίς ἐστιν , ὡς ἴδοι τις ἂν πεδία μεγάλα καὶ καρποὺς φέρειν ἱκανώτατα καὶ συγκρινόμενα μὲν ἑτέρᾳ γῇ πανευδαίμονα νομισθησόμενα , τοῖς δ᾽ ἹεριχουντίωνJericho χωρίοις παραβαλλόμενα καὶ τοῖς ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem τὸ μηδὲν ἀναφανησόμενα ·
77 for such is the nature of the land of Canaan, that one may see large plains, and such as are exceeding fit to produce fruit, which yet, if they were compared to other parts of the country, might be reckoned exceedingly fruitful; yet, if it be compared with the fields about Jericho, and to those that belong to Jerusalem, will appear to be of no account at all; 77 For it is the nature of the land of Canaan that one may see large and productive plains, which could be reckoned very fruitful when compared to other parts of the region, but if compared with the fields around Jericho and around Jerusalem, will appear to be worthless.
77 Barach
78 καίτοι παντελῶς ὀλίγην αὐτῶν εἶναι τὴν‎ γῆν συμβέβηκε ταύτης δὲ ὀρεινὴν τὴν‎ πολλήν , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς καρπῶν ἐκτροφήν τε καὶ κάλλος οὐκ ἀπολέλοιπεν ἑτέρᾳ . καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τιμητοὺς μᾶλλον μετρητοὺς τοὺς κλήρους εἶναι δεῖν ὑπέλαβε πολλάκις ἑνὸς πλέθρου κἂν χιλίων ἀνταξίου γενομένου .
78 and although it so falls out that these people have but a very little of this sort of land, and that it is, for the main, mountainous also, yet does it not come behind other parts, on account of its exceeding goodness and beauty; for which reason Joshua thought the land for the tribes should be divided by estimation of its goodness, rather than the largeness of its measure, it often happening that one acre of some sort of land was equivalent to a thousand other acres. 78 So although it so happens that these people have but a very little of this sort of land and that it is mainly mountainous, yet in its surpassing goodness and beauty it is not inferior to other parts. Therefore Joshua thought the land for the tribes should be divided by estimation of its goodness, rather than just measuring its size, as it often happens that one acre of one sort of land can equal a thousand acres in some other place.
78 Barach
79 οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οἱ πεμφθέντες , δέκα δὲ ἦσαν , περιοδεύσαντες καὶ τιμησάμενοι τὴν‎ γῆν ἐν ἑβδόμῳ μηνὶ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς ΣιλοῦνταShiloh πόλιν , ἔνθα τὴν‎ σκηνὴν ἑστάκεσαν .
79 Now the men that were sent, which were in number ten, traveled all about, and made an estimation of the land, and in the seventh month came to him to the city of Shiloh, where they had set up the tabernacle. 79 The ten men who were sent travelled all around making an estimation of the land and in the seventh month came to him to the city of Shiloh, where they had set up the Tent.
79 Barach
80 Καὶ ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἘλεάζαρόνEleazar τε καὶ τὴν‎ γερουσίαν σὺν τοῖς φυλάρχοις παραλαβὼν νέμει ταῖς ἐννέα φυλαῖς καὶ τῶν ΜανασσητῶνManasses τοῖς ἡμίσεσι , κατὰ μέγεθος ἑκάστης τῶν φυλῶν τὴν‎ μέτρησιν ποιησάμενος .
80 So Joshua took both Eleazar and the senate, and with them the heads of the tribes, and distributed the land to the nine tribes, and to the half-tribe of Manasseh, appointing the dimensions to be according to the largeness of each tribe. 80 So Joshua took both Eleazar and the elders and with them the heads of the tribes and distributed the land to the nine tribes and the half-tribe of Manasses, appointing the dimensions according to the size of each tribe.
80 Barach
81 κληρώσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ‎ , μὲν ἸούδαJudas λαχοῦσα πᾶσαν αἱρεῖται τὴν‎ καθύπερθεν ἸδουμαίανIdumaea παρατείνουσαν μὲν ἄχρι τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem τὸ δ᾽ εὖρος Ἕως τῆς ΣοδομίτιδοςSodom Lake λίμνης καθήκουσαν · ἐν δὲ τῷ κλήρῳ τούτῳ πόλεις ἦσαν ἈσκάλωνAscalon καὶ ΓάζαGaza .
81 So when he had cast lots, Judah had assigned him by lot the upper part of Judea, reaching as far as Jerusalem, and its breadth extended to the Lake of Sodom. Now in the lot of this tribe there were the cities of Askelon and Gaza. 81 When he had cast lots, Judas had assigned him by lot the upper part of Judea, reaching as far as Jerusalem and its breadth extending to the Lake of Sodom. Within the lot of this tribe were the cities of Askalon and Gaza.
81 Barach
82 ΣεμεωνὶςSimeon δέ , δευτέρα γὰρ ἦν , ἔλαχε τῆς ἸδουμαίαςIdumaea τὴν‎ ΑἰγύπτῳEgypt τε καὶ τῇ ἈραβίᾳArabia πρόσορον οὖσαν . ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite δὲ τὴν‎ ἀπὸ ἸορδάνουJordan ποταμοῦ ἔλαχον ἄχρι θαλάσσης μὲν τὸ μῆκος , τὸ δὲ πλάτος ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem ὁριζομένην καὶ ΒηθήλοιςBethel · στενώτατος δὲ κλῆρος οὗτος ἦν διὰ τὴν‎ τῆς γῆς ἀρετήν · ἹεριχοῦνταJericho γὰρ καὶ τὴν‎ ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem πόλιν ἔλαβον .
82 The lot of Simeon, which was the second, included that part of Idumea which bordered upon Egypt and Arabia. As to the Benjamites, their lot fell so, that its length reached from the river Jordan to the sea, but in breadth it was bounded by Jerusalem and Bethel; and this lot was the narrowest of all, by reason of the goodness of the land, for it included Jericho and the city of Jerusalem. 82 The lot of Simeon, which was second, included the part of Idumaea bordering on Egypt and Arabia. The territory of the Benjamites extended from the river Jordan to the sea, but its other boundaries were Jerusalem and Bethel, and this lot was the narrowest of all, because of the goodness of the land, for it included Jericho and the city of Jerusalem.
82 Barach
83 δ᾽ ἘφρὰνEphraim φυλὴ τὴν‎ ἄχρι ΓαζάρωνGadara ἀπὸ ἸορδάνουJordan ποταμοῦ μηκυνομένην ἔλαχεν , εὐρεῖαν δὲ ὅσον ἀπὸ ΒεθήλωνBethel εἰς τὸ μέγα τελευτᾷ πεδίον , τῆς τε ΜανασσήτιδοςManasses οἱ ἡμίσεις ἀπὸ μὲν ἸορδάνουJordan μέχρι ΔώρωνDōr πόλεως , πλάτος δὲ ἐπὶ ΒηθησάνωνBethsan , νῦν ΣκυθόπολιςScythopolis καλεῖται ,
83 The tribe of Ephraim had by lot the land that extended in length from the river Jordan to Gezer; but in breadth as far as from Bethel, till it ended at the Great Plain. The half-tribe of Manasseh had the land from Jordan to the city of Dora; 83 The tribe of Ephraim had by lot the land reaching from the river Jordan to Gezer, but its width was from Bethel to the Great Plain. The half-tribe of Manasses had the land from the Jordan to the city of Dora and reached as far as Bethsan, which is now called Scythopolis.
83 Barach
84 καὶ μετὰ τούτους ἸσαχαρὶςIssachar ΚάρμηλόνCarmel τε τὸ ὄρος καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τοῦ μήκους ποιησαμένη τέρμονα , τὸ δὲ ἸταβύριονItaburion ὄρος τοῦ πλάτους . ΖαβουλωνῖταιZebulon δὲ τὴν‎ μέχρι ΓενησαρίδοςGenesareth καθήκουσαν δὲ περὶ ΚάρμηλονCarmel καὶ θάλασσαν ἔλαχον .
84 but its breadth was at Bethsham, which is now called Scythopolis. And after these was Issachar, which had its limits in length, Mount Carmel and the river, but its limit in breadth was Mount Tabor. The tribe of Zebulon’s lot included the land which lay as far as the Lake of Genesareth, and that which belonged to Carmel and the sea. 84 After these came Issachar, which stretched from Mount Carmel to the river, and one of its boundaries was Mount Itaburion. The tribe of Zebulon's lot included the land as far as the Lake of Genesareth and the area of Carmel to the sea.
84 Barach
85 τὴν‎ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ΚαρμήλουCarmel κοιλάδα προσαγορευομένηνto call, name διὰ τὸ καὶ τοιαύτην εἶναι ἈσηρῖταιAsseron φέρονται πᾶσαν τὴν‎ ἐπὶ ΣιδῶνοςSidon τετραμμένην · ἌρκηArce δὲ πόλις ὑπῆρχεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ μερίδι καὶ ἘκδείπουςActipus.
85 The tribe of Aser had that part which was called the Valley, for such it was, and all that part which lay over-against Sidon. The city Arce belonged to their share, which is also named Actipus. 85 The tribe of Asseron had that part called the Valley, for that was its shape, and all the area across from Sidon. The city of Arce, also called Actipus, was part their share.
85 Barach
86 τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολὰς τετραμμένα μέχρι ΔαμασκοῦDamascus πόλεως καὶ τῆς ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee τὰ καθύπερθεν ΝεφθαλῖταιNephthalites παρέλαβον Ἕως τοῦ ΛιβάνουLibanus ὄρους καὶ τῶν τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan πηγῶν , αἳ τὴν‎ ὁρμὴν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους ἔχουσιν , ἐκ τοῦ καθήκοντος τοῖς ὅροις κατὰ τὰ βόρεια πόλεως ἌρκηςArce παροικούσης .
86 The Naphthalites received the eastern parts, as far as the city of Damascus and the Upper Galilee, unto Mount Libanus, and the Fountains of Jordan, which rise out of that mountain; that is, out of that part of it whose limits belong to the neighboring city of Arce. 86 The Nephthalites got the eastern areas from the city of Damascus and the Upper Galilee as far as Mount Libanus and the Jordan springs flowing from it, that is, the portion of it whose limits belong to the nearby city of Arce.
86 Barach
87 ΔανῖταιDanites δὲ τῆς κοίλης ὅσα πρὸς δυόμενον τέτραπται τὸν ἥλιον λαγχάνουσιν ἈζώτῳAzotus καὶ ΔώροιςDōra ὁριζόμενοι ἸάμνειάνJamnia τε πᾶσαν καὶ ΓίττανGitta ἀπ᾽ ἈκκαρῶνοςAkkaron ἕως τοῦ ὄρους , ἐξ οὗ ἸούδαJudas ἦρκτο φυλή .
87 The Danites’ lot included all that part of the valley which respects the sun-setting, and were bounded by Azotus and Dora; as also they had all Jamnia and Gath, from Ekron to that mountain where the tribe of Judah begins. 87 The Danites' lot included the section of the valley which points west, with Azotus and Dora as its limits, and all of Jamnia and Gitta, from Akkaron to the mountain where the tribe of Judas begins.
87 Barach
88 Καὶ ἓξ μὲν ἔθνη τῶν υἱέων τοῦ ΧαναναίουCanaan φέροντα τὴν‎ ἐπωνυμίαν διεῖλεν οὕτως ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua καὶ τὴν‎ γῆν ταῖς ἐννέα καὶ τῇ ἡμισείᾳ φυλαῖς ἔδωκε νέμεσθαι ·
88 After this manner did Joshua divide the six nations that bear the name of the sons of Canaan, with their land, to be possessed by the nine tribes and a half; 88 In this way Joshua divided the six nations that bear the name of the sons of Canaan, with their land, as a possession for the nine and a half tribes.
88 Barach
89 τὴν‎ γὰρ ἈμορρῖτινAmorites καὶ αὐτὴν οὕτως ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς τῶν ΧαναναίουCanaan παίδων καλουμένην ΜωυσῆςMoses ἤδη προειληφὼς νενεμήκει ταῖς δυσὶ φυλαῖς καὶ τῷ ἡμίσει · τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πρότερον δεδηλώκαμεν . τὰ δὲ περὶ ΣιδῶναSidōn καὶ ἈρουκαίουςArkites καὶ ἈμαθαίουςAmathites καὶ ἈριδαίουςAradians ἀδιακόσμητα ἦν .
89 for Moses had prevented him, and had already distributed the land of the Amorites, which itself was so called also from one of the sons of Canaan, to the two tribes and a half, as we have shown already. But the parts about Sidon, as also those that belonged to the Arkites, and the Amathites, and the Aradians, were not yet regularly disposed of. 89 Moses had already distributed the land of the Amorites, which itself was so called also from one of the sons of Canaan, to the other two and a half tribes, as we have shown already. But the parts about Sidon, and those belonging to the Arkites and the Amathites and the Aradians, were not yet properly divided out.
89 Barach
90 ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δὲ τοῦ γήρως ἐμποδίζοντος ἤδη πράττειν ὅσα καὶ νοήσειε τῶν τε μετ᾽ αὐτὸν τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν παραλαβόντων ἀμελῶς προστάντων τοῦ κοινῇ συμφέροντος , παρήγγειλέ τε φυλῇ ἑκάστῃ τοῦ γένους τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites μηδὲν ὑπολιπεῖν ἐν τῇ κατακεκληρωμένος γῇ · τὴν‎ γὰρ ἀσφάλειαν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν‎ φυλακὴν τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν ἐν μόνῳ τούτῳ καὶ ΜωυσῆνMoses αὐτοῖς εἶναι προειπεῖν καὶ τοῦτ᾽ αὐτοὺς πεπεῖσθαι .
90 But now was Joshua hindered by his age from executing what he intended to do (as did those that succeeded him in the government, take little care of what was for the advantage of the public); so he gave it in charge to every tribe to leave no remainder of the race of the Canaanites in the land that had been divided to them by lot; that Moses had assured them beforehand, and they might rest fully satisfied about it, that their own security and their observation of their own laws depended wholly upon it. 90 As Joshua was now hindered by his age from carrying out his plans, and the leaders coming after him cared little for the common good, he called on every tribe to leave no trace of the race of the Canaanites in the land he had apportioned out to them, for as Moses had foretold and they should accept, only so could they be secure and their own laws be observed.
90 Barach
91 καὶ τοῖς ΛευίταιςLevites δὲ τὰς ὀκτὼ καὶ τριάκοντα πόλεις ἀποδιδόναι · προειλήφεισαν γὰρ ἤδη κατὰ τὴν‎ ἈμορραίανAmorites τὰς δέκα . τούτων τρεῖς ἀπονέμει τοῖς φυγάσιν οἰκεῖν ἐν αὐταῖς , πολλὴ γὰρ ἦν πρόνοια τοῦ μηδὲν ὧν ΜωυσῆςMoses διέταξε παραλιπεῖν , τῆς μὲν οὖν ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς ἸέβρωναHebron , ΣίκιμαShechem δὲ τῆς ἘφραίμEphraim , τῆς ΝεφθαλίτιδοςNaphthali δὲ ΚεδέσηνCadesh · ἔστι τῆς καθύπερθεν ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον .
91 Moreover, he enjoined them to give thirty-eight cities to the Levites, for they had already received ten in the country of the Amorites; and three of these he assigned to those that fled from the man-slayers, who were to inhabit there; for he was very solicitous that nothing should be neglected which Moses had ordained. These cities were, of the tribe of Judah, Hebron; of that of Ephraim, Shechem; and of that of Naphthali, Cadesh, which is a place of the Upper Galilee. 91 He ordered them to give thirty-eight cities to the Levites, for they had already received ten in the region of the Amorites, and three of these he assigned to those who fled from the man-hunters, who were to live there, for he was most anxious that nothing be neglected which Moses had ordained. These cities were: of the tribe of Judas, Hebron, of that of Ephraim, Sikima, and of that of Naphthali, Cadesh, which is a place of the Upper Galilee.
91 Barach
92 νέμει δὲ καὶ τῆς ΛείαςLeah ὅσα ἦν ἔτι λοιπά , πλείστη δ᾽ ἐγεγόνει , καὶ μεγάλους πλούτους περιεβέβληντο καὶ κοινῇ πάντες καὶ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἕκαστος χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ ἐσθήτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἐπισκευῆς ἕνεκα , τετραπόδων τε πλήθους ὅσον οὐδὲ ἀριθμῷ μαθεῖν ἦν προσγενομένου .
92 He also distributed among them the rest of the prey not yet distributed, which was very great; whereby they had an affluence of great riches, both all in general, and every one in particular; and this of gold and of vestments, and of other furniture, besides a multitude of cattle, whose number could not be told. 92 He also distributed among them the share of the spoils not yet distributed, which was great; by which they had an affluence of great wealth, both all in general and each one in particular, of gold and of vestments and of other furniture, besides an innumerable amount of livestock.
92 Barach
93 μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν τὸν στρατὸν τοῖς ὑπὲρ τὸν ἸόρδανονJordan κατὰ τὴν‎ ἈμορραίανAmorites ἱδρυμένοις , συνεστράτευον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς πεντακισμύριοι ὁπλῖταιheavy-armed , ἔλεξε τάδε · " ἐπεὶ θεός , πατὴρ καὶ δεσπότης τοῦ ἙβραίωνHebrews γένους , γῆν τε κτήσασθαι ταύτην ἔδωκε καὶ κτηθεῖσαν εἰς ἅπαν ἡμετέραν φυλάξειν ὑπείσχηται ,
93 After this was over, he gathered the army together to a congregation, and spake thus to those tribes that had their settlement in the land of the Amorites beyond Jordan,—for fifty thousand of them had armed themselves, and had gone to the war along with them:—“Since that God, who is the Father and Lord of the Hebrew nation, has now given us this land for a possession, and promised to preserve us in the enjoyment of it as our own for ever; 93 After this he held a meeting of the whole force and to those tribes that had their settlement in the land of the Amorites beyond the Jordan, for fifty thousand of them had armed themselves and had gone to the war along with them, he said: "Since God, who is the Father and Lord of the Hebrew nation, has now given us this land for our own and promised to preserve us in its possession for ever,
93 Barach
94 συνεργίας δὲ τῆς παρ᾽ ὑμῶν κατ᾽ ἐντολὴν τὴν‎ ἐκείνου δεομένοις ἑαυτοὺς εἰς ἅπαν προθύμους ἐδώκατε , δίκαιον ὑμᾶς μηδενὸς ἔτι δυσκόλου περιμένοντος ἀναπαύσεως ἤδη τυχεῖν φειδοῖ τῆς προθυμίας ὑμῶν , ἵν᾽ εἰ καὶ πάλιν δεήσειεν ἡμῖν αὐτῆς ἄοκνον ἔχωμεν εἰς τὰ κατεπείξοντα καὶ μὴ τοῖς νῦν καμοῦσαν αὖθις βραδυτέραν .
94 and since you have with alacrity offered yourselves to assist us when we wanted that assistance on all occasions, according to his command; it is but just, now all our difficulties are over, that you should be permitted to enjoy rest, and that we should trespass on your alacrity to help us no longer; that so, if we should again stand in need of it, we may readily have it on any future emergency, and not tire you out so much now as may make you slower in assisting us another time. 94 and since according to his command you have offered yourselves with commitment to help us on all occasions when we needed that help, it is only fair, now that all our ordeals are over, to allow you to enjoy rest and that we no longer trespass on your willingness to help us. So, if we should again need it in future emergency, we may readily have it and not now weary you so much as to make you slower in assisting us another time.
94 Barach
95 χάριν τε οὖν ὑμῖν ὧν συνήρασθε κινδύνων καὶ οὐχὶ νῦν μόνον ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ πάντως ἕξομεν , ὄντες ἀγαθοὶ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν φίλων καὶ παρὰ τῇ διανοίᾳ κρατεῖν ὅσα παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἡμῖν ὑπῆρξεν , ὅτι τε τὴν‎ ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὑμῖν ἀγαθῶν δι᾽ ἡμᾶς ἀνεβάλεσθε καὶ πονήσαντες εἰς νῦν εὐνοίᾳ θεοῦ κατέστημεν ἔπειθ᾽afterward οὕτως ἐκρίνατε αὐτῶν μεταλαμβάνειν .
95 We, therefore, return you our thanks for the dangers you have undergone with us, and we do it not at this time only, but we shall always be thus disposed; and be so good as to remember our friends, and to preserve in mind what advantages we have had from them; and how you have put off the enjoyments of your own happiness for our sakes, and have labored for what we have now, by the goodwill of God, obtained, and resolved not to enjoy your own prosperity till you had afforded us that assistance. 95 We thank you therefore, for the dangers you have borne with us and we do it not only for the present, but also we shall always be so disposed and remember our friends and keep in mind the advantages we have had from them;
95 Barach
96 γέγονε δὲ πρὸς τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἀγαθοῖς ἐκ τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν πόνων πλοῦτος ἄφθονος λείαν τε πολλὴν ἐπαξομένοις καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ τὸ τούτων ἔτι πλεῖον , παρ᾽ ἡμῖν εὔνοια καὶ πρὸς τι βουληθείητε κατ᾽ ἀμοιβὴν πρόθυμον . οὔτε γὰρ ὧν ΜωυσῆςMoses προεῖπεν ἀπελείφθητε καταφρονήσαντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπελθόντος οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν οὐδὲν ἐφ᾽ μὴ χάριν ὑμῖν οἴδαμεν .
96 However, you have, by joining your labor with ours, gotten great plenty of riches, and will carry home with you much prey, with gold and silver, and, what is more than all these, our good-will towards you, and a mind willingly disposed to make a requital of your kindness to us, in what case soever you shall desire it, for you have not omitted any thing which Moses beforehand required of you, nor have you despised him because he was dead and gone from you, so that there is nothing to diminish that gratitude which we owe to you. 96 how you postponed the enjoyment of your own prosperity for our sakes and have laboured for what now, by the goodwill of God, we have obtained and resolved not to enjoy your own prosperity until you had given us that help. However, by joining your toil with ours, you have gotten plenty of wealth and will bring home with you much booty, with gold and silver, and, more than all these, our goodwill toward you and a mind disposed to reward your kindness to us, whenever you need it. You have left nothing undone which Moses asked of you before, nor have you despised him when he is dead and gone from you, so that there is nothing to lessen the gratitude we owe to you.
96 Barach
97 χαίροντας οὖν ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς κληρουχίας ἀπολύομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν μηδένα τῆς πρὸς ἡμᾶς συγγενείας ὅρον ὑπολαμβάνειν , μηδ᾽ ὅτι μεταξὺ ποταμὸς οὗτός ἐστιν ἑτέρους ἡμᾶς νομίσητε καὶ οὐχὶ ἙβραίουςHebrews . ἉβράμουAbraham γὰρ ἅπαντές ἐσμεν οἵ τ᾽ ἐνθάδε κἀκεῖ κατοικοῦντες , θεός τε εἷς , ὃς τούς τε ἡμετέρους προγόνους καὶ τοὺς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν παρήγαγεν εἰς τὸν βίον ·
97 We therefore dismiss you joyful to your own inheritances; and we entreat you to suppose, that there is no limit to be set to the intimate relation that is between us; and that you will not imagine, because this river is interposed between us, that you are of a different race from us, and not Hebrews; for we are all the posterity of Abraham, both we that inhabit here, and you that inhabit there; and it is the same God that brought our forefathers and yours into the world, 97 We therefore send you joyfully to your own inheritances, and ask you to believe there is no limit to the close link between us. Do not imagine, just because this river is between us, that you are of a different race from us and not Hebrews, for we are all descendants of Abraham, both we living here and you living there, and it is the same God who gave life to our ancestors and to yourselves.
97 Barach
98 οὗ τῆς θρησκείας ἐπιμελεῖσθε καὶ πολιτείας , ἣν αὐτὸς διὰ ΜωυσέοςMoses διέταξε , φυλακὴν ἔχετε τὴν‎ πᾶσαν , ὡς ἐμμενόντων μὲν τούτοις καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ παρέξοντος εὔνουν εἶναι καὶ σύμμαχον ἑαυτόν , ἐκτραπέντων δὲ εἰς ἑτέρων ἐθνῶν μίμησιν ἀπο
98 whose worship and form of government we are to take care of, which he has ordained, and are most carefully to observe; because while you continue in those laws, God will also show himself merciful and assisting to you; but if you imitate the other nations, and forsake those laws, he will reject your nation.” 98 We must carefully observe his worship and form of government as he has appointed us. While you continue in those laws, God will also show himself merciful and supportive to you, but if you imitate the other nations and forsake those laws, he will reject your nation."
98 Barach
99 στραφησομένου τὸ γένος ὑμῶν . ταῦτα εἰπὼν καὶ καθ᾽ ἕνα τοὺς ἐν τέλει καὶ κοινῇ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ἀσπασάμενος αὐτὸς μὲν ὑπέμεινε , προύπεμπε δ᾽ αὐτοὺς λαὸς οὐκ ἀδακρυτὶ καὶ μόλις ἀλλήλων ἀπελύθησαν .
99 When Joshua had spoken thus, and saluted them all, both those in authority one by one, and the whole multitude in common, he himself staid where he was; but the people conducted those tribes on their journey, and that not without tears in their eyes; and indeed they hardly knew how to part one from the other. 99 When he had said this and greeted them all, individually those in authority and the whole people in general, he stayed where he was, but the people sent those tribes on their way, not without tears in their eyes, and indeed they hardly knew how to separate from each other.
99 Barach
100 Διαβᾶσα δὲ τὸν ποταμὸν τε ῬουβηλὶςRubel φυλὴ καὶ ΓαδὶςGad καὶ ὅσοι τῶν ΜανασσητῶνManasses αὐτοῖς συνείποντο βωμὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ὄχθης ἱδρύονται τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan , μνημεῖον τοῖς ἔπειτα γενησόμενον [ σύμβολον ] τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πέραν κατῳκημένους οἰκειότητος .
100 Now when the tribe of Reuben, and that of Gad, and as many of the Manassites as followed them, were passed over the river, they built an altar on the banks of Jordan, as a monument to posterity, and a sign of their relation to those that should inhabit on the other side. 100 When the tribes of Rubel and Gad and the Manassites who followed them, had crossed the river, they built an altar on the banks of the Jordan as a monument for their descendants and a sign of their relationship with those who living on the other side.
100 Barach
101 ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ πέραν βωμὸν ἱδρῦσθαι τοὺς ἀπολυθένταςto loose from, undo οὐ μεθ᾽ ἧς ἐκεῖνοι γνώμης ἀνέστησαν αὐτόν , ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ νεωτερισμῷ καὶ ξενικῶν εἰσαγωγῇ θεῶν , οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπιστεῖνto disbelieve, distrust , ἀλλὰ περὶ θείαν θρησκείαν τὴν‎ διαβολὴν πιθανὴν νομίζοντες ἐν ὅπλοις ἦσαν , ὡς ἐπ᾽ ἀμύνῃ τῶν τὸν βωμὸν ἱδρυσαμένων περαιωσόμενοι τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ κολάσοντες αὐτοὺς τῆς παρατροπῆς τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν .
101 But when those on the other side heard that those who had been dismissed had built an altar, but did not hear with what intention they built it, but supposed it to be by way of innovation, and for the introduction of strange gods, they did not incline to disbelieve it; but thinking this defamatory report, as if it were built for divine worship, was credible, they appeared in arms, as though they would avenge themselves on those that built the altar; and they were about to pass over the river, and to punish them for their subversion of the laws of their country; 101 When those on the other[western] side heard how those they had sent away had built an altar, but did not hear with what intention they built it, they supposed it to be by way of novelty and to introduce foreign gods.
101 Barach
102 οὐ γὰρ ἐδόκει τὴν‎ συγγένειαν αὐτοὺς λογίζεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν τὴν‎ αἰτίαν εἰληφότων , ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλητὸν καὶ τρόπῳ τιμώμενος χαίρει .
102 for they did not think it fit to regard them on account of their kindred or the dignity of those that had given the occasion, but to regard the will of God, and the manner wherein he desired to be worshipped; 102 They were not inclined to doubt it, so giving credence to this libel that it was built for divine worship, they appeared in arms, to take revenge on those who built the altar.
102 Barach
103 καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐστράτευσαν ὑπ᾽ ὀργῆς , ἐπέσχε δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς ἘλεάζαροςEleazar καὶ γερουσία λόγοις συμβουλεύοντες ἀπόπειραν αὐτῶν τῆς γνώμης λαβεῖν πρῶτον , ἔπειτ᾽ ἂν κακοήθη μάθωσι τὴν‎ διάνοιαν αὐτῶν τότε τοῖς . ὅπλοις χωρεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς .
103 so these men put themselves in array for war. But Joshua, and Eleazar the high priest, and the senate, restrained them; and persuaded them first to make trial by words of their intention, and afterwards, if they found that their intention was evil, then only to proceed to make war upon them. 103 They were even about to pass over the river to punish them for subverting their ancestral laws, for instead of respecting as relatives those who had done this thing, they gave priority to the will of God and how He wished to be worshipped, and so they got ready for war. But Joshua and Eleazar the high priest and the elders restrained them, persuading them first to test the others' intention by words and only after that to proceed to war against them, if they are intending to do evil.
103 Barach
104 πέμπουσιν οὖν πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ΦινεέσηνPhineas τὸν υἱὸν ἘλεαζάρουEleazar καὶ δέκα σὺν αὐτῷ τῶν ἐν τιμῇ παρὰ τοῖς ἙβραίοιςHebrews μαθησομένους , τί καὶ φρονήσαντες τὸν βωμὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ὄχθης τοῦ ποταμοῦ διαβάντες ἔστησαν .
104 Accordingly, they sent as ambassadors to them Phineas the son of Eleazar, and ten more persons that were in esteem among the Hebrews, to learn of them what was in their mind, when, upon passing over the river, they had built an altar upon its banks. 104 So they sent as envoys Phineas the son of Eleazar and ten others well-esteemed Hebrews, to learn from them what they meant when, having crossed the river, they built an altar upon its banks.
104 Barach
105 ὡς δὲ περαιωσαμένων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀφικομένων ἐκκλησία συνελέγη , στὰς ΦινεέσηςPhineas μείζω μὲν αὐτοὺς ἁμαρτεῖν ἔλεγεν , ὥστε λόγοις ἐπιτιμηθέντας νενουθετῆσθαι πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα πλὴν οὐ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς παρανομίας ἀπιδόντας εὐθὺς ἐφ᾽ ὅπλα καὶ τὴν‎ ἐκ χειρῶν τιμωρίαν ὁρμῆσαι , πρὸς δὲ τὸ συγγενὲς καὶ τὸ τάχα καὶ λόγοις ἂν σωφρονῆσαι σκοπήσαντας οὕτω ποιήσασθαι τὴν‎ πρεσβείαν ,
105 And as soon as these ambassadors were passed over, and were come to them, and a congregation was assembled, Phineas stood up and said, That the offense they had been guilty of was of too heinous a nature to be punished by words alone, or by them only to be amended for the future; yet that they did not so look at the heinousness of their transgression as to have recourse to arms, and to a battle for their punishment immediately, but that, on account of their kindred, and the probability there was that they might be reclaimed, they took this method of sending an ambassage to them: 105 When these envoys had crossed over and come to them and held a meeting, Phineas stood up and said that the offence they had committed was too grievous to be punished by mere words, or only to be amended by them in the future; still, they did not regard the gravity of their transgression as so grave that they need instantly take up arms and go to war to punish them, but that, due to their kinship and the prospect of their conversion, they chose this method of sending them an embassy,
105 Barach
106 ἵνα τὴν‎ αἰτίαν μαθόντες ὑφ᾽ ἧς προήχθητε τὸν βωμὸν κατασκευάσαι μήτε προπετεῖς δοκῶμεν ὅπλοις μετιόντες ὑμᾶς κατὰ λογισμὸν ὅσιον ποιησαμένους τὸν βωμόν , κατι δικαίως ἀμυνώμεθα τῆς διαβολῆς ἐλεγχθείσης ἀληθοῦς .
106 “That when we have learned the true reasons by which you have been moved to build this altar, we may neither seem to have been too rash in assaulting you by our weapons of war, if it prove that you made the altar for justifiable reasons, and may then justly punish you if the accusation prove true; 106 "So that when we have learned the true reasons that moved you to build this altar, we may not too rashly attack you with weapons of war, if it proves that you made the altar for justifiable reasons, and still may justly punish you if the accusation prove true.
106 Barach
107 οὐ γὰρ ἠξιοῦμεν ὑμᾶς πείρᾳ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γνώμης ἐντὸς γεγενημένους καὶ νόμων ὧν αὐτὸς ἡμῖν δέδωκεν ἀκροατὰς ὑπάρχοντας , διαζευχθέντας ἡμῶν καὶ παρόντας εἰς τὸν ἴδιον κλῆρον , ὃν κατὰ χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου περὶ ἡμᾶς προνοίας ἐλάχετε , λήθην λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τὴν‎ σκηνὴν καὶ τὴν‎ κιβωτὸν καταλιπόντας καὶ βωμὸν ὃς ἡμῖν πάτριος ξενικοὺς θεοὺς ἐπιφέρειν τοῖς ΧαναναίωνCanaanites κακοῖς προσκεχωρηκότας .
107 for we can hardly suppose that you, who have been acquainted with the will of God and have been hearers of those laws which he himself hath given us, now you are separated from us, and gone to that patrimony of yours, which you, through the grace of God, and that providence which he exercises over you, have obtained by lot, can forget him, and can leave that ark and that altar which is peculiar to us, and can introduce strange gods, and imitate the wicked practices of the Canaanites. 107 For we can hardly suppose that you, who are aware of the will of God and have heard those laws which he himself has given us, can forget him now that you are separated from us and gone to your patrimony, which through the grace of God and his providence over you, you have obtained by lot, and abandon the ark and altar that are special to us, in order to introduce foreign gods and imitate the wicked practices of the Canaanites.
107 Barach
108 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀδικεῖν δόξετε μετανοήσαντες καὶ μὴ περαιτέρω μανέντες νόμων δὲ πατρίων αἰδῶ καὶ μνήμην λαβόντες . ἂν δ᾽ ἐπιμένητε τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις , οὐ περιστησόμεθα τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων πόνον , ἀλλὰ περαιωσάμενοι τὸν ἸόρδανονJordan τούτοις βοηθήσομεν καὶ πρὸ αὐτῶν τῷ θεῷ , μηδὲν ὑμᾶς ΧαναναίωνCanaanites διαφέρειν ὑπολαμβάνοντες ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοίως ἐκείνοις διαφθείροντες .
108 Now this will appear to have been a small crime if you repent now, and proceed no further in your madness, but pay a due reverence to, and keep in mind the laws of your country; but if you persist in your sins, we will not grudge our pains to preserve our laws; but we will pass over Jordan and defend them, and defend God also, and shall esteem of you as of men no way differing from the Canaanites, but shall destroy you in the like manner as we destroyed them; 108 This will be a significant crime even if you repent now and proceed no further in your madness and pay due reverence and keep in mind the ancestral laws, but if you persist in your sins, we will spare no effort to preserve our laws; we will cross across the Jordan and defend them, and God too, treating you no way differently from the Canaanites, and destroying you just as we destroyed them.
108 Barach
109 μὴ γὰρ νομίσητε τῷ διαβεβηκέναι τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως ἔξω γεγονέναι πανταχοῦ δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς τούτου ἐστὲ καὶ ἀποδρᾶναι τὴν‎ ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τὴν‎ ἀπὸ ταύτης δίκην ἀδύνατον . εἰ δ᾽ οἴεσθε τὴν‎ ἐνθάδε παρουσίαν ὑμῖν ἐμπόδιον εἶναι τοῦ σωφρονεῖν , οὐδὲν κωλύει πάλιν τὴν‎ γῆν ὑμᾶς ἀναδάσασθαι καὶ ταύτην ἀνεῖναι μηλόβοτον .
109 for do not you imagine that, because you are got over the river, you are got out of the reach of God’s power; you are every where in places that belong to him, and impossible it is to overrun his power, and the punishment he will bring on men thereby: but if you think that your settlement here will be any obstruction to your conversion to what is good, nothing need hinder us from dividing the land anew, and leaving this old land to be for the feeding of sheep; 109 Do not imagine that, because you have crossed the river, you are beyond the reach of God's power; everywhere you are in places belonging to him and it is impossible to outrun his power and the punishment he will thereby bring upon people. If you think that your settling here can save you from conversion to what is good, there is nothing to hinder us from dividing the land anew and leaving this old area merely to feed sheep.
109 Barach
110 ἀλλ᾽ εὖ ποιήσετε σωφρονήσαντες καὶ ἐπὶ νεαροῖς μετατιθέμενοι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι . καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν ὑμᾶς πρὸς παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν μὴ παρασχεῖν ἡμῖν ἀνάγκην ἀμύνασθαι . ὡς οὖν τῆς ὑμετέρας αὐτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν φιλτάτων ὑμῖν ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ κειμένης οὕτω βουλεύεσθε , λόγοις ἡττηθῆναι συμφέρειν ὑπολαμβάνοντες πεῖραν ἔργων καὶ πολέμου περιμένειν " .
110 but you will do well to return to your duty, and to leave off these new crimes; and we beseech you, by your children and wives, not to force us to punish you. Take therefore such measures in this assembly, as supposing that your own safety, and the safety of those that are dearest to you, is therein concerned, and believe that it is better for you to be conquered by words, than to continue in your purpose, and to experience deeds and war therefore.” 110 You will do well to return to your duty and to leave aside these wicked novelties, and we beg you, by your children and wives, not to force us to punish you. Take measures in this assembly, knowing that it affects your own safety and the safety of your dear ones, and realize that it is better for you to be conquered by words than to continue in your purpose and so to experience battle and war."
110 Barach
111 Τοσαῦτα τοῦ ΦινεέσουPhineas διαλεχθέντος οἱ προεστῶτες τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτὸ πᾶν ἤρξαντο περὶ τῶν ἐγκεκλημένων αὐτοῖς ἀπολογεῖσθαι , καὶ μήτε συγγενείας τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποστήσεσθαι μήτε κατὰ νεωτερισμὸν ἀναστῆσαι τὸν βωμὸν λέγειν ,
111 When Phineas had discoursed thus, the governors of the assembly, and the whole multitude, began to make an apology for themselves, concerning what they were accused of; and they said, That they neither would depart from the relation they bare to them, nor had they built the altar by way of innovation; 111 When Phineas had said this, the officers of the assembly and the whole population began to defend themselves against the accusation. They said they had no wish to abandon their relationship with them, nor had they built the altar by way of revolt.
111 Barach
112 ἀλλὰ θεόνGod τε ἕνα γινώσκειν τὸν ἙβραίοιςHebrews ἅπασι κοινὸν καὶ τὸν πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς βωμὸν χάλκεον , τὰς θυσίας ποιήσειν · τὸν μέντοι γε νῦν ἀνασταθέντα , δι᾽ ὃν καὶ ὕποπτοι γεγόνασιν , οὐ κατὰ θρησκείαν ἱδρῦσθαι , σύμβολον δὲ ὅπως εἴη καὶ τεκμήριον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς οἰκειότητος καὶ ἀνάγκη τοῦ σωφρονεῖν καὶ τοῖς πατρίοις ἐμμένειν , ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ἀρχήν , ὡς ὑπονοεῖτε .
112 that they owned one and the same common God with all the Hebrews, and that brazen altar which was before the tabernacle, on which they would offer their sacrifices; that as to the altar they had raised, on account of which they were thus suspected, it was not built for worship, “but that it might be a sign and a monument of our relation to you for ever, and a necessary caution to us to act wisely, and to continue in the laws of our country, but not a handle for transgressing them, as you suspect: 112 They professed loyalty to one and the same God in common with all the Hebrews and to the bronze altar in front of the Tent, on which they would offer their sacrifices; that the altar they had raised, on whose account they were so suspected, was not intended for worship,
112 Barach
113 μάρτυς δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοῦ ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ τὸν βωμὸν αἰτίᾳ κατασκευάσαι γένοιτο θεὸς ἀξιόχρεωςnote-worthy , ὅθεν ἀμείνονα περὶ ἡμῶν ἔχοντες ὑπόληψιν μηδὲν καταγινώσκετε τούτων , ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐξώλεις εἶναι δίκαιοι πάντες ὅσοι τοῦ ἉβράμουAbraham γένους ὄντες νεωτέροις ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἔθεσι καὶ τοῦ συνήθους τρόπου παρηλλαγμένοις " .
113 and let God be our authentic witness, that this was the occasion of our building this altar: whence we beg you will have a better opinion of us, and do not impute such a thing to us as would render any of the posterity of Abraham well worthy of perdition, in case they attempt to bring in new rites, and such as are different from our usual practices.” 113 "but as a sign and a memorial of our relationship to you for ever and an essential caution to us to act wisely and continue in the our ancestral laws, not an excuse for neglecting them, as you suspect. Let God be our true witness, that this was the reason we built this altar. Therefore we beg you to think better of us and not impute such a thing to us as would be damnable in any of Abraham's descendants, if they attempted to bring in new rites, different from our usual practices."
113 Barach
114 Ταῦτα εἰπόντας ἐπαινέσας ΦινεέσηςPhineas παρῆν πρὸς ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀνήγγειλε τῷ λαῷ . δὲ χαίρων , ὅτι μηδεμία στρατολογεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀνάγκη μέλλει μηδ᾽ εἰς ὅπλα καὶ πόλεμον ἐξαγαγεῖν κατὰ ἀνδρῶν συγγενῶν , χαριστηρίους ὑπὲρ τούτων τῷ θεῷ θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖ . καὶ διαλύσας μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ πλῆθος εἰς τὰς ἰδίας κληρουχίας ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua αὐτὸς ἐν ΣικίμοιςSikima διῆγεν .
114 When they had made this answer, and Phineas had commended them for it, he came to Joshua, and explained before the people what answer they had received. Now Joshua was glad that he was under no necessity of setting them in array, or of leading them to shed blood, and make war against men of their own kindred; and accordingly he offered sacrifices of thanksgiving to God for the same. 114 Phineas commended them for saying this, and came to Joshua and explained before the people the answer they had received. Now Joshua was glad not to have to lead them into battle and shed blood and make war against their own relatives, and accordingly offered thank-offerings to God for this. After that, Joshua dissolved this great assembly of the people and sent them to their own inheritances, while he himself lived in Sikima.
114 Barach
115 ἔτει δ᾽ ὕστερον εἰκοστῷ ὑπέργηρως ὢν μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς ἐπ᾽ ἀξιώματος μάλιστα τῶν πόλεων καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὴν‎ γερουσίαν καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ὅσον ἦν ἐφικτὸν αὐτῷ συναγαγών , ἐπεὶ παρῆσαν , τάς τε εὐεργεσίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἁπάσας ἀνεμίμνησκεν αὐτούς , πολλαὶ δὲ ἦσαν τοῖς ἐκ ταπεινοῦ σχήματος εἰς τοῦτο δόξης καὶ περιουσίας προελθοῦσι ,
115 So Joshua after that dissolved this great assembly of the people, and sent them to their own inheritances, while he himself lived in Shechem. But in the twentieth year after this, when he was very old, he sent for those of the greatest dignity in the several cities, with those in authority, and the senate, and as many of the common people as could be present; and when they were come, he put them in mind of all the benefits God had bestowed on them, which could not but be a great many, since from a low estate they were advanced to so great a degree of glory and plenty; 115 In the twentieth year after this, when he was very old, he sent for those of the greatest dignity in the various cities, with those in authority and the elders and as many of the common people as could be present. When they had come, he reminded them of all the benefits God had given to them, which must be many, since from a low estate they were advanced to such high glory and plenty.
115 Barach
116 φυλάττειν τε τὴν‎ τοῦ θεοῦ προαίρεσιν οὕτως ἔχουσανto have, hold πρὸς αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει καὶ τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ , γε μόνῃ φίλον αὐτοῖς διαμένειν τὸ θεῖον · αὐτῷ γὰρ καλῶς ἔχειν ἀπιέναι μέλλοντι τοῦ ζῆν παραίνεσιν αὐτοῖς τοιαύτην καταλιπεῖν κἀκείνους ἠξίου διὰ μνήμης ποιήσασθαι τὴν‎ παρακέλευσιν .
116 and exhorted them to take notice of the intentions of God, which had been so gracious towards them; and told them that the Deity would continue their friend by nothing else but their piety; and that it was proper for him, now that he was about to depart out of this life, to leave such an admonition to them; and he desired that they would keep in memory this his exhortation to them. 116 He urged them to hold to God's election, who had been so gracious toward them. He told them that God would continue as their friend simply because of their piety, and that it was his duty, now that he was about to depart from this life, to leave such an admonition to them, and he asked them to keep in mind his exhortation to them.
116 Barach
117 Καὶ μὲν τοσαῦτα πρὸς τοὺς παρόντας διαλεχθεὶς τελευτᾷ βιοὺς ἑκατὸν ἔτη καὶ δέκα , ὧν ΜωυσεῖMoses μὲν ἐπὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν χρησίμων συνδιέτριψεν τεσσαράκοντα , στρατηγὸς δὲ μετὰ τὴν‎ ἐκείνου τελευτὴν γίνεται πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ,
117 So Joshua, when he had thus discoursed to them, died, having lived a hundred and ten years; forty of which he lived with Moses, in order to learn what might be for his advantage afterwards. He also became their commander after his death for twenty-five years. 117 After telling them all this, Joshua died, having lived a hundred and ten years; forty of them in company with Moses, in order to learn what would benefit him later; and after Moses' death he commanded them for twenty-five years.
117 Barach
118 ἀνὴρ [ δὲ ] μήτε συνέσεως ὢν ἐνδεὴς μήτε τοῦ τὰ νοηθέντα πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς σαφῶς ἐξενεγκεῖν ἄπειρος , ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἄκρος πρός τε τὰ ἔργα καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους εὔψυχος καὶ μεγαλότολμος πρυτανεῦσαί τε τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ εἰρήνην δεξιώτατος καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντα καιρὸν τὴν‎ ἀρετὴν ἡρμοσμένος .
118 He was a man that wanted not wisdom nor eloquence to declare his intentions to the people, but very eminent on both accounts. He was of great courage and magnanimity in action and in dangers, and very sagacious in procuring the peace of the people, and of great virtue at all proper seasons. 118 He was a man not lacking in wisdom or eloquence and excellent in declaring his mind to the people. He was very brave and magnanimous in action and amid danger, wise in securing the peace of the people, and great in virtue on all occasions.
118 Barach
119 θάπτεται δὲ ἐν πόλει ΘαμνᾶThamna τῆς ἘφραίμουEphron φυλῆς . θνήσκει δὲ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν καὶ ἘλεάζαροςEleazar ἀρχιερεὺς ΦινεέσῃPhineas τῷ παιδὶ τὴν‎ ἱερωσύνην καταλιπών , καὶ μνημεῖον αὐτῷ καὶ τάφος ἐν ΓαβαθᾶGabatha πόλει τυγχάνει .
119 He was buried in the city of Timnab, of the tribe of Ephraim About the same time died Eleazar the high priest, leaving the high priesthood to his son Phineas. His monument also, and sepulcher, are in the city of Gabatha. 119 He was buried in the city of Timnab, belonging to the tribe of Ephraim. About the same time Eleazar the high priest died, leaving the high priesthood to his son Phineas. His monument and burial vault are in the city of Gabatha.
119 Barach
Chapter 2
[120-174]
After Joshua's death, great lawlessness,
for which the people suffer
120 μετὰ δὲ τὴν‎ τούτων τελευτὴν ΦινεέσηςPhineas προφητεύει κατὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ θεοῦ βούλησιν ἐπ᾽ ἐξωλείᾳ τοῦ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γένους τῇ ἸούδαJudas φυλῇ παρασχεῖν τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν · καὶ γὰρ τῷ λαῷ διὰ σπουδῆς ἦν μαθεῖν τί καὶ τῷ θεῷ δοκεῖ . καὶ προσλαβοῦσα τὴν‎ Σεμεωνίδαtribe of Simeon , ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε ἐξαιρεθέντων τῶν ἐκείνης ὑποτελῶν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ κληρουχίᾳ τοῦτο ποιῶσιν
120 After the death of Joshua and Eleazar, Phineas prophesied, that according to God’s will they should commit the government to the tribe of Judah, and that this tribe should destroy the race of the Canaanites; for then the people were concerned to learn what was the will of God. They also took to their assistance the tribe of Simeon; but upon this condition, that when those that had been tributary to the tribe of Judah should be slain, they should do the like for the tribe of Simeon. 120 When they had died, Phineas prophesied that in order to wipe out the Canaanite race God willed them to entrust the leadership to the tribe of Judas, for at that time the people wanted to learn what was the will of God. They also enlisted the tribe of Simeon so that when those assigned to Judas' tribe had been uprooted, the tribe of Simeon should do likewise.
120 Barach
121 ΧαναναῖοιCanaanites δ᾽ ἀκμαζόντων αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν τῶν πραγμάτων στρατῷ μεγάλῳ κατὰ ΖεβέκηνBezek αὐτοὺς ὑπέμενον τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ΖεβεκηνῶνBezek ἈδωνιζεβέκῳAdonibezek τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν ἐπιτρέψαντες · τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦτο σημαίνει ΖεβεκηνῶνBezek κύριος · ἀδωνὶ γὰρ τῇ ἙβραίωνHebrews διαλέκτῳ κύριος γίνεται · ἤλπιζόν τε κρατήσειν τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites διὰ τὸ τεθνάναι ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua .
121 But the affairs of the Canaanites were at this time in a flourishing condition, and they expected the Israelites with a great army at the city Bezek, having put the government into the hands of Adonibezek, which name denotes the Lord of Bezek, for Adoni in the Hebrew tongue signifies Lord. Now they hoped to have been too hard for the Israelites, because Joshua was dead; 121 But the Canaanites were flourishing at that time and with a large army they waited for the Israelites at the city of Bezek, having assigned the leadership to Adonibezek, a name denoting Lord of Bezek, for Adoni in the Hebrew tongue means Lord, expecting to get the better of the Israelites now that Joshua was dead.
121 Barach
122 συμμίξαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites ταῖς δυσὶ φυλαῖς αἷς προεῖπον ἐμαχέσαντο λαμπρῶς καὶ κτείνουσι μὲν αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ μυρίους , τρεψάμενοι δὲ τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ διώκοντες αἱροῦσι τὸν ἈδωνιζέβεκονAdonibezek ,
122 but when the Israelites had joined battle with them, I mean the two tribes before mentioned, they fought gloriously, and slew above ten thousand of them, and put the rest to flight; and in the pursuit they took Adonibezek, who, when his fingers and toes were cut off by them, said, 122 But the Israelites, through the two above-named tribes, attacked and fought gloriously and killed over ten thousand of them and put the rest to flight, and took Adonibezek during the pursuit. As they cut off his fingers and toes he said,
122 Barach
123 ὃς ἀκρωτηριασθεὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν φησιν , " ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἄρα λήσεσθαι θεὸν ἔμελλον τάδε πεπονθώς , κατὰ δυοῖν
123 “Nay, indeed, I was not always to lie concealed from God, as I find by what I now endure, while I have not been ashamed to do the same to seventy-two kings.” 123 "I could not to lie hidden from God forever, as I find by what I now endure, for I was not ashamed to do likewise to seventy-two kings."
123 Barach
124 καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα βασιλέων πρᾶξαι πρότερον οὐκ ἐνετράπην . καὶ ζῶντα μὲν κομίζουσιν Ἕως ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem , τελευτήσαντα δὲ γῇ θάπτουσι . καὶ διεξῄεσαν αἱροῦντες τὰς πόλεις , πλείστας τε λαβόντες ἐπολιόρκουν ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem · καὶ τὴν‎ μὲν κάτω λαβόντες σὺν χρόνῳ πάντας ἔκτεινον τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας , χαλεπὴ δ᾽ ἦν καθύπερθεν αὐτοῖς αἱρεθῆναι τειχῶν ὀχυρότητι καὶ φύσει τοῦ χωρίου .
124 So they carried him alive as far as Jerusalem; and when he was dead, they buried him in the earth, and went on still in taking the cities: and when they had taken the greatest part of them, they besieged Jerusalem; and when they had taken the lower city, which was not under a considerable time, they slew all the inhabitants; but the upper city was not to be taken without great difficulty, through the strength of its walls, and the nature of the place. 124 So they brought him alive to Jerusalem, where he died and was buried in the earth. They continued capturing the cities and after taking most of them they besieged Jerusalem. When they had taken the lower city, which took a long time, they killed all the inhabitants, but the upper city could not be taken without great difficulty because of the strength of its walls and the nature of the place.
124 Barach
125 Ὅθεν μετεστρατοπέδευσαν εἰς ΝεβρῶναHebron καὶ ταύτην ἑλόντες κτείνουσι πάντας · ὑπελείπετο δὲ τῶν γιγάντων ἔτι γένος , οἳ διὰ σωμάτων μεγέθη καὶ μορφὰς οὐδὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις παραπλησίας παράδοξον ἦσαν θέαμα καὶ δεινὸν ἄκουσμα . δείκνυται δὲ καὶ νῦν ἔτι τούτων ὀστᾶ μηδὲν τοῖς ὑπὸ πύστιν ἐρχομένοις ἐοικότα .
125 For which reason they removed their camp to Hebron; and when they had taken it, they slew all the inhabitants. There were till then left the race of giants, who had bodies so large, and countenances so entirely different from other men, that they were surprising to the sight, and terrible to the hearing. The bones of these men are still shown to this very day, unlike to any credible relations of other men. 125 For this reason they moved the camp to Hebron and having captured it, they killed them all. At that time a race of giants still lived there, with bodies so large and faces so totally different from other men, that they were dreadful to see and frightful to hear. The bones of these are still shown to this day, unlike anything one could imagine.
125 Barach
126 καὶ τοῦτο μὲν τοῖς ΛευίταιςLevites ἐξαίρετον γέρας ἔδοσαν μετὰ καὶ τῶν δισχιλίων πηχῶν , τὴν‎ δὲ γῆν ΧαλέβῳCaleb δωρεὰν ἔδοσαν κατὰ ΜωυσέοςMoses ἐντολάς · οὗτος δ᾽ ἦν τῶν κατασκόπων εἷς ὧν ἔπεμψε ΜωυσῆςMoses εἰς τὴν‎ ΧαναναίανCanaan .
126 Now they gave this city to the Levites as an extraordinary reward, with the suburbs of two thousand cities; but the land thereto belonging they gave as a free gift to Caleb, according to the injunctions of Moses. This Caleb was one of the spies which Moses sent into the land of Canaan. 126 The city was given to the Levites as a special reward, with an extension of two thousand feet out from it, but following the instructions of Moses gave its lands as a gift to Caleb, one of the spies whom Moses sent into the land of Canaan.
126 Barach
127 διδόασι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἸέθρουJethro τοῦ ΜαδιανίτουMadianite ἀπογόνοις , ΜωυσέοςMoses γὰρ ἦν γαμβρός , γῆν ἵνα νέμοιντο · τὴν‎ γὰρ πατρίδα καταλιπόντες ἠκολούθησαν ἐκείνοις καὶ συνῆσαν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου .
127 They also gave land for habitation to the posterity of Jethro, the Midianite, who was the father-in-law to Moses; for they had left their own country, and followed them, and accompanied them in the wilderness. 127 They also gave a dwelling land to the descendants of Jethro the Madianite, the father-in-law of Moses, who had left their own region to follow and accompany them in the wilderness.
127 Barach
128 δὲ ἸούδαJudas φυλὴ καὶ ΣεμεωνὶςSimeon τὰς μὲν κατὰ τὴν‎ ὀρεινὴν τῆς ΧαναναίαςCanaan πόλεις εἷλον , τῶν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καὶ πρὸς θαλάσσῃ ἈσκάλωνάAskalon τε καὶ ἌζωτονAzotus . διαφεύγει δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ΓάζαGaza καὶ ἈκκάρωνEkron · πεδίων γὰρ ὄντων καὶ πολλῆς ἁρμάτων εὐπορίας κακῶς ἐποίουν τοὺς ἐπελθόντας . καὶ αἵδε μὲν αἱ φυλαὶ μεγάλως ἐκ τοῦ πολεμεῖν εὐδαιμονήσασαι ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν πόλεις καὶ κατατίθενται τὰ ὅπλα .
128 Now the tribes of Judah and Simeon took the cities which were in the mountainous part of Canaan, as also Askelon and Ashdod, of those that lay near the sea; but Gaza and Ekron escaped them, for they, lying in a flat country, and having a great number of chariots, sorely galled those that attacked them. So these tribes, when they were grown very rich by this war, retired to their own cities, and laid aside their weapons of war. 128 The tribes of Judas and Simeon took the cities in the mountain district of Canaan, and Askalon and Azotus of those on the plain near the sea, though Gaza and Ekron escaped them, for being in the plain and having many chariots, they made it hard for the invaders. Much enriched by this war, these tribes retreated to their own cities and laid down their arms.
128 Barach
129 ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite δέ , τούτων γὰρ ἦν ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem , τοῖς οἰκήτορσιν αὐτῶν συνεχώρησαν φόρους τελεῖν . καὶ οὕτως παυσάμενοι πάντες οἱ μὲν τοῦ κτείνειν οἱ δὲ κινδυνεύειν , ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν‎ γῆν εὐσχόλουν . τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ φυλαὶ τὴν‎ ΒενιαμῖτινBenjamin μιμησάμεναι ἐποίουν καὶ τοῖς τελουμένοις ἀρκούμενοι φόροις ἐπέτρεπον τοῖς ΧαναναίοιςCanaanites ἀπολέμοις εἶναι .
129 But the Benjamites, to whom belonged Jerusalem, permitted its inhabitants to pay tribute. So they all left off, the one to kill, and the other to expose themselves to danger, and had time to cultivate the ground. The rest of the tribes imitated that of Benjamin, and did the same; and, contenting themselves with the tributes that were paid them, permitted the Canaanites to live in peace. 129 The Benjamites however, to whom Jerusalem belonged, let its inhabitants off with a tax. So they all ceased killing and risking danger and had time to cultivate the land. The other tribes imitated Benjamin and did likewise, and let the Canaanites live in peace, satisfied with the tributes being paid to them.
129 Barach
130 δ᾽ ἘφρὰνEphraim πολιορκοῦσα ΒήθηλαBethel τέλος οὐδὲν ἄξιον τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῶν πόνων ηὕρισκε τῆς πολιορκίας , οἱ δὲ καίπερ ἀχθόμενοιto be loaded, vexed τῇ καθέδρᾳ προσεκαρτέρουν .
130 However, the tribe of Ephraim, when they besieged Bethel, made no advance, nor performed any thing worthy of the time they spent, and of the pains they took about that siege; yet did they persist in it, still sitting down before the city, though they endured great trouble thereby: 130 The tribe of Ephraim besieged Bethel, but achieved nothing worthy of the time and effort they put into it though they persisted in it, camped in front of the city despite the great trouble it cost them.
130 Barach
131 ἔπειτα συλλαβόντες τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει προελθόντα ἐπὶ κομιδῇ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τινὰς πίστεις ἔδοσαν αὐτῷ παραδιδόντι τὴν‎ πόλιν σώσειν αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ‎ . κἀκεῖνος ἐπὶ τούτοις ὤμνυε τὴν‎ πόλιν αὐτοῖς ἐγχειριεῖν . καὶ μὲν οὕτως προδοὺς σώζεται μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων , οἱ δὲ ἀποκτείναντες ἅπαντας τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας εἶχον τὴν‎ πόλιν .
131 but, after some time, they caught one of the citizens that came to them to get necessaries, and they gave him some assurances that, if he would deliver up the city to them, they would preserve him and his kindred; so he aware that, upon those terms, he would put the city into their hands. Accordingly, he that, thus betrayed the city was preserved with his family; and the Israelites slew all the inhabitants, and retained the city for themselves. 131 After a while they captured one of its citizens who came out to get provisions and promised to spare him and his relatives if he delivered the city to them, and on those terms he agreed to hand it over. So the traitor was saved with his family, but they killed all the inhabitants and occupied the city.
131 Barach
132 Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους μαλακῶς εἶχον οἱ ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites , τῆς δὲ γῆς καὶ τῶν ταύτης ἔργων ἐπεμελοῦντο . τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῖς ἐπιδιδόντων ὑπὸ τρυφῆς καὶ ἡδονῆς τοῦ κόσμου ὠλιγώρουν καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῶν νόμων οὐκέτ᾽ ἦσαν ἀκριβεῖς ἀκροαταί .
132 After this, the Israelites grew effeminate as to fighting any more against their enemies, but applied themselves to the cultivation of the land, which producing them great plenty and riches, they neglected the regular disposition of their settlement, and indulged themselves in luxury and pleasures; nor were they any longer careful to hear the laws that belonged to their political government: 132 Then the Israelites grew too soft to fight their enemies, but applied themselves to working the land, and as it produced great plenty and wealth for them, they neglected their constitution and no longer listened to their laws.
132 Barach
133 παροξυνθὲν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸ θεῖον ἀναιρεῖ , πρῶτον μὲν ὡς φείσαιντο παρὰ τὴν‎ αὐτοῦ‎ γνώμην τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites , ἔπειθ᾽afterward ὡς ἐκεῖνοι χρήσοιντο πολλῇ κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ὠμότητι καιροῦ λαβόμενοι .
133 whereupon God was provoked to anger, and put them in mind, first, how, contrary to his directions, they had spared the Canaanites; and, after that, how those Canaanites, as opportunity served, used them very barbarously. 133 The Deity was provoked to anger and reminded them how against his directions they had spared the Canaanites, and how these had taken their chance to ill-treat them.
133 Barach
134 οἱ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δυσθύμως εἶχον καὶ πρὸς τὸ πολεμεῖν ἀηδῶς πολλά τε παρὰ τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites λαβόντες καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πόνους ἤδη διὰ τὴν‎ τρυφὴν ἐκλελυμένοι .
134 But the Israelites, though they were in heaviness at these admonitions from God, yet were they still very unwilling to go to war; and since they got large tributes from the Canaanites, and were indisposed for taking pains by their luxury, 134 Though saddened by God's words they were still reluctant to go to war, since they got so much from the Canaanites and luxury had made them unfit for effort,
134 Barach
135 καὶ συνέβαινεν ἤδη τὴν‎ ἀριστοκρατίαν διεφθάρθαι , καὶ τὰς γερουσίας οὐκ ἀπεδείκνυσαν οὐδ᾽ ἀρχὴν ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν τῶν πρότερον νενομισμένων , ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς ἡδονῇ τοῦ κερδαίνειν προσδεδεμένοι . καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ πολλὴν χρόνου στάσις αὐτοὺς πάλιν καταλαμβάνει δεινὴ καὶ προήχθησαν εἰς τὸ πολεμεῖν ἀλλήλοις ἐκ τοιαύτης αἰτίας .
135 they suffered their aristocracy to be corrupted also, and did not ordain themselves a senate, nor any other such magistrates as their laws had formerly required, but they were very much given to cultivating their fields, in order to get wealth; which great indolence of theirs brought a terrible sedition upon them, and they proceeded so far as to fight one against another, from the following occasion:— 135 and they let their aristocracy wither and did not appoint a council or the other officers formerly required by their laws, but devoted themselves pleasantly to tilling their fields to gain wealth. Their great indolence led to a terrible malaise which went so far as to cause internal strife for reasons I shall explain.
135 Barach
136 ΛευίτηςLevite ἀνὴρ τῶν δημοτικωτέρων τῆς ἘφράνουEphraim κληρουχίας ὢν καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ κατοικῶν ἄγεται γύναιον ἀπὸ ΒηθλέμωνBethlehem , τῆς δὲ ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι τὸ χωρίον . ἐρῶν δὲ σφόδρα τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς ἡττημένος ἠτύχει τῶν παρ᾽ ἐκείνης οὐχ ὁμοίων πειρώμενος .
136 There was a Levite a man of a vulgar family, that belonged to the tribe of Ephraim, and dwelt therein: this man married a wife from Bethlehem, which is a place belonging to the tribe of Judah. Now he was very fond of his wife, and overcome with her beauty; but he was unhappy in this, that he did not meet with the like return of affection from her, 136 A Levite of lower rank from the district of Ephraim who lived there married a woman from Bethlehem, a place that belongs to the tribe of Judas. While deeply in love with his wife and captivated by her beauty, he was unhappy that she did not return his affection.
136 Barach
137 ἀλλοτρίως δ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐχούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἐκκαιομένου τῷ πάθει μέμψεις συνεχεῖς αὐτοῖς ἐγίνοντο καὶ τέλος γυνὴ πρὸς αὐτὰς βαρυνομένη καταλιποῦσα τὸν ἄνδρα πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς παραγίνεται μηνὶ τετάρτῳ . Χαλεπῶς δὲ φέρων ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ τῷ ἔρωτιlove ἧκε πρὸς τοὺς πενθεροὺς καὶ διαλυσάμενος τὰς μέμψεις καταλλάττεται πρὸς αὐτήν .
137 for she was averse to him, which did more inflame his passion for her, so that they quarreled one with another perpetually; and at last the woman was so disgusted at these quarrels, that she left her husband, and went to her parents in the fourth month. The husband being very uneasy at this her departure, and that out of his fondness for her, came to his father and mother-in-law, and made up their quarrels, and was reconciled to her, 137 Her alienation further inflamed his passion for her, so that they were always quarrelling until finally the woman was so weary that she left her husband in the fourth month, to return to her parents. The husband took it badly and, still fond of her, went to his parents-in-law and resolved their quarrels and was reconciled with her.
137 Barach
138 καὶ τέτταρας μὲν ἡμέρας προσαυτόθι διαιτᾶται φιλοφρονουμένων αὐτὸν τῶν γονέων , τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ δόξαν ἀπιέναι πρὸς αὑτὸν περὶ δείλην ἔξεισι · βράδιον γὰρ ἀπέλυον οἱ γονεῖς τὴν‎ θυγατέρα καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας τριβὴν ἐποιοῦντο . θεράπων δ᾽ αὐτοῖς εἷς εἵπετο καὶ ὄνος ἦν αὐτοῖς , ἐφ᾽ ἧς ὠχεῖτο τὸ γύναιον .
138 and lived with them there four days, as being kindly treated by her parents. On the fifth day he resolved to go home, and went away in the evening; for his wife’s parents were loath to part with their daughter, and delayed the time till the day was gone. Now they had one servant that followed them, and an ass on which the woman rode; 138 He spent four days with them, cordially treated by her parents. On the fifth day he decided to go home and left at evening, as the parents had delayed them all day, loath to part with their daughter. They were attended by one servant and an ass on which the woman rode.
138 Barach
139 γενομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν κατὰ ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem , σταδίους δ᾽ ἐληλύθεσαν ἤδη τριάκοντα , συνεβούλευεν θεράπων καταχθῆναί που , μὴ καί τι τῆς νυκτὸς αὐτοὺς ὁδεύοντας καταλάβῃ δύσκολον καὶ ταῦτα οὐδὲ πόρρω πολεμίων ὄντας , τοῦ καιροῦ πολλάκις ἐπισφαλῆ καὶ ὕποπτα ποιοῦντος καὶ τὰ φίλα .
139 and when they were near Jerusalem, having gone already thirty furlongs, the servant advised them to take up their lodgings some where, lest some misfortune should befall them if they traveled in the night, especially since they were not far off enemies, that season often giving reason for suspicion of dangers from even such as are friends; 139 When, having travelled thirty furlongs, they were near Jerusalem, the servant advised them to find some lodgings, in case some misfortune might happen them if they travelled at night, as they were not far from enemies and that hour often makes one suspect dangers even from people who are friends.
139 Barach
140 τῷ δ᾽ οὐκ ἤρεσεν γνώμαις παρ᾽ ἀλλοφύλοις ἀνδράσι ξενοῦσθαι , ΧαναναίωνCanaanites γὰρ ἦν πόλις , ἀλλὰ προελθόντας εἴκοσι στάδια εἰς οἰκείαν ἠξίου κατάγεσθαι πόλιν , καὶ κρατήσας τῇ γνώμῃ παρῆν εἰς ΓαβὰνGaba φυλῆς τῆς ΒενιαμίτιδοςBenjamin ἤδη ὀψίας οὔσης .
140 but the husband was not pleased with this advice, nor was he willing to take up his lodging among strangers, for the city belonged to the Canaanites, but desired rather to go twenty furlongs farther, and so to take their lodgings in some Israelite city. Accordingly, he obtained his purpose, and came to Gibeah, a city of the tribe of Benjamin, when it was just dark; 140 The husband did not like this advice, and was unwilling to take lodging among strangers, for the city belonged to the Canaanites, but wished to go on another twenty furlongs to decent lodgings. His wishes prevailed and they reached Gaba, a city of the tribe of Benjamin, when evening had fallen.
140 Barach
141 καὶ μηδενὸς ἐπὶ ξενίαν τῶν κατὰ τὴν‎ ἀγορὰν αὐτὸν παρακαλοῦντος πρεσβύτης ἐξ ἀγροῦ κατιὼν τῆς μὲν ἘφράμιοςEphraim φυλῆς ὢν ἐν δὲ τῇ ΓάβῃGaba διαιτώμενος συντυγχάνων αὐτῷ , τίς τε ὢν ἤρετο καὶ δι᾽ ἃς αἰτίας στελλόμενος σκότους ἤδη τὰ πρὸς τὸ δεῖπνον αὑτῷ λαμβάνοι .
141 and while no one that lived in the market-place invited him to lodge with him, there came an old man out of the field, one that was indeed of the tribe of Ephraim, but resided in Gibeah, and met him, and asked him who he was, and for what reason he came thither so late, and why he was looking out for provisions for supper when it was dark? 141 As no one in the public square offered him lodgings, he met an old man coming from the fields, of the tribe of Ephraim but residing in Gaba, who asked him who he was and why he arrived so late and was looking for supper when it was already dark.
141 Barach
142 δὲ ΛευίτηςLevite μὲν ἔφησεν εἶναι , γύναιον δὲ παρὰ τῶν γονέων ἄγων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπιέναι , τὴν‎ δ᾽ οἴκησιν ἐδήλου τυγχάνειν ἐν τῇ ἘφράμουEphraim κληρουχίᾳ . δὲ πρεσβύτης καὶ διὰ συγγένειαν καὶ διὰ τὸ τὴν‎ αὐτὴν φυλὴν νέμειν καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ συντυχίαν παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ξενισθησόμενον ἦγε .
142 To which he replied, that he was a Levite, and was bringing his wife from her parents, and was going home; but he told him his habitation was in the tribe of Ephraim: so the old man, as well because of their kindred as because they lived in the same tribe, and also because they had thus accidentally met together, took him in to lodge with him. 142 He replied that he was a Levite and was bringing his wife back from her parents and was going home, and that he lived in the tribe of Ephraim. The old man, because of their ties of kinship and because of their chance meeting, took him to lodge with him.
142 Barach
143 νεανίαι δέ τινες τῶν ΓαβαηνῶνGaba ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς τὸ γύναιον θεασάμενοι καὶ τὴν‎ εὐπρέπειαν θαυμάσαντες , ἐπεὶ παρὰ τῷ πρεσβύτῃ κατηγμένην ἔμαθον καταφρονήσαντες τῆς ἀσθενείας καὶ τῆς ὀλιγότητος ἧκον ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας . τοῦ δὲ πρεσβύτου παρακαλοῦντος ἀπαλλάττεσθαι καὶ μὴ προσφέρειν βίαν μηδὲ ὕβριν ἠξίουν αὐτὸν παρασχόντα τὴν‎ ξένην πραγμάτων ἀπηλλάχθαι .
143 Now certain young men of the inhabitants of Gibeah, having seen the woman in the market-place, and admiring her beauty, when they understood that she lodged with the old man, came to the doors, as condemning the weakness and fewness of the old man’s family; and when the old man desired them to go away, and not to offer any violence or abuse there, they desired him to yield them up the strange woman, and then he should have no harm done to him: 143 Now some young men living in Gaba, after seeing the woman in the public square and admiring her beauty, knew she was lodging with the old man and came to the doors, scorning the weakness and smallness of her company. When the old man implored them to go away and not to resort to violence or abuse, they said he must hand over his female guest to them if he wished to avoid trouble.
143 Barach
144 συγγενῆ δὲ λέγοντος καὶ ΛευῖτινLevi τοῦ πρεσβύτου καὶ δράσειν αὐτοὺς δεινὰ ὑφ᾽ ἡδονῆς εἰς τοὺς νόμους ἐξαμαρτάνοντας ὠλιγώρουν τοῦ δικαίου καὶ κατεγέλων , ἠπείλουνto hold out; to keep away δὲ ἀποκτείνειν αὐτὸν ἐμποδίζοντα ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτῶν .
144 and when the old man alleged that the Levite was of his kindred, and that they would be guilty of horrid wickedness if they suffered themselves to be overcome by their pleasures, and so offend against their laws, they despised his righteous admonition, and laughed him to scorn. They also threatened to kill him if he became an obstacle to their inclinations; 144 When the old man said the Levite was related to him and that it would be an outrage if lust caused them to sin against the laws, they scorned what was right and laughed at him, threatening to kill him if he thwarted their desires.
144 Barach
145 εἰς δ᾽ ἀνάγκην περιηγμένος καὶ μὴ βουλόμενος τοὺς ξένους περιιδεῖν ὑβρισθέντας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ θυγατρὸς αὐτοῖς παρεχώρει , πληρώσειν τε τὴν‎ ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοὺς λέγων νομιμώτερον δίχα τῆς εἰς τοὺς ξένους ὕβρεως αὐτός τε μηδὲν ἀδικήσειν οὓς ὑπεδέξατο τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ νομίζων .
145 whereupon, when he found himself in great distress, and yet was not willing to overlook his guests, and see them abused, he produced his own daughter to them; and told them that it was a smaller breach of the law to satisfy their lust upon her, than to abuse his guests, supposing that he himself should by this means prevent any injury to be done to those guests. 145 Being in a dilemma and yet unwilling to let his guests be abused, he offered them his own daughter, as it was a lesser crime to satisfy their lust with her than to abuse his guests, thinking that this would prevent them from being harmed in any way.
145 Barach
146 ὡς δ᾽ οὐδὲν τῆς σπουδῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ξένην ἐνεδίδοσαν , ἀλλὰ ἐνέκειντο ταύτην παραλαβεῖν ἀξιοῦντες , μὲν ἱκέτευε μηδὲν τολμᾶν παράνομον , οἱ δ᾽ ἁρπασάμενοι καὶ προσθέμενοι μᾶλλον τῷ βιαίῳ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀπήγαγον πρὸς αὑτοὺς τὴν‎ γυναῖκα καὶ δι᾽ ὅλης νυκτὸς ἐμπλησθέντες τῆς ὕβρεως ἀπέλυσαν περὶ ἀρχομένηνto rule, reign ἡμέραν .
146 When they no way abated of their earnestness for the strange woman, but insisted absolutely on their desires to have her, he entreated them not to perpetrate any such act of injustice; but they proceeded to take her away by force, and indulging still more the violence of their inclinations, they took the woman away to their house, and when they had satisfied their lust upon her the whole night, they let her go about daybreak. 146 As their desire for the visiting woman did not abate but they insisted on having her, he implored them not to commit any outrage, but they took her away by force and fully indulging the force of their lust, took the woman to their house and after satisfying their wanton desires all night they let her go about daybreak.
146 Barach
147 δὲ τεταλαιπωρημένη τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι παρῆν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ξενίαν καὶ ὑπὸ λύπης ὧν ἐπεπόνθει καὶ τοῦ μὴ τολμᾶν ὑπ᾽ αἰσχύνης εἰς ὄψιν ἐλθεῖν τἀνδρί , τοῦτον γὰρ μάλιστα τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἔχειν ἀνιάτως ἐλογίζετο , καταπεσοῦσα τὴν‎ ψυχὴν ἀφίησιν .
147 So she came to the place where she had been entertained, under great affliction at what had happened; and was very sorrowful upon occasion of what she had suffered, and durst not look her husband in the face for shame, for she concluded that he would never forgive her for what she had done; so she fell down, and gave up the ghost: 147 Humiliated by her experience, she came to the lodging house and was so upset with grief that she was ashamed to look at her husband. Then, thinking that he would never forgive her for this episode, she fell down and her life slipped away.
147 Barach
148 δὲ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς οἰόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ κατεισχῆσθαι τὴν‎ γυναῖκα καὶ μηδὲν σκυθρωπὸν ὑφορώμενος ἀνεγείρειν ἐπειρᾶτο παραμυθήσασθαι διεγνωκώς , ὡς οὐκ ἐξ ἑκουσίου γνώμης αὑτὴν παράσχοι τοῖς καθυβρίσασιν , ἀλλ᾽ ἁρπασαμένων ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ξενίαν ἐλθόντων αὐτῶν .
148 but her husband supposed that his wife was only fast asleep, and, thinking nothing of a more melancholy nature had happened, endeavored to raise her up, resolving to speak comfortably to her, since she did not voluntarily expose herself to these men’s lust, but was forced away to their house; 148 Her husband thought his wife was only asleep and not suspecting anything worse, tried to waken her, intending to speak words of comfort to her, since she had not freely exposed herself to these men's lust but had been raped by them when they came to the inn.
148 Barach
149 ὡς δὲ τελευτήσασαν ἔμαθε , σωφρόνως πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῶν κακῶν ἐπιθέμενος τῷ κτήνει νεκρὰν τὴν‎ γυναῖκα κομίζει πρὸς αὑτόν , καὶ διελὼν αὐτὴν κατὰ μέλος εἰς μέρη δώδεκα διέπεμψεν εἰς ἑκάστην φυλὴν ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς κομίζουσι λέγειν τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς τελευτῆς τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ τὴν‎ παροινίαν τῆς φυλῆς .
149 but as soon as he perceived she was dead, he acted as prudently as the greatness of his misfortunes would admit, and laid his dead wife upon the beast, and carried her home; and cutting her, limb by limb, into twelve pieces, he sent them to every tribe, and gave it in charge to those that carried them, to inform the tribes of those that were the causes of his wife’s death, and of the violence they had offered to her. 149 When he saw that she was dead, he acted as prudently as his great woes would allow and put his wife's corpse upon the beast and brought her home. Then cutting her, limb by limb, into twelve pieces, he sent them to every tribe getting the bearers to tell them about those responsible for his wife's death and about that tribe's decadence.
149 Barach
150 Οἱ δ᾽ ὑπό τε τῆς ὄψεως καὶ τῆς ἀκοῆς τῶν βεβιασμένων κακῶς διατεθέντες πρότερον οὐδενὸς τοιούτου πεῖραν εἰληφότες , ὑπ᾽ ὀργῆς ἀκράτου καὶ δικαίας εἰς τὴν‎ ΣιλοῦνShiloh συλλεγέντες καὶ πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ἀθροισθέντες εἰς ὅπλα χωρεῖν εὐθὺς ὥρμηντο καὶ χρήσασθαι τοῖς ΓαβαηνοῖςGaba people ὡς πολεμίοις .
150 Upon this the people were greatly disturbed at what they saw, and at what they heard, as never having had the experience of such a thing before; so they gathered themselves to Shiloh, out of a prodigious and a just anger, and assembling in a great congregation before the tabernacle, they immediately resolved to take arms, and to treat the inhabitants of Gibeah as enemies; 150 Shocked by what they had seen and heard, as they had never before known anything like it, moved by strong and righteous anger they gathered at Shiloh and meeting before the Tent, resolved to take to arms instantly and treat the people of Gaba as enemies.
150 Barach
151 ἐπέσχε δ᾽ αὐτοὺς γερουσία πείσασα μὴ δεῖν ὀξέως οὕτως πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ἐκφέρειν πόλεμον πρὶν λόγοις διαλεχθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων , τοῦ νόμου μηδ᾽ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους ἐφιέντος δίχα πρεσβείας καὶ τοιαύτης πρὸς τὸ μετανοῆσαι πείρας τοὺς δόξαντας ἀδικεῖν στρατιὰν ἀγαγεῖν ·
151 but the senate restrained them from doing so, and persuaded them, that they ought not so hastily to make war upon people of the same nation with them, before they discoursed them by words concerning the accusation laid against them; it being part of their law, that they should not bring an army against foreigners themselves, when they appear to have been injurious, without sending an ambassage first, and trying thereby whether they will repent or not: 151 The elders tried to stop them doing so and not go to war so quickly against people of their own nation, without first accusing them verbally about the charge, for it was part of their law not to bring an army even against foreigners who seem to have offended, without first sending envoys to see whether or not they would repent.
151 Barach
152 καλῶς οὖν ἔχει τῷ νόμῳ πειθομένους πρὸς τοὺς ΓαβαηνοὺςGaba people ἐξαιτοῦντας τοὺς αἰτίους ἐκπέμψαι καὶ παρεχομένων μὲν ἀρκεῖσθαι τῇ τούτων κολάσει , καταφρονησάντων δὲ τότε τοῖς ὅπλοις αὐτοὺς ἀμύνασθαι .
152 and accordingly they exhorted them to do what they ought to do in obedience to their laws, that is, to send to the inhabitants of Gibeah, to know whether they would deliver up the offenders to them, and if they deliver them up, to rest satisfied with the punishment of those offenders; but if they despised the message that was sent them, to punish them by taking, up arms against them. 152 So they urged them to act according to their laws, and send to the people of Gaba to find if they would hand over the offenders, and if so to limit themselves to punishing them, but if they scorned them, then to punish them with war.
152 Barach
153 πέμπουσιν οὖν πρὸς τοὺς ΓαβαηνοὺςGaba people κατηγοροῦντες τῶν νεανίσκων τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ γυναῖκα καὶ πρὸς τιμωρίαν αἰτοῦντες τοὺς δράσαντας μὲν οὐ νόμιμα , γενομένους δὲ δικαίους ἀντ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἀποθανεῖν .
153 Accordingly they sent to the inhabitants of Gibeah, and accused the young men of the crimes committed in the affair of the Levite’s wife, and required of them those that had done what was contrary to the law, that they might be punished, as having justly deserved to die for what they had done; 153 So they sent to the people of Gaba accusing the young men of the wrong they had done to the Levite's wife and demanding that the lawbreakers be punished, as they deserved death for what they had done.
153 Barach
154 οἱ δὲ ΓαβαηνοὶGaba people οὔτε τοὺς νεανίσκους ἐξέδοσαν καὶ δεινὸν ἀλλοτρίοις ὑπακούειν προστάγμασιν ἡγοῦντο πολέμου φόβῳ μηδενὸς ἀξιοῦντες εἶναι χείρους ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μήτε διὰ πλῆθος μήτε δι᾽ εὐψυχίαν . ἦσαν δὲ ἐν παρασκευῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων φυλετῶν , συναπενοήθησαν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὡς ἀμυνούμενοι βιαζομένους .
154 but the inhabitants of Gibeah would not deliver up the young men, and thought it too reproachful to them, out of fear of war, to submit to other men’s demands upon them; vaunting themselves to be no way inferior to any in war, neither in their number nor in courage. The rest of their tribe were also making great preparation for war, for they were so insolently mad as also to resolve to repel force by force. 154 The people of Gaba would not hand over the young men unwilling to submit to others' threats and demands for fear of war. They prided themselves as inferior to none in arms, in terms of numbers or courage. With the rest of their tribe they set to preparing for war, roused by the idea of defending themselves against aggression.
154 Barach
155 ὡς δὲ τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite τὰ παρὰ τῶν ΓαβαηνῶνGaba ἀπηγγέλθηto bring a report , ὅρκους ποιοῦνται μηδένα σφῶν ἀνδρὶ ΒενιαμίτῃBenjalmite δώσειν πρὸς γάμον θυγατέρα στρατεύσειν τε ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς , μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς δι᾽ ὀργῆς ὄντες τοῖς ΧαναναίοιςCanaanites τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν παρειλήφαμεν γενομένους .
155 When it was related to the Israelites what the inhabitants of Gibeah had resolved upon, they took their oath that no one of them would give his daughter in marriage to a Benjamite, but make war with greater fury against them than we have learned our forefathers made war against the Canaanites; 155 When news of the people of Gaba was reported to the Israelites they swore that none of them would give his daughter in marriage to a Benjamite, but make war on them even more fiercely than our ancestors did against the Canaanites.
155 Barach
156 παραχρῆμά τε ἐξῆγον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς τὸ στρατόπεδον μυριάδας τεσσαράκοντα ὁπλιτῶν · καὶ ΒενιαμιτῶνBenjamites τὸ ὁπλιτικὸν ἦν ὑπὸ δισμυρίων καὶ πεντακισχιλίων καὶ ἑξακοσίων , ὧν ἦσαν εἰς πεντακοσίους ταῖς λαιαῖς τῶν χειρῶν σφενδονᾶν ἄριστοι ,
156 and sent out presently an army of four hundred thousand against them, while the Benjamites’ army-was twenty-five thousand and six hundred; five hundred of whom were excellent at slinging stones with their left hands, 156 Instantly they sent an army against them, four hundred thousand strong, while the Benjamites' army was twenty-five thousand six hundred, of whom five hundred could sling stones left-handed.
156 Barach
157 ὥστε καὶ μάχης πρὸς τῇ ΓαβᾷGaba γενομένης τρέπουσι τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites οἱ ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite ἄνδρες τε πίπτουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰς δισμυρίους καὶ δισχιλίους , ἐφθάρησαν δὲ ἴσως ἂν καὶ πλείονες , εἰ μὴ νὺξ αὐτοὺς ἐπέσχε καὶ διέλυσε μαχομένους .
157 insomuch that when the battle was joined at Gibeah the Benjamites beat the Israelites, and of them there fell two thousand men; and probably more had been destroyed had not the night came on and prevented it, and broken off the fight; 157 In the battle fought at Gaba the Benjamites defeated the Israelites, two thousand of whom fell, and probably more would have been killed if nightfall had not separated the fighters.
157 Barach
158 καὶ οἱ μὲν ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite χαίροντες ἀνεχώρουν εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν , οἱ δ᾽ ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites καταπεπληγότες ὑπὸ τῆς ἥττης εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον . τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ πάλιν συμβαλόντων οἱ ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite κρατοῦσι καὶ θνήσκουσι τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ μύριοι , καὶ δείσαντες τὸν φόνον ἐξέλιπον τὸ στρατόπεδον .
158 so the Benjamites returned to the city with joy, and the Israelites returned to their camp in a great fright at what had happened. On the next day, when they fought again, the Benjamites beat them; and eighteen thousand of the Israelites were slain, and the rest deserted their camp out of fear of a greater slaughter. 158 The Benjamites went back happy to the city and the Israelites returned to their camp shocked by their defeat. The following day, when they attacked again, the Benjamites again won and eighteen thousand of the Israelites were killed and the rest abandoned their camp, afraid of being slaughtered.
158 Barach
159 παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς ΒέθηλαBethel πόλιν ἔγγιστα κειμένην καὶ νηστεύσαντες κατὰ τὴν‎ ὑστεραίαν τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευον διὰ ΦινεέσουPhineas τοῦ ἀρχιερέως παύσασθαι τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ταῖς δυσὶν αὐτῶν ἥτταις ἀρκεσθέντα δοῦναι νίκην καὶ κράτος κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων . δὲ θεὸς ἐπαγγέλλεται ταῦτα διὰ ΦινεέσουPhineas προφητεύσαντος .
159 So they came to Bethel, a city that was near their camp, and fasted on the next day; and besought God, by Phineas the high priest, that his wrath against them might cease, and that he would be satisfied with these two defeats, and give them the victory and power over their enemies. Accordingly God promised them so to do, by the prophesying of Phineas. 159 So they came to Bethel, the nearest city, and fasted on the following day, imploring God, through Phineas the high priest, to cease his anger against them and, satisfied with these two defeats, to grant them victory and power over their enemies; and by a prophecy of Phineas, God promised to do so.
159 Barach
160 Ποιήσαντες οὖν τὴν‎ στρατιὰν δύο μέρη τὴν‎ μὲν ἡμίσειανhalf προλοχίζουσι νυκτὸς περὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν , οἱ δ᾽ ἡμίσεις συνέβαλον τοῖς ΒενιαμίταιςBeenjamites ὑπεχώρουν τε ἐγκειμένων , καὶ ἐδίωκον οἱ ΒενιαμῖταιBenjamite τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews ὑποφευγόντων ἠρέμα καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ θελόντων εἰς ἅπαν αὐτοὺς ἐξελθεῖν ἀναχωροῦσιν εἵποντο ,
160 When therefore they had divided the army into two parts, they laid the one half of them in ambush about the city Gibeah by night, while the other half attacked the Benjamites, who retiring upon the assault, the Benjamites pursued them, while the Hebrews retired by slow degrees, as very desirous to draw them entirely from the city; and the other followed them as they retired, 160 They divided the army into two parts, and set one half of them in ambush by night around the city of Gaba, while the other half attacked the Benjamites. As they drew back the Benjamites pursued them, while the Hebrews, seeking to draw them all away from the city retreated by slow stages, with others pursuing them,
160 Barach
161 ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει πρεσβύτας καὶ νέους ὑπολειφθέντας διεκδραμεῖν δι᾽ ἀσθένειαν αὐτοῖς πασσυδὶ βουλομένους χειρώσασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους . ὡς δὲ πολὺ τῆς πόλεως ἀπέσχον , ἐπαύσαντο μὲν φεύγοντες οἱ ἙβραῖοιHebrews , ἐπιστραφέντες δ᾽ ἵστανται πρὸς μάχην καὶ τοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἐνέδραις οὖσι τὸ σημεῖον αἴρουσιν συνέκειτο .
161 till both the old men and the young men that were left in the city, as too weak to fight, came running out together with them, as willing to bring their enemies under. However, when they were a great way from the city the Hebrews ran away no longer, but turned back to fight them, and lifted up the signal they had agreed on to those that lay in ambush, 161 until evening the weak old men and children who were left behind in the city joined in the rush, wanting to beat down the enemy. But when they were well out from the city the Hebrews ceased running away, but turned back to fight them and gave the agreed signal to those who lay in ambush.
161 Barach
162 οἱ δ᾽ ἐξαναστάντες μετὰ βοῆς ἐπῄεσαν τοῖς πολεμίοις . οἱ δὲ ἅμα τε ἠπατημένους αὑτοὺς ᾔσθοντο καὶ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ συνεστήκεσαν , καὶ εἴς τι κοῖλον συνελαθέντας καὶ φαραγγῶδες χωρίον περιστάντες κατηκόντισαν , ὥστε πάντας διαφθαρῆναι πλὴν ἑξακοσίων .
162 who rose up, and with a great noise fell upon the enemy. Now, as soon as ever they perceived themselves to be deceived, they knew not what to do; and when they were driven into a certain hollow place which was in a valley, they were shot at by those that encompassed them, till they were all destroyed, excepting six hundred, 162 Rising up with a roar these attacked the enemy, who, seeing themselves misled, did not know what to do, and were driven into a steep valley and shot at by the men surrounding them until they were all destroyed, apart from six hundred.
162 Barach
163 οὗτοι δὲ συστραφέντες καὶ πυκνώσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ διὰ μέσων ὠσάμενοι τῶν πολεμίων ἔφυγον ἐπὶ τὰ πλησίον ὄρη , καὶ κατασχόντες ἱδρύθησαν . οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι πάντες περὶ δισμυρίους ὄντες καὶ πεντακισχιλίους ἀπέθανον .
163 which formed themselves into a close body of men, and forced their passage through the midst of their enemies, and fled to the neighboring mountains, and, seizing upon them, remained there; but the rest of them, being about twenty-five thousand, were slain. 163 These formed themselves into a close rank and forced their way through the enemy and fled to the neighbouring mountains, which they took and where they established themselves, while all the others, about twenty-five thousand of them, were killed.
163 Barach
164 οἱ δ᾽ ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites τήν τε ΓάβανGaba ἐμπιπρᾶσι καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τῶν ἀρρένων τοὺς μὴ ἐν ἀκμῇ διεχρήσαντο , τάς τε ἄλλας τῶν ΒενιαμιτῶνBenjamites πόλεις ταὐτὰ δρῶσιν , οὕτως τε ἦσαν παρωξυμμένοι , ὡς καὶ ἸάβησονJabesh τῆς ΓαλαδίτιδοςGaladitis οὖσαν , ὅτι μὴ συμμαχήσειεν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τῶν ΒενιαμιτῶνBenjamites , πέμψαντες μυρίους καὶ δισχιλίους ἐκ τῶν τάξεων ἐκέλευσαν ἀνελεῖν .
164 Then did the Israelites burn Gibeah, and slew the women, and the males that were under age; and did the same also to the other cities of the Benjamites; and, indeed, they were enraged to that degree, that they sent twelve thousand men out of the army, and gave them orders to destroy Jabesh Gilead, because it did not join with them in fighting against the Benjamites. 164 The Israelites burned Gaba and killed the women and the males who were under age. They did the same to the other cities of the Benjamites and were so furious that they sent twelve thousand from their ranks with orders to destroy Jabesh Gilead, because it had not joined them in fighting the Benjamites.
164 Barach
165 καὶ φονεύουσι τὸ μάχιμον τῆς πόλεως οἱ πεμφθέντες σὺν τέκνοις καὶ γυναιξὶ πλὴν τετρακοσίων παρθένων . ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑπ᾽ ὀργῆς προήχθησαν τῷ κατὰ τὴν‎ γυναῖκα πάθει προσλαβόντες καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἀναίρεσιν τῶν ὁπλιτῶν .
165 Accordingly, those that were sent slew the men of war, with their children and wives, excepting four hundred virgins. To such a degree had they proceeded in their anger, because they not only had the suffering of the Levite’s wife to avenge, but the slaughter of their own soldiers. 165 Those who were sent killed the warriors, with their children and wives, except four hundred virgins, avenging in their rage not only the suffering of the Levite's wife but also the murder of their own soldiers.
165 Barach
166 Μετάνοια δ᾽ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνει τῆς τῶν ΒενιαμιτῶνBenjamites συμφορᾶς καὶ νηστείαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς προέθεντο καίτοι δίκαια παθεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀξιοῦντες εἰς τοὺς νόμους ἐξαμαρτάνοντας , καὶ τοὺς διαφυγόντας αὐτῶν ἑξακοσίους διὰ πρεσβευτῶν ἐκάλουν · καθίδρυντο γὰρ ὑπὲρ πέτρας τινὸς ῬοᾶςRhoas καλουμένης κατὰ τὴν‎ ἔρημον .
166 However, they afterward were sorry for the calamity they had brought upon the Benjamites, and appointed a fast on that account, although they supposed those men had suffered justly for their offense against the laws; so they recalled by their ambassadors those six hundred which had escaped. These had seated themselves on a certain rock called Rimmon, which was in the wilderness. 166 Even though they believed the Benjamites had suffered justly for their lawlessness, they later regretted the disaster they had inflicted on them and ordered a fast on account of it, and sent envoys to recall the six hundred fugitives who had taken refuge at a rock called Rhoas, in the wilderness.
166 Barach
167 οἱ δὲ πρέσβεις ὡς οὐκ ἐκείνοις τῆς συμφορᾶς μόνοις γεγενημένης ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῖς τῶν συγγενῶν ἀπολωλότων ὀδυρόμενοι πρᾴως ἔπειθον φέρειν καὶ συνελθεῖν εἰς ταὐτὸ καὶ μὴ παντελῆ τῆς ΒενιαμίτιδοςBenjamin φυλῆς ὄλεθρον τό γε ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς καταψηφίσασθαι . " συγχωροῦμεν δὲ ὑμῖν , ἔλεγον , τὴν‎ ἁπάσης τῆς φυλῆς γῆν καὶ λείαν ὅσην ἂν ἄγειν δυνηθῆτε .
167 So the ambassadors lamented not only the disaster that had befallen the Benjamites, but themselves also, by this destruction of their kindred; and persuaded them to take it patiently; and to come and unite with them, and not, so far as in them lay, to give their suffrage to the utter destruction of the tribe of Benjamin; and said to them, “We give you leave to take the whole land of Benjamin to yourselves, and as much prey as you are able to carry away with you.” 167 The envoys expressed regret not only for the loss these had suffered but also for their own loss, as the dead were their relatives. They persuaded them to bear it patiently, and to come and join them and not cause the utter destruction of the tribe of Benjamin. They said, "We allow you to retain the whole land of Benjamin and as much booty as you can take away with you."
167 Barach
168 οἱ δὲ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς θεοῦ ψήφῳ γεγονότων καὶ κατ᾽ ἀδικίαν τὴν‎ αὐτῶν γνωσιμαχήσαντες κατῄεσαν εἰς τὴν‎ πάτριον φυλὴν πειθόμενοι τοῖς προκαλουμένοις . οἱ δ᾽ ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites γυναῖκας αὐτοῖς τὰς τετρακοσίας ἔδοσαν παρθένους τὰς ἸαβίτιδαςJabesh , περὶ δὲ τῶν διακοσίων ἐσκόπουν , ὅπως κἀκεῖνοι γυναικῶν εὐπορήσαντες παιδοποιῶνται .
168 So these men with sorrow confessed, that what had been done was according to the decree of God, and had happened for their own wickedness; and assented to those that invited them, and came down to their own tribe. The Israelites also gave them the four hundred virgins of Jabesh Gilead for wives; but as to the remaining two hundred, they deliberated about it how they might compass wives enough for them, and that they might have children by them; 168 So these men confessed with regret that their woes had come by God's decree for their own injustice, and were persuaded by the invitation and came down to their ancestral tribe. The Israelites also gave them as wives the four hundred virgins of Jabesh Gilead, and sought to provide wives for the remaining two hundred, so that they might have children.
168 Barach
169 γεγενημένων δὲ αὐτοῖς ὅρκων ὥστε μηδενὶ ΒενιαμίτῃBenjalmite συνοικίσαι θυγατέρα πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου , οἱ μὲν ὀλιγωρεῖν συνεβούλευον τῶν ὀμωμοσμένων ὡς ὑπ᾽ ὀργῆς ὀμόσαντες οὐ γνώμῃ καὶ κρίσει , τῷ δὲ θεῷ μηδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσειν εἰ φυλὴν ὅλην κινδυνεύουσαν ἀπολέσθαι σῶσαι δυνηθεῖεν , τάς τε ἐπιορκίαςfalse oath, perjury οὐχ ὅταν ὑπὸ ἀνάγκης γένωνται χαλεπὰς εἶναι καὶ ἐπισφαλεῖς , ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ἐν κακουργίᾳ τολμηθῶσι .
169 and whereas they had, before the war began, taken an oath, that no one would give his daughter to wife to a Benjamite, some advised them to have no regard to what they had sworn, because the oath had not been taken advisedly and judiciously, but in a passion, and thought that they should do nothing against God, if they were able to save a whole tribe which was in danger of perishing; and that perjury was then a sad and dangerous thing, not when it is done out of necessity, but when it is done with a wicked intention. 169 While they had sworn before the war began that no one would let his daughter marry a Benjamite, some advised them to disregard the oath, as sworn not wisely or judiciously but in a passion; and thought it would not offend God if they could save a whole tribe in danger of extinction, for perjury was only bad and dangerous when not done out of necessity, but out of malice.
169 Barach
170 τῆς δὲ γερουσίας πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἐπιορκίαςfalse oath, perjury ὄνομα σχετλιασάσης ἔφη τις τούτοις τε γυναικῶν εὐπορίαν ἔχειν εἰπεῖν καὶ τήρησιν τῶν ὅρκων . ἐρομένων δὲ τὴν‎ ἐπίνοιαν , " ἡμῖν , εἶπεν , τρὶς τοῦ ἔτους εἰς ΣιλὼShiloh συνιοῦσιν ἕπονται κατὰ πανήγυριν αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες .
170 But when the senate were affrighted at the very name of perjury, a certain person told them that he could show them a way whereby they might procure the Benjamites wives enough, and yet keep their oath. They asked him what his proposal was. He said, “That three times in a year, when we meet in Shiloh, our wives and our daughters accompany us: 170 However, as the elders objected to the very hint of perjury, someone said there was a way to get wives for the Benjamites while keeping their oath. When they asked about his idea he said, "Three times a year, when we meet in Shiloh, our wives and our daughters accompany us.
170 Barach
171 τούτων κατὰ ἁρπαγὴν ἐφείσθω γαμεῖν ΒενιαμίταςBenjamites ἃς ἂν δυνηθεῖεν ἡμῶν οὔτε προτρεπομένων οὔτε κωλυόντων . πρὸς δὲ τοὺς πατέρας αὐτῶν δυσχεραίνοντας καὶ τιμωρίαν λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦντας φήσομεν αὐτοὺς αἰτίους φυλακῆς ἀμελήσαντας τῶν θυγατέρων , ὅτι δὲ δεῖ τῆς ὀργῆς ἐπὶ ΒενιαμίταςBenjamites ὑφεῖναι χρησαμένους αὐτῇ καὶ θᾶττον ἀμέτρως .
171 let then the Benjamites be allowed to steal away, and marry such women as they can catch, while we will neither incite them nor forbid them; and when their parents take it ill, and desire us to inflict punishment upon them, we will tell them, that they were themselves the cause of what had happened, by neglecting to guard their daughters, and that they ought not to be overangry at the Benjamites, since that anger was permitted to rise too high already.” 171 At that time let the Benjamites be allowed to seize and marry such of them as they can catch, while we neither incite nor forbid them, and if their parents take it badly and want us to punish them, we will blame it on themselves for neglecting to guard the daughters and that they must not be too angry with the Benjamites, since that anger had already overflowed."
171 Barach
172 καὶ οἱ μὲν τούτοις πεισθέντες ψηφίζονται τὸν διὰ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς γάμον τοῖς ΒενιαμίταιςBeenjamites . Ἐνστάσης δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς οἱ μὲν διακόσιοι κατὰ δύο καὶ τρεῖς πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐνήδρευον παρεσομένας τὰς παρθένους ἔν τε ἀμπελῶσι καὶ χωρίοις ἐν οἷς λήσειν ἔμελλον ,
172 So the Israelites were persuaded to follow this advice, and decreed, That the Benjamites should be allowed thus to steal themselves wives. So when the festival was coming on, these two hundred Benjamites lay in ambush before the city, by two and three together, and waited for the coming of the virgins, in the vineyards and other places where they could lie concealed. 172 They were persuaded by this advice and voted that the Benjamites be allowed to marry by stealing wives. When the festival was near, these two hundred Benjamites lay in ambush outside the city in twos and threes, and hid in the vineyards and other places for the coming of the young women.
172 Barach
173 αἱ δὲ μετὰ παιδιᾶς οὐδὲν ὑφορώμεναι τῶν μελλόντων ἀφυλάκτως ὥδευον · οἱ δὲ σκεδασθεισῶν εἴχοντο ἐξαναστάντες . καὶ οὗτοι μὲν οὕτως γαμήσαντες ἐπ᾽ ἔργα τῆς γῆς ἐχώρησαν καὶ πρόνοιαν ἐποιήσαντο πάλιν εἰς τὴν‎ προτέραν εὐδαιμονίαν ἐπανελθεῖν .
173 Accordingly the virgins came along playing, and suspected nothing of what was coming upon them, and walked after an unguarded manner, so those that laid scattered in the road, rose up, and caught hold of them: by this means these Benjamites got them wives, and fell to agriculture, and took good care to recover their former happy state. 173 The girls arrived in a merry mood, not suspecting what lay in store and going on their way without a care, when the men who were scattered by the roadside rose up and caught them. And that is how they took wives for themselves and set to farming, working to regain their former prosperity.
173 Barach
174 ΒενιαμιτῶνBenjamites μὲν οὖν φυλὴ κινδυνεύσασα τελέως ἐκφθαρῆναι τῷ προειρημένῳ τρόπῳ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites σοφίαν σώζεται ἤνθησέ τε παραχρῆμα καὶ ταχεῖαν εἴς τε πλῆθος καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἐποιήσατο τὴν‎ ἐπίδοσιν . οὗτος μὲν οὖν πόλεμος οὕτως παύεται .
174 And thus was this tribe of the Benjamites, after they had been in danger of entirely perishing, saved in the manner forementioned, by the wisdom of the Israelites; and accordingly it presently flourished, and soon increased to be a multitude, and came to enjoy all other degrees of happiness. And such was the conclusion of this war. 174 So the tribe of Benjamin, after being in danger of dying out as described, was saved by the wisdom of the Israelites, and soon flourished and grew in numbers and in all other ways. And that was how this war ended.
174 Barach
Chapter 3
[175-184]
Israel under harsh Assyrian rule.
Saved by God, through Keniaz
175 Ὅμοια δὲ τούτοις παθεῖν καὶ τὴν‎ ΔάνηνDan συνέβη φυλὴν ἐξ αἰτίας τοιαύτης εἰς τοῦτο προαχθεῖσαν .
175 Now it happened that the tribe of Dan suffered in like manner with the tribe of Benjamin; and it came to do so on the occasion following:— 175 The tribe of Dan suffered in the same way as the tribe of Benjamin, for the following reason.
175 Barach
176 τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἐκλελοιπότων ἤδη τὴν‎ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἄσκησινexercise καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἔργοις ὄντων τῆς γῆς ΧαναναῖοιCanaanites καταφρονήσαντες αὐτῶν συνεποιήσαντο δύναμιν , οὐδὲν μὲν αὐτοὶ πείσεσθαι προσδοκῶντες , ὡς δὲ βεβαίαν τὴν‎ τοῦ ποιήσειν κακῶς τοὺς ἙβραίουςHebrews ἐλπίδα λαβόντες ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας τὸ λοιπὸν οἰκεῖν τὰς πόλεις ἠξίουν .
176 When the Israelites had already left off the exercise of their arms for war, and were intent upon their husbandry, the Canaanites despised them, and brought together an army, not because they expected to suffer by them, but because they had a mind to have a sure prospect of treating the Hebrews ill when they pleased, and might thereby for the time to come dwell in their own cities the more securely; 176 When the Israelites had abandoned the practise of war and took to farming the land, the Canaanites looked down on them and mustered an army, not because any trouble was brewing but wanting to be able to ill-treat the Hebrews as they pleased, and so live the more securely in their own cities.
176 Barach
177 ἅρματά τε οὖν παρεσκευάζοντο καὶ τὸ ὁπλιτικὸν συνεκρότουν αἵ τε πόλεις αὐτῶν συνεφρόνουν καὶ τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς τὴν‎ ἈσκάλωναAskalon καὶ ἈκαρῶναEkron παρεσπάσαντο ἄλλας τε πολλὰς τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καὶ ΔανίταςDanites εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἠνάγκασαν συμφυγεῖν οὐδὲ ὀλίγον αὐτοῖς ἐπιβατὸν τοῦ πεδίου καταλιπόντες .
177 they prepared therefore their chariots, and gathered their soldiery together, their cities also combined together, and drew over to them Askelon and Ekron, which were within the tribe of Judah, and many more of those that lay in the plain. They also forced the Danites to fly into the mountainous country, and left them not the least portion of the plain country to set their foot on. 177 They got ready their chariots and gathered their soldiers, and their cities were in alliance and won over Askalon and Ekron from the tribe of Judas and many other cities in the plain, and forced the Danites to flee into the mountains, leaving them not the smallest place to settle in the lowlands.
177 Barach
178 οἱ δ᾽ οὔτε πολεμεῖν ὄντες ἱκανοὶ γῆν τε οὐκ ἔχοντες ἀρκοῦσαν πέμπουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν πέντε ἄνδρας εἰς τὴν‎ μεσόγειον κατοψομένους γῆν , εἰς ἣν μετοικήσαιντο . οἱ δ᾽ οὐ πόρρω τοῦ ΛιβάνουLibanus ὄρους καὶ ἐλάσσονος ἸορδάνουJordan τῶν πηγῶν κατὰ τὸ μέγα πεδίον ΣιδῶνοςSidon πόλεως ὁδὸν ἡμέρας μιᾶς προελθόντες καὶ κατασκεψάμενοι γῆν ἀγαθὴν καὶ πάμφορον σημαίνουσι τοῖς αὑτῶν · οἱ δ᾽ ὁρμηθέντες στρατῷ κτίζουσιν αὐτόθι πόλιν ΔάναDan ὁμώνυμον τῷ ἸακώβουJacob παιδὶ φυλῆς δ᾽ ἐπώνυμον τῆς αὐτῶν .
178 Since then these Danites were not able to fight them, and had not land enough to sustain them, they sent five of their men into the midland country, to seek for a land to which they might remove their habitation. So these men went as far as the neighborhood of Mount Libanus, and the fountains of the Lesser Jordan, at the great plain of Sidon, a day’s journey from the city; and when they had taken a view of the land, and found it to be good and exceeding fruitful, they acquainted their tribe with it, whereupon they made an expedition with the army, and built there the city Dan, of the same name with the son of Jacob, and of the same name with their own tribe. 178 Since these could not fight them in war and had not enough land to live on, they sent five of their men into the midlands to look for somewhere to move to. They went to a place near Mount Libanus and the sources of the Lesser Jordan, near the great plain of Sidon, a day's journey from the city. Then, reviewing the land and finding it good and fruitful, they reported it to their people, who invaded it in force and built there the city of Dan, named after the son of Jacob and their own tribal name.
178 Barach
179 Τοῖς δ᾽ ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite προύβαινεν ὑπό τε ἀπειρίας τοῦ πονεῖν τὰ κακὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον ὀλιγωρίας · μετακινηθέντες γὰρ ἅπαξ τοῦ κόσμου τῆς πολιτείας ἐφέροντο πρὸς τὸ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν καὶ βούλησιν ἰδίαν βιοῦν , ὡς καὶ τῶν ἐπιχωριαζόντων παρὰ τοῖς ΧαναναίοιςCanaanites ἀναπίμπλασθαι κακῶν .
179 The Israelites grew so indolent, and unready of taking pains, that misfortunes came heavier upon them, which also proceeded in part from their contempt of the divine worship; for when they had once fallen off from the regularity of their political government, they indulged themselves further in living according to their own pleasure, and according to their own will, till they were full of the evil doings that were common among the Canaanites. 179 Things began to go badly for the Israelites due to losing the habit of effort and neglecting the divinity. After falling away from their orderly way of life they took to living for pleasure according to each one’s caprice, until they were full of the vices practiced by the local Canaanites.
179 Barach
180 ὀργίζεται τοίνυν αὐτοῖς θεὸς καὶ ἣν σὺν πόνοις μυρίοις εὐδαιμονίαν ἐκτήσαντο , ταύτην ἀπέβαλον διὰ τρυφήν . στρατεύσαντος γὰρ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ΧουσαρσάθουChusarathos τοῦ τῶν ἈσσυρίωνAssyrians βασιλέως πολλούς τε τῶν παραταξαμένων ἀπώλεσαν καὶ πολιορκούμενοι κατὰ κράτος ᾑρέθησαν ,
180 God therefore was angry with them, and they lost that their happy state which they had obtained by innumerable labors, by their luxury; for when Chushan, king of the Assyrians, had made war against them, they lost many of their soldiers in the battle, and when they were besieged, they were taken by force; 180 God was therefore angry with them because of their luxury and they lost the happy state they had won with such difficulty. When invaded by Chusarathos, king of the Assyrians, they lost many of their soldiers in battle and were taken by force after a siege.
180 Barach
181 εἰσὶ δ᾽ οἳ διὰ φόβον ἑκουσίως αὐτῷ προσεχώρησαν , φόρους τε τοῦ δυνατοῦ μείζονας ἐπιταγέντες ἐτέλουν καὶ ὕβρεις παντοίας ὑπέμενον Ἕως ἐτῶν ὀκτώ , μεθ᾽ τῶν κακῶν οὕτως ἠλευθερώθησαν .
181 nay, there were some who, out of fear, voluntarily submitted to him, and though the tribute laid upon them was more than they could bear, yet did they pay it, and underwent all sort of oppression for eight years; after which time they were freed from them in the following manner:— 181 Some were willing to yield to him from fear, and submitted to an unbearable tax and to all kinds of indignities for eight years, until they were set free as follows.
181 Barach
182 Τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς τις ΚενίαζοςKeniaz ὄνομα δραστήριος ἀνὴρ καὶ τὸ φρόνημα γενναῖος , χρησθὲν αὐτῷ μὴ περιορᾶν ἐν τοιαύτῃ τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites ἀνάγκῃ κειμένους ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοὺς ἐξαιρεῖσθαι τολμᾶν , παρακελευσάμενος συλλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν κινδύνων αὐτῷ τινάς , ὀλίγοι δ᾽ ἦσαν , οἷς αἰδὼς ἐπὶ τοῖς τότε παροῦσιν ἐτύγχανε καὶ προθυμία μεταβολῆς ,
182 There was one whose name was Othniel, the son of Kenaz, of the tribe of Judah, an active man and of great courage. He had an admonition from God not to overlook the Israelites in such a distress as they were now in, but to endeavor boldly to gain them their liberty; so when he had procured some to assist him in this dangerous undertaking, (and few they were, who, either out of shame at their present circumstances, or out of a desire of changing them, could be prevailed on to assist him,) 182 There was an active and brave man, Keniaz, of the tribe of Judas, who felt inspired not to leave the Israelites in such a plight but to take a risk to help them regain their freedom; and he found some others to share in this dangerous undertaking, since they too were eager for change, being ashamed at their present state.
182 Barach
183 πρῶτον μὲν τὴν‎ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς οὖσαν φρουρὰν τοῦ ΧουσαρσάθουChusarathos διαφθείρει , προσγενομένων δὲ πλειόνων τῶν συναγωνιζομένων ἐκ τοῦ μὴ διαμαρτεῖν περὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῆς ἐπιχειρήσεως , μάχην τοῖς ἈσσυρίοιςAssyrians συνάπτουσι καὶ πρὸς τὸ παντελὲς αὐτοὺς ἀπωσάμενοι περαιοῦσθαι τὸν ΕὐφράτηνEuphrates ἐβιάζοντο .
183 he first of all destroyed that garrison which Chushan had set over them; but when it was perceived that he had not failed in his first attempt, more of the people came to his assistance; so they joined battle with the Assyrians, and drove them entirely before them, and compelled them to pass over Euphrates. 183 First he destroyed the garrison Chushan had imposed on them, and more people came to help him when they saw that his first attempt was not in vain. So they fought the Assyrians and drove them all before them, across the Euphrates.
183 Barach
184 ΚενίαζοςKeniaz δὲ ὡς ἔργωιdeed πεῖραν αὐτοῦ‎ δεδωκὼς τῆς ἀνδραγαθίας γέρας ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς λαμβάνει παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἀρχήν , ὥστε κρίνειν τὸν λαόν . καὶ ἄρξας ἐπ᾽ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα καταστρέφει τὸν βίον .
184 Hereupon Othniel, who had given such proofs of his valor, received from the multitude authority to judge the people; and when he had ruled over them forty years, he died. 184 After such proofs of his bravery, Keniaz received the authority to judge the people, and after ruling them for forty years, he died.
184 Barach
Chapter 4
[185-197]
Under the Moabite Rule for eighteen years.
Saved by Judes, who reigned for eighty years
185 τελευτήσαντος δὲ τούτου πάλιν τὰ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ὑπὸ ἀναρχίας ἐνόσει πράγματα , καὶ τῷ μὴ διὰ τιμῆς ἄγειν τὸν θεὸν μηδὲ τοῖς νόμοις ὑπακούειν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐκακοῦτο ,
185 When Othniel was dead, the affairs of the Israelites fell again into disorder: and while they neither paid to God the honor due to him, nor were obedient to the laws, their afflictions increased, 185 When he died the affairs of the Israelites again fell into anarchy and things grew worse for them because they neither paid due honour to God nor obeyed the laws,
185 Barach
186 ὡς καταφρονήσαντα αὐτῶν τῆς ἀκοσμίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν‎ πολιτείαν ἘγλῶναEglon τὸν ΜωαβιτῶνMoabites βασιλέα πόλεμον πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐξενεγκεῖν καὶ πολλαῖς μάχαις αὐτῶν κρατήσαντα καὶ τοὺς φρονήματι τῶν ἄλλων διαφέροντας ὑποτάξαντα πρὸς τὸ παντελὲς αὐτῶν τὴν‎ δύναμιν ταπεινῶσαι καὶ φόρους αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάξαιto put upon τελεῖν .
186 till Eglon, king of the Moabites, did so greatly despise them on account of the disorders of their political government, that he made war upon them, and overcame them in several battles, and made the most courageous to submit, and entirely subdued their army, and ordered them to pay him tribute. 186 until Eglon the king of the Moabites so despised the disorder of their government that he went to war with them and overcame them in several battles and defeated their bravest men and entirely humbled their army and forced them to pay him tribute.
186 Barach
187 καθιδρύσας δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐν ἹεριχοῦντιJericho βασίλειον ταύτην ἀποδείξας οὐδὲν τῆς εἰς τὸ πλῆθος κακώσεως παρέλιπεν εἴς τε πενίαν αὐτοὺς κατέστησεν ἐπὶ ὀκτωκαίδεκα ἔτη . λαβὼν δ᾽ οἶκτον θεὸς τῶν [ ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ] ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἔπασχον καὶ ταῖς ἱκετείαις αὐτῶν ἐπικλασθεὶς ἀπήλλαξε τῆς ὑπὸ τοῖς ΜωαβίταιςMoabites ὕβρεως . ἠλευθερώθησαν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ .
187 And when he had built him a royal palace at Jericho, he omitted no method whereby he might distress them; and indeed he reduced them to poverty for eighteen years. But when God had once taken pity of the Israelites, on account of their afflictions, and was moved to compassion by their supplications put up to him, he freed them from the hard usage they had met with under the Moabites. This liberty he procured for them in the following manner;— 187 He built a palace in Jericho and omitted no means of oppressing the people and kept them in penury for eighteen years. Then God took pity on the sufferings of the Israelites, moved to pity by their prayers and set them free from their harsh treatment under the Moabites. This is how He set them free.
187 Barach
188 Τῆς ΒενιαμίτιδοςBenjamin φυλῆς νεανίας ἸούδηςJudes μὲν τοὔνομα ΓήραGera τε πατρὸς τολμῆσαί τε ἀνδρειότατος καὶ τῷ σώματι πρὸς τὰ ἔργα χρῆσθαι δυνατὸς τῶν χειρῶν τὴν‎ ἀριστερὰν ἀμείνων κἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τὴν‎ ἅπασαν ἰσχὺν ἔχων κατῴκει μὲν ἐν ἹεριχοῦντιJericho καὶ αὐτός ,
188 There was a young man of the tribe of Benjamin, whose name was Ehud, the son of Gera, a man of very great courage in bold undertakings, and of a very strong body, fit for hard labor, but best skilled in using his left hand, in which was his whole strength; and he also dwelt at Jericho. 188 A young man of the tribe of Benjamin, named Judes son of Gera, was living in Jericho, a man very daring and physically strong and active and especially proficient with his left hand, where all his strength was concentrated.
188 Barach
189 συνήθης δὲ γίνεται τῷ ἘγλῶνιEglon δωρεαῖς αὐτὸν θεραπεύων καὶ ὑπερχόμενος , ὡς διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν βασιλέα προσφιλῆ τυγχάνειν αὐτόν .
189 Now this man became familiar with Eglon, and that by means of presents, with which he obtained his favor, and insinuated himself into his good opinion; whereby he was also beloved of those that were about the king. 189 He became friendly with Eglon through gifts by which he obtained his favour and won his good opinion and also made him popular with the king's companions.
189 Barach
190 καί ποτε σὺν δυσὶν οἰκέταις δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ φέρων ξιφίδιον κρύφα τῷ δεξιῷ σκέλει περιδησάμενος εἰσῄει πρὸς αὐτόν . ‎ὥρα δ᾽ ἦν θέρους καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἤδη μεσούσης ἀνεῖντο αἱ φυλακαὶ ὑπό τε τοῦ καύματος καὶ πρὸς ἄριστον τετραμμένων .
190 Now, when on a time he was bringing presents to the king, and had two servants with him, he put a dagger on his right thigh secretly, and went in to him: it was then summer time, and the middle of the day, when the guards were not strictly on their watch, both because of the heat, and because they were gone to dinner. 190 Once when along with two servants he was bringing gifts to the king he had a dagger hidden on his right thigh as he went in to him. It was at the middle of the day in summertime, when the guards were not alert on their watch because of the heat and were having their lunch.
190 Barach
191 δοὺς οὖν τὰ δῶρα τῷ ἘγλῶνιEglon νεανίσκος , διέτριβε δ᾽ ἔν τινι δωματίῳ δεξιῶς πρὸς θέρος ἔχοντι , πρὸς ὁμιλίαν ἐτράποντο . μόνοι δ᾽ ἦσαν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τοὺς ἐπεισιόντας τῶν θεραπόντων ἀπιέναι κελεύσαντος διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἸούδηνJudes ὁμιλεῖν .
191 So the young man, when he had offered his presents to the king, who then resided in a small parlor that stood conveniently to avoid the heat, fell into discourse with him, for they were now alone, the king having bid his servants that attended him to go their ways, because he had a mind to talk with Ehud. 191 So the young man, having offered his gifts to Eglon, who was staying in a special chamber to avoid the heat, got into private conversation with him, as the king had sent his attendants away in order to talk with Judes.
191 Barach
192 καθῆστο δ᾽ ἐπὶ θρόνου καὶ δέος εἰσῄει τὸν ἸούδηνJudes , μὴ διαμάρτῃ καὶ μὴ δῷ καιρίαν πληγήν . ἀνίστησιν οὖν αὐτὸν ὄναρ εἰπὼν ἔχειν ἐκ προστάγματος αὐτῷ δηλῶσαι τοῦ θεοῦ .
192 He was now sitting on his throne; and fear seized upon Ehud lest he should miss his stroke, and not give him a deadly wound; 192 He was seated on his throne and Judes was afraid to miss his stroke and not give him a deadly wound, so he got up and said he had a dream to tell him at God's command.
192 Barach
193 καὶ μὲν πρὸς τὴν‎ χαρὰν τὴν‎ τοῦ ὀνείρατος ἀνεπήδησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου , πλήξας δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἸούδηςJudes εἰς τὴν‎ καρδίαν καὶ τὸ ξιφίδιον ἐγκαταλιπὼν ἔξεισι προσκλίνας τὴν‎ θύραν . οἵ τε θεράποντες ἠρέμουν εἰς ὕπνον τετράφθαι νομίζοντες τὸν βασιλέα .
193 so he raised himself up, and said he had a dream to impart to him by the command of God; upon which the king leaped out of his throne for joy of the dream; so Ehud smote him to the heart, and leaving his dagger in his body, he went out and shut the door after him. Now the king’s servants were very still, as supposing that the king had composed himself to sleep. 193 Full of joy about the dream, the king jumped up from his throne and Judes struck him to the heart and leaving his dagger in his body, went out and shut the door behind him. But the king's servants did not stir, thinking that the king had settled himself for sleep.
193 Barach
194 δ᾽ ἸούδηςJudes τοῖς Ἱεριχουντίοιςpeople of Jericho ἀποσημαίνων κρυπτῶς παρεκάλει τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι . οἱ δ᾽ ἀσμένως ἀκούσαντες αὐτοί τε εἰς τὰ ὅπλα ᾔεσαν καὶ διέπεμπον εἰς τὴν‎ χώραν τοὺς ἀποσημαίνοντας κέρασιν οἰῶν · τούτοις γὰρ συγκαλεῖν τὸ πλῆθος πάτριον .
194 Hereupon Ehud informed the people of Jericho privately of what he had done, and exhorted them to recover their liberty; who heard him gladly, and went to their arms, and sent messengers over the country, that should sound trumpets of rams’ horns; for it was our custom to call the people together by them. 194 Judes reported it privately to the people of Jericho and urged them to regain their liberty. They heard it gladly and went for their armour and sent messengers over the region to sound trumpets of rams' horns, for it was our custom to call the people together in this way.
194 Barach
195 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν ἘγλῶναEglon πολὺν μὲν χρόνον ἠγνόουν τὸ συμβεβηκὸς αὐτῷ πάθος , ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἦν , δείσαντες μή τι νεώτερον εἴη περὶ αὐτὸν γεγονός , εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον καὶ νεκρὸν εὑρόντες ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ καθειστήκεσαν , καὶ πρὶν τὴν‎ φρουρὰν συστραφῆναι τὸ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites αὐτοῖς ἐπέρχεται πλῆθος .
195 Now the attendants of Eglon were ignorant of what misfortune had befallen him for a great while; but, towards the evening, fearing some uncommon accident had happened, they entered into his parlor, and when they found him dead, they were in great disorder, and knew not what to do; and before the guards could be got together, the multitude of the Israelites came upon them, 195 For a long while Eglon's attendants were unaware of what had happened to him; but toward evening, suspecting something was amiss, they entered his parlour and finding him dead they were greatly troubled, not knowing what to do, and before the guards could be gathered, the people of Israel came upon them.
195 Barach
196 καὶ οἱ μὲν παραχρῆμα ἀναιροῦνται , οἱ δ᾽ εἰς φυγὴν τρέπονται ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ΜωαβῖτινMoabite σωθησόμενοιto save, keep , ἦσαν δὲ ὑπὲρ μυρίους . καὶ ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites προκατειληφότες τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan τὴν‎ διάβασιν διώκοντες ἔκτεινον καὶ κατὰ τὴν‎ διάβασιν πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀναιροῦσι , διέφυγέ τε οὐδεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν .
196 so that some of them were slain immediately, and some were put to flight, and ran away toward the country of Moab, in order to save themselves. Their number was above ten thousand. The Israelites seized upon the ford of Jordan, and pursued them, and slew them, and many of them they killed at the ford, nor did one of them escape out of their hands; 196 Some of them were killed instantly and more than ten thousand were put to flight and fled for their lives toward the region of Moab. The Israelites seized the ford of the Jordan and pursued and massacred them, killing many at the ford, and not one escaped their hands.
196 Barach
197 καὶ οἱ μὲν ἙβραῖοιHebrews τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ὑπὸ τοῖς ΜωαβίταιςMoabites δουλείας ἀπηλλάγησανto want to be delivered , ἸούδηςJudes δ᾽ ἐκ τῆς αἰτίας ταύτης τιμηθεὶς τῇ τοῦ πλήθους παντὸς ἡγεμονίαι τελευτᾷ τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν ἔτεσιν ὀγδοήκοντα κατασχών , ἀνὴρ καὶ δίχα τῆς προειρημένης πράξεως ἐπαίνου δίκαιος τυγχάνειν . καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον ΣαάγαροςSanagar ἈνάθουAnath παῖς αἱρεθεὶς ἄρχειν ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔτει κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον.
197 and by this means it was that the Hebrews freed themselves from slavery under the Moabites. Ehud also was on this account dignified with the government over all the multitude, and died after he had held the government eighty years He was a man worthy of commendation, even besides what he deserved for the forementioned act of his. After him Shamgat, the son of Anath, was elected for their governor, but died in the first year of his government. 197 In this way the Hebrews were freed from slavery under the Moabites. On this account too Judes was honoured as leader of the whole people and died after leading them for eighty years. He was a man worthy of praise, apart from the merits of the aforesaid exploit. After him Sanagar, the son of Anath, was elected as ruler, but died in the first year of his government.
197 Barach
Chapter 5
[198-209]
Rescued from Canaanite rule, by Barak and Deborah
198 ἸσραηλῖταιIsraelites δὲ πάλιν , οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ διδαχῇ τοῦ κρείττονος ἐλάμβανον τῶν πρότερον ἠτυχημένων ὑπό τε τοῦ μήτε σέβειν τὸν θεὸν μήθ᾽ ὑπακούειν τοῖς νόμοις , πρὶν καὶ τῆς ὑπὸ ΜωαβίταιςMoabites ἀναπνεῦσαι δουλείας πρὸς ὀλίγον ἈβίτωJabin τοῦ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites βασιλέως δουλοῦνται .
198 And now it was that the Israelites, taking no warning by their former misfortunes to amend their manners, and neither worshipping God nor submitting to the laws, were brought under slavery by Jabin, the king of the Canaanites, and that before they had a short breathing time after the slavery under the Moabites; 198 Even before they had recovered after their slavery to the Moabites, and failing to learn from their former troubles to amend their manners, and not honouring God or obeying the laws, the Israelites were brought under slavery by Jabin, the king of the Canaanites.
198 Barach
199 οὗτος γὰρ ἐξ ἈσώρουHazor πόλεως ὁρμώμενος , αὕτη δ᾽ ὑπέρκειται τῆς ΣεμαχωνίτιδοςSemechonitis λίμνης , στρατοῦ μὲν ὁπλιτῶν τριάκοντα ἔτρεφε μυριάδας μυρίους δὲ ἱππέας , τρισχιλίων δὲ ἁρμάτων ηὐπόρει . ταύτης οὖν στρατηγὸς τῆς δυνάμεως ΣισάρηςSisera τιμῆς πρώτης παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ τυγχάνων συνελθόντας πρὸς αὐτὸν τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites ἐκάκωσε δεινῶς , ὥστε αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάξαιto put upon τελεῖν φόρους .
199 for this Jabin came out of Hazor, a city that was situate over the lake Semechonitis, and had in pay three hundred thousand footmen, and ten thousand horsemen, with no fewer than three thousand chariots. Sisera was the commander of all his army, and was the principal person in the king’s favor. He so sorely beat the Israelites when they fought with him, that he ordered them to pay tribute. 199 This man stormed down from Hazor, a city above lake Semechonitis, with an army of three hundred infantry and ten thousand cavalry and no fewer than three thousand chariots. In the battle, Sisera, who commanded all his army and was high in the king's favour, beat the Israelites so soundly that they had to pay tribute.
199 Barach
200 Εἴκοσι μὲν οὖν ἔτη ταῦτα πάσχοντες ἤνυσαν μήτε αὐτοὶ φρονεῖν ὑπὸ τῆς δυστυχίας ὄντες ἀγαθοὶ καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ πλέον δαμάσαι ἔτι θέλοντος αὐτῶν τὴν‎ ὕβριν διὰ τὴν‎ περὶ αὐτὸν ἀγνωμοσύνην , ἵνα μεταθέμενοι τοῦ λοιποῦ σωφρονῶσιν διδαχθέντες τὰς συμφορὰς αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῆς περιφρονήσεως τῶν νόμων ὑπάρξαι , ΔαβώρανDeborah [ δέ ] τινα προφῆτιν ,
200 So they continued to undergo that hardship for twenty years, as not good enough of themselves to grow wise by their misfortunes. God was willing also hereby the more to subdue their obstinacy and ingratitude towards himself: so when at length they were become penitent, and were so wise as to learn that their calamities arose from their contempt of the laws, they besought Deborah, a certain prophetess among them, (which name in the Hebrew tongue signifies a Bee,) 200 They continued in that plight for twenty years, unable to learn wisdom from the troubles by which God willed to further subdue their pride and ingratitude. When finally they repented and wisely learned that their troubles arose from their contempt of the laws, they begged Deborah, a prophetess among them, (her name in the Hebrew tongue means a Bee,)
200 Barach
201 μέλισσαν δὲ σημαίνει τοὔνομα κατὰ τὴν‎ ἙβραίωνHebrews γλῶσσαν , ἱκέτευον δεηθῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ λαβεῖν οἶκτον αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν ἀπολλυμένους αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ ΧαναναίωνCanaanites . δὲ θεὸς ἐπένευσε σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ στρατηγὸν αἱρεῖται ΒάρακονBarak τῆς ΝεφθαλίδοςNaphtali ὄντα φυλῆς · βάρακος δέ ἐστιν ἀστραπὴ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἙβραίωνHebrews γλῶσσαν .
201 to pray to God to take pity on them, and not to overlook them, now they were ruined by the Canaanites. So God granted them deliverance, and chose them a general, Barak, one that was of the tribe of Naphtali. Now Barak, in the Hebrew tongue, signifies Lightning. 201 to pray God to take pity on them and not ignore how the Canaanites were destroying them. So God promised them salvation and chose them a general, Barak, who was of the tribe of Naphtali. Now Barak in the Hebrew tongue means Lightning.
201 Barach
202 Μεταπεμψαμένη δ᾽ ΔαβώραDeborah τὸν ΒάρακονBarak ἐπιλέξαντα τῶν νέων μυρίους ἐκέλευε χωρεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους · ἀποχρῆναι γὰρ τοσούτους τοῦ θεοῦ προειρηκότος καὶ νίκην ἀποσημήναντος .
202 So Deborah sent for Barak, and bade him choose out ten thousand young men to go against the enemy, because God had said that that number was sufficient, and promised them victory. 202 Deborah sent for Barak with orders to choose ten thousand young men to go against the enemy, since God had said that this was a sufficient number and had promised them victory.
202 Barach
203 ΒαράκουBarak δὲ φαμένου οὐ στρατηγήσειν μὴ κἀκείνης αὐτῷ συστρατηγούσης ἀγανακτήσασα , " σὺ μέν , εἶπε , γυναικὶ παραχωρεῖς ἀξίωμα σοὶ δέδωκεν θεός , ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ παραιτοῦμαι . καὶ συναριθμήσαντες μυρίους ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο πρὸς ἸταβυρίῳItaburion ὄρει .
203 But when Barak said that he would not be the general unless she would also go as a general with him, she had indignation at what he said, and replied, “Thou, O Barak, deliverest up meanly that authority which God hath given thee into the hand of a woman, and I do not reject it!” So they collected ten thousand men, and pitched their camp at Mount Tabor, 203 When Barak would not take charge unless she took charge with him, she said angrily, "It is ignoble for you to hand over to a woman the authority God has given you, but I do not reject it!" So they collected ten thousand men and pitched their camp at Mount Itaburion.
203 Barach
204 ἀπήντα δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ΣισάρηςSisera τοῦ βασιλέως κελεύσαντος καὶ στρατοπεδεύονται τῶν πολεμίων οὐκ ἄπωθεν . τοὺς δ᾽ ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites καὶ τὸν ΒάρακονBarak καταπλαγέντας τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἀναχωρεῖν διεγνωκότας ΔεβώραDebōrah κατεῖχε τὴν‎ συμβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι κατ᾽ ἐκείνην κελεύουσα τὴν‎ ἡμέραν · νικήσειν γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ συλλήψεσθαι τὸν θεόνGod .
204 where, at the king’s command, Sisera met them, and pitched his camp not far from the enemy; whereupon the Israelites, and Barak himself, were so affrighted at the multitude of those enemies, that they were resolved to march off, had not Deborah retained them, and commanded them to fight the enemy that very day, for that they should conquer them, and God would be their assistance. 204 At the king's command, Sisera went against them and camped not far from the enemy. The Israelites, and Barak himself, were so fearful at the number of the enemy, that they thought of leaving, but Deborah held them back with orders to fight the battle that day, for with God's help they would defeat them.
204 Barach
205 συνῄεσαν οὖν καὶ προσμιγέντων ὄμβρος ἐπιγίνεται μέγας καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ καὶ χάλαζα , τόν τε ὑετὸν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἤλαυνε τῶν ΧαναναίωνCanaanites ἄνεμος ταῖς ὄψεσινseeing, sight αὐτῶν ἐπισκοτῶν , ὡς τὰς τοξείας ἀχρήστους αὐτοῖς εἶναι καὶ τὰς σφενδόνας · οἵ τε ὁπλῖταιheavy-armed διὰ τὸ κρύος χρῆσθαι τοῖς ξίφεσιν οὐκ εἶχον .
205 So the battle began; and when they were come to a close fight, there came down from heaven a great storm, with a vast quantity of rain and hail, and the wind blew the rain in the face of the Canaanites, and so darkened their eyes, that their arrows and slings were of no advantage to them, nor would the coldness of the air permit the soldiers to make use of their swords; 205 So they did, and when it came to close fighting there came down from heaven a great storm, with huge amounts of rain and hail, and the wind blew the rain in the faces of the Canaanites and dimmed their sight so that their arrows and slings were of no advantage to them, nor did the freezing air allow the soldiers to use their swords.
205 Barach
206 τοὺς δ᾽ ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites ἧττόν τε ἔβλαπτε κατόπιν γινόμενος χειμὼν καὶ πρὸς τὴν‎ ἔννοιαν τῆς βοηθείας τοῦ θεοῦ θάρσος ἐλάμβανον , ὥστε εἰς μέσους ὠσάμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀπέκτειναν . καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites , οἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἵππου ταραχθέντες ἔπεσον , ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν ἁρμάτων πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀποθανεῖν .
206 while this storm did not so much incommode the Israelites, because it came in their backs. They also took such courage, upon the apprehension that God was assisting them, that they fell upon the very midst of their enemies, and slew a great number of them; so that some of them fell by the Israelites, some fell by their own horses, which were put into disorder, and not a few were killed by their own chariots. 206 This storm troubled the Israelites less, as it came at their backs. They were also so encouraged by their belief in God's help that they attacked the very centre of the enemy and killed many of them. Some were felled by the Israelites, and some by their own horses, which were panicking, and not a few were killed by their own chariots.
206 Barach
207 ΣισάρηςSisera δὲ καταπηδήσας τοῦ ἅρματος ὡς εἶδε τὴν‎ τροπὴν γινομένην , φυγὼν ἀφικνεῖται παρά τινα τῶν ΚενελίδωνKenite γυναῖκα ἸάληνJael ὄνομα , κρύψαι τε ἀξιώσαντα δέχεται καὶ ποτὸν αἰτήσαντι δίδωσι γάλα διεφθορὸς ἤδη .
207 At last Sisera, as soon as he saw himself beaten, fled away, and came to a woman whose name was Jael, a Kenite, who received him, when he desired to be concealed; and when he asked for somewhat to drink, she gave him sour milk, 207 Sisera, seeing what was going on, jumped down from his chariot and fled. He came to a woman named Jael, a Kenite, who welcomed him when he asked to hide, and gave him sour milk when he asked for something to drink.
207 Barach
208 δὲ πιὼν τοῦ μέτρου δαψιλέστερον εἰς ὕπνον τρέπεται . δὲ ἸάληJael κοιμωμένου σιδήρεον ἧλον ἐλάσασα σφύρῃ κατὰ τοῦ στόματος καὶ τοῦ χελυνίου διέπειρε τὸ ἔδαφος καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν ΒάρακονBarak μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐλθοῦσιν ἐπεδείκνυε τῇ γῇ προσηλωμένον .
208 of which he drank so unmeasurably that he fell asleep; but when he was asleep, Jael took an iron nail, and with a hammer drove it through his temples into the floor; and when Barak came a little afterward, she showed Sisera nailed to the ground: 208 He drank so unrestrainedly that he fell asleep, and as he slept, Jael took an iron nail and with a hammer drove it through his temples into the floor. When Barak came a little later, she showed him the man nailed to the ground.
208 Barach
209 καὶ οὕτως μὲν νίκη αὕτη περιέστη κατὰ τὰ ὑπὸ ΔαβώραςDeborah εἰρημένα εἰς γυναῖκα . ΒάρακοςBarak δὲ στρατεύσας ἐπ᾽ ἌσωρονHazor ἸοαβινόνJabin τε ὑπαντιάσαντα κτείνει καὶ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πεσόντος καθελὼν εἰς ἔδαφος τὴν‎ πόλιν στρατηγεῖ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἐπ᾽ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα .
209 and thus was this victory gained by a woman, as Deborah had foretold. Barak also fought with Jabin at Hazor; and when he met with him, he slew him: and when the general was fallen, Barak overthrew the city to the foundation, and was the commander of the Israelites for forty years. 209 And so this victory was gained by a woman, as Deborah had foretold. Barak also fought Jabin at Hazor, and meeting him, killed him and after the general had fallen, destroyed the city to its foundations, and was commander of the Israelites for forty years.
209 Barach
Chapter 6
[210-232]
Rescued by Gideon, from the Madianites
210 τελευτήσαντος δὲ ΒαράκουBarak καὶ ΔαβώραςDeborah κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν μετὰ ταῦτα ΜαδιηνῖταιMidianites παρακαλέσαντες ἈμαληκίταςAmalekites τε καὶ ἌραβαςArabs στρατεύουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites καὶ μάχῃ τε νικῶσι τοὺς συμβαλόντας καὶ τὸν καρπὸν δῃώσαντες τὴν‎ λείαν ἐπήγοντο .
210 Now when Barak and Deborah were dead, whose deaths happened about the same time, afterwards the Midianites called the Amalekites and Arabians to their assistance, and made war against the Israelites, and were too hard for those that fought against them; and when they had burnt the fruits of the earth, they carried off the prey. 210 After Barak and Deborah died around the same time, the Madianites, with help from the Amalekites and the Arabs, made war on the Israelites and defeated them in battle, and after burning the fruits of the earth, they went off with booty.
210 Barach
211 τοῦτο δὲ ποιούντων ἐπ᾽ ἔτη ἑπτὰ εἰς τὰ ὄρη τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἀνεστάλη τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τῶν πεδίων ἐξεχώρουν ὑπονόμους τε καὶ σπήλαια ποιησάμενοι πᾶν τι τοὺς πολεμίους διέφυγεν ἐν τούτοις εἶχον φυλάττοντες .
211 Now when they had done this for three years, the multitude of the Israelites retired to the mountains, and forsook the plain country. They also made themselves hollows under ground, and caverns, and preserved therein whatsoever had escaped their enemies; 211 When this had gone on for seven years, the people of Israel retreated to the mountains and forsook the area of the plain. They also made themselves hollows under ground and caves, to store whatever had escaped the enemy.
211 Barach
212 οἱ γὰρ ΜαδιηνῖταιMidianites κατὰ ὥραν θέρους στρατεύοντες τὸν χειμῶνα γεωργεῖν τοῖς ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite ἐπέτρεπον , ὅπως ἔχωσι πεπονηκότων αὐτῶν εἰς βλάπτωσι . λιμὸς δ᾽ ἦν καὶ σπάνις τροφῆς καὶ τρέπονται πρὸς ἱκετείαν τοῦ θεοῦ σώζειν αὐτοὺς παρακαλοῦντες .
212 for the Midianites made expeditions in harvest-time, but permitted them to plough the land in winter, that so, when the others had taken the pains, they might have fruits for them to carry away. Indeed, there ensued a famine and a scarcity of food; upon which they betook themselves to their supplications to God, and besought him to save them. 212 For the Madianites made expeditions in harvest-time, but let them plow the land in winter, so that after the others had done the work, they could steal away the crops, resulting in food scarcity and famine. At this point, they turned to God in prayer and implored him to save them.
212 Barach
213 Καὶ ΓεδεὼνGideon ἸάσουJasos παῖς ΜανασσίδοςManasses φυλῆς ἐν ὀλίγοις δράγματα σταχύων φερόμενος κρυπτῶς εἰς τὴν‎ ληνὸν ἔκοπτε · τοὺς γὰρ πολεμίους ἐδεδίει φανερῶς τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἅλωος . φαντάσματος δὲ αὐτῷ παραστάντος νεανίσκου μορφῇ καὶ φήσαντος εὐδαίμονα καὶ φίλον τῷ θεῷ , ὑποτυχών " τοῦτο γοῦν , ἔφη , τεκμήριον τῆς εὐμενείας αὐτοῦ‎ μέγιστον τῇ ληνῷ με νῦν ἀντὶ ἅλωος χρῆσθαι .
213 Gideon also, the son of Joash, one of the principal persons of the tribe of Manasseh, brought his sheaves of corn privately, and thrashed them at the wine-press; for he was too fearful of their enemies to thrash them openly in the thrashing-floor. At this time somewhat appeared to him in the shape of a young man, and told him that he was a happy man, and beloved of God. To which he immediately replied, “A mighty indication of God’s favor to me, that I am forced to use this wine-press instead of a thrashing-floor!” 213 Gideon, son of Jasos, one of the distinguished few in the tribe of Manasses, brought his sheaves of corn secretly and threshed them at the wine-press, too fearful of the enemy to do so publicly in the threshing-floor. An apparition came to him in the shape of a young man to tell him that he was fortunate and beloved of God. Instantly he replied, "What a sign of his favour that I am forced to use this wine-press instead of a threshing-floor!"
213 Barach
214 θαρσεῖν δὲ παρακελευσαμένου καὶ πειρᾶσθαι τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀνασώζειν ἀδυνάτως ἔχειν ἔλεγε · τήν τε γὰρ φυλὴν ἐξ ἧς ὑπῆρχε πλήθους ὑστερεῖν καὶ νέον αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ τηλικούτων πραγμάτων ἀσθενέστερον . δὲ θεὸς αὐτὸς ἀναπληρώσειν τὸ λεῖπον ἐπηγγέλλετο καὶ νίκην παρέξειν ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite αὐτοῦ‎ στρατηγοῦντος .
214 But the appearance exhorted him to be of good courage, and to make an attempt for the recovery of their liberty. He answered, that it was impossible for him to recover it, because the tribe to which he belonged was by no means numerous; and because he was but young himself, and too inconsiderable to think of such great actions. But the other promised him, that God would supply what he was defective in, and would afford the Israelites victory under his conduct. 214 The apparition urged him to take heart and strive to recover their freedom, but he replied that it was impossible, as the tribe he belonged to was small and he himself was too young and insignificant to think of deeds so great. The other promised him that God would supply whatever he was lacking and give the Israelites victory under his leadership.
214 Barach
215 Τοῦτ᾽ οὖν διηγούμενος ΓεδεὼνGideon τισὶ τῶν νέων ἐπιστεύετο , καὶ παραχρῆμα πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἕτοιμον ἦν τὸ στρατόπεδον μυρίων ἀνδρῶν . ἐπιστὰς δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους θεὸς τῷ ΓεδεῶνιGideon τὴν‎ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν αὐτῷ φίλαυτον οὖσαν ἐδήλου καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀρετῇ διαφέροντας ἀπεχθανομένην , ὅπως τε τὴν‎ νίκην παρέντες τοῦ θεοῦ δοκεῖν νομίζουσιν ἰδίαν ὡς πολὺς στρατὸς ὄντες καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἀξιόμαχος .
215 Now, therefore, as Gideon was relating this to some young men, they believed him, and immediately there was an army of ten thousand men got ready for fighting. But God stood by Gideon in his sleep, and told him that mankind were too fond of themselves, and were enemies to such as excelled in virtue. Now that they might not pass God over, but ascribe the victory to him, and might not fancy it obtained by their own power, because they were a great many, and able of themselves to fight their enemies, 215 When Gideon told this to some young men they believed him and without delay an army of ten thousand men got ready for the fight. God came to Gideon in his sleep to say that human nature was too fond of itself and opposed those who excelled in virtue, and instead of assigning the victory to God, they would imagine it was due to their own power, their large numbers and their skill against the enemy.
215 Barach
216 ἵνα μάθωσιν οὖν βοηθείας τῆς αὐτοῦ‎ τὸ ἔργον , συνεβούλευε περὶ μεσοῦσαν τὴν‎ ἡμέραν ἐν ἀκμῇ τοῦ καύματος ὄντος ἄγειν τὴν‎ στρατιὰν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατακλιθέντας καὶ οὕτως πίνοντας εὐψύχους ὑπολαμβάνειν , ὅσοι δ᾽ ἂν ἐσπευσμένως καὶ μετὰ θορύβου πίνοντες τύχοιεν τούτους δειλοὺς νομίζειν καὶ καταπεπληγότας τοὺς πολεμίους .
216 but might confess that it was owing to his assistance, he advised him to bring his army about noon, in the violence of the heat, to the river, and to esteem those that bent down on their knees, and so drank, to be men of courage; but for all those that drank tumultuously, that he should esteem them to do it out of fear, and as in dread of their enemies. 216 So, to learn that it was due to his help, he told him to bring his army to the river at the hottest time of day, about noon, and to count as valiant the men who bent down on their knees to drink, but if any drank hastily and noisily, he should reckon they were doing so out of fear and dread of the enemy.
216 Barach
217 ποιήσαντος δὲ τοῦ ΓεδεῶνοςGideon κατὰ τὰς ὑποθήκαςprecept τοῦ θεοῦ τριακόσιοι ἄνδρες εὑρέθησαν ταῖς χερσὶ μετὰ φόβου προσενεγκάμενοι τὸ ὕδωρ τεταραγμένωςto shake, stir up , ἔφησέ τε θεὸς τούτους ἐπαγόμενον ἐπιχειρεῖνto attempt, try τοῖς πολεμίοις . ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan μέλλοντες εἰς τὴν‎ ἐπιοῦσανthe next day περαιοῦσθαι .
217 And when Gideon had done as God had suggested to him, there were found three hundred men that took water with their hands tumultuously; so God bid him take these men, and attack the enemy. Accordingly they pitched their camp at the river Jordan, as ready the next day to pass over it. 217 When Gideon did as God prompted him three hundred men were found who knelt and took water from their hands fearfully and noisily, and God told him to take these men to attack the enemy. So they encamped at the Jordan, ready to cross over it the next day.
217 Barach
218 ΓεδεῶνοςGideon δ᾽ ἐν φόβῳ καθεστῶτος , καὶ γὰρ νυκτὸς ἐπιχειρεῖνto attempt, try αὐτῷ θεὸς προειρήκει , τοῦ δέους αὐτὸν ἀπαγαγεῖν βουλόμενος κελεύει προσλαβόντα ἕνα τῶν στρατιωτῶν πλησίον χωρεῖν ταῖς ΜαδιηνιτῶνMadianites σκηναῖς · παρ᾽ αὐτῶν γὰρ ἐκείνων λήψεσθαι φρόνημα καὶ θάρσος .
218 But Gideon was in great fear, for God had told him beforehand that he should set upon his enemies in the night-time; but God, being willing to free him from his fear, bid him take one of his soldiers, and go near to the Midianites’ tents, for that he should from that very place have his courage raised, and grow bold. 218 Gideon was afraid, for he had been told by God to attack his enemies in the night, so to free him from his fear God told him to take one of his soldiers and approach the Madianites' tents, which would give him insight and courage.
218 Barach
219 πεισθεὶς δὲ ᾔει ΦρουρὰνPhurah τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεράποντα παραλαβών , καὶ πλησιάσας σκηνῇ τινι καταλαμβάνει τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ ἐγρηγορότας καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ὄναρ διηγούμενον τῷ συσκηνοῦντι , ὥστε ἀκούειν τὸν ΓεδεῶναGideon . τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον ἦν · μᾶζαν ἐδόκει κριθίνην ὑπ᾽ εὐτελείας ἀνθρώποις ἄβρωτον διὰ τοῦ στρατοπέδου κυλιομένην τὴν‎ τοῦ βασιλέως σκηνὴν καταβαλεῖν καὶ τὰς τῶν στρατιωτῶν πάντων .
219 So he obeyed, and went and took his servant Phurah with him; and as he came near to one of the tents, he discovered that those that were in it were awake, and that one of them was telling to his fellow soldier a dream of his own, and that so plainly that Gideon could hear him. The dream was this:—He thought he saw a barley-cake, such a one as could hardly be eaten by men, it was so vile, rolling through the camp, and overthrowing the royal tent, and the tents of all the soldiers. 219 He obeyed and went, along with his servant Phurah, and as he approached one of the tents he found that those who were in it were awake and one of them was telling his fellow soldier a dream he had, so clearly that Gideon could hear him. The dream was this. He thought he saw a barley-cake, so vile that people could hardly eat it, rolling through the camp and knocking down the royal tent and the tents of all the soldiers.
219 Barach
220 δὲ σημαίνειν ὄλεθρον τοῦ στρατοῦ τὴν‎ ὄψιν ἔκρινε λέγων , ὅθεν τοῦτ᾽ αὐτῷ συνιδεῖν ἐπῆλθε , πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα τὸ καλούμενον κρίθινον εὐτελέστατον ὁμολογεῖσθαι τυγχάνειν , τοῦ δ᾽ ἈσιανοῦAsia παντὸς τὸ ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἀτιμότερον νῦν γεγενημένον ὅμοιον δὲ τῷ κατὰ κριθὴν γένει .
220 Now the other soldier explained this vision to mean the destruction of the army; and told them what his reason was which made him so conjecture, viz. That the seed called barley was all of it allowed to be of the vilest sort of seed, and that the Israelites were known to be the vilest of all the people of Asia, agreeably to the seed of barley, 220 The other soldier explained this vision to mean the destruction of the army, and why he thought so. The seed called barley was reckoned as the lowliest of seeds and the Israelites were known as the lowliest of all the people of Asia, like the seed of barley.
220 Barach
221 καὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite νῦν μεγαλοφρονοῦν τοῦτ᾽ ἂν εἴη ΓεδεὼνGideon καὶ τὸ σὺν αὐτῷ στρατιωτικόν . ἐπεὶ οὖν τὴν‎ μᾶζαν φῂς ἰδεῖν τὰς σκηνὰς ἡμῶν ἀνατρέπουσαν , δέδια μὴ θεὸς ΓεδεῶνιGideon τὴν‎ καθ᾽ ἡμῶν νίκην ἐπινένευκε ."
221 and that what seemed to look big among the Israelites was this Gideon and the army that was with him; “and since thou sayest thou didst see the cake overturning our tents, I am afraid lest God hath granted the victory over us to Gideon.” 221 What seemed to look big among the Israelites was this Gideon and the army with him; "and since you say you saw the cake overturning our tents, I am afraid that God has given Gideon victory over us."
221 Barach
222 ΓεδεῶναGideon δ᾽ ἀκούσαντα τὸ ὄναρ ἐλπὶς ἀγαθὴ καὶ θάρσος ἔλαβε καὶ προσέταξεν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις εἶναι τοὺς οἰκείους διηγησάμενος αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν πολεμίων ὄψιν , οἱ δ᾽ ἕτοιμοι πρὸς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα φρονηματισθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν δεδηλωμένων ἦσαν .
222 When Gideon had heard this dream, good hope and courage came upon him; and he commanded his soldiers to arm themselves, and told them of this vision of their enemies. They also took courage at what was told them, and were ready to perform what he should enjoin them. 222 Hearing this dream, he took new hope and courage and ordered his men to get armed, telling them of this vision of their enemies. They were ready to do as he told them, encouraged by what he had said.
222 Barach
223 καὶ κατὰ τετάρτην μάλιστα φυλακὴν προσῆγε τὴν‎ ἑαυτοῦ στρατιὰν ΓεδεὼνGideon εἰς τρία μέρη διελὼν αὐτήν , ἑκατὸν δὲ ἦσαν ἐν ἑκάστῳ . ἐκόμιζον δὲ πάντες ἀμφορέας κενοὺς καὶ λαμπάδας ἡμμένας ἐν αὐταῖς , ὅπως μὴ κατάφωρος τοῖς πολεμίοις ἔφοδος αὐτῶν γένηται , καὶ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ κριοῦ κέρας · ἐχρῶντο δὲ τούτοις ἀντὶ σάλπιγγος .
223 So Gideon divided his army into three parts, and brought it out about the fourth watch of the night, each part containing a hundred men: they all bare empty pitchers and lighted lamps in their hands, that their onset might not be discovered by their enemies. They had also each of them a ram’s horn in his right hand, which he used instead of a trumpet. 223 So Gideon divided his army into three parts and about the fourth watch of the night he led them out, each part containing a hundred men, all carrying empty pitchers and lighted lamps in their hands, that their attack might not be noted by the enemy. Each of them also had a ram's horn in his right hand, to use as a trumpet.
223 Barach
224 χωρίον δὲ πολὺ κατεῖχε τὸ τῶν πολεμίων στράτευμα , πλείστην γὰρ αὐτοῖς εἶναι συνέβαινε κάμηλον , καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη νεμηθέντες ὑφ᾽ ἑνὶ κύκλῳ πάντες ἦσαν .
224 The enemy’s camp took up a large space of ground, for it happened that they had a great many camels; and as they were divided into different nations, so they were all contained in one circle. 224 The enemy's camp took up a large space of ground, for they had many camels; and though divided into different nations, they were all in one great circle.
224 Barach
225 οἱ δ᾽ ἙβραῖοιHebrews , προειρημένον αὐτοῖς ὁπόταν γένωνται πλησίον τῶν πολεμίων ἐκ συνθήματος σάλπιγξί τε ἠχήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ἀμφορέας κατεάξαντας ὁρμῆσαι μετὰ τῶν λαμπάδων ἀλαλάξαντας καὶ νικᾶν θεοῦ ΓεδεῶνιGideon βοηθήσοντος , τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίησαν .
225 Now when the Hebrews did as they were ordered beforehand, upon their approach to their enemies, and, on the signal given, sounded with their rams’ horns, and brake their pitchers, and set upon their enemies with their lamps, and a great shout, and cried, “Victory to Gideon, by God’s assistance,” 225 The Hebrews had orders that when approaching the enemy, at a given signal to sound their trumpets and break the pitchers and attack their enemy with their lamps and shouting aloud: "Victory to Gideon, with the help of God!"
225 Barach
226 ταραχὴ δὲ λαμβάνει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔτι [ τε ] ὑπνοῦντας καὶ δείματα · νὺξ γὰρ ἦν καὶ θεὸς τοῦτο ἤθελεν . ἐκτείνοντο δὲ ὀλίγοι μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων , οἱ δὲ πλείους ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων διὰ τὸ τῇ γλώσσῃ διαφωνεῖν . ἅπαξ δὲ καταστάντες εἰς ταραχὴν πᾶν τὸ προστυχὸν ἀνῄρουν νομίζοντες εἶναι πολέμιον , φόνος τε πολὺς ἦν .
226 a disorder and a fright seized upon the other men while they were half asleep, for it was night-time, as God would have it; so that a few of them were slain by their enemies, but the greatest part by their own soldiers, on account of the diversity of their language; and when they were once put into disorder, they killed all that they met with, as thinking them to be enemies also. Thus there was a great slaughter made. 226 Disorder and fear seized the others while they were half asleep, for it was night-time as God willed. Some of them were killed by the enemy, but most by their own soldiers, due to their diversity of languages, and when once they were put into disorder, they killed anyone they met thinking them to be enemies also, and so there was a great slaughter.
226 Barach
227 καὶ φήμῃ πρὸς τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites τῆς ΓεδεῶνοςGideon νίκης ἀφικομένηςto arrive at ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἦσαν , καὶ διώξαντες λαμβάνουσι τοὺς πολεμίους ἐν κοίλῳ τινὶ χαράδραις περιειλημμένῳ οὐ δυναμέναις διαπερᾶναι χωρίῳ καὶ περιστάντες κτείνουσιν ἅπαντας καὶ δύο τῶν βασιλέων ὬρηβόνOreb τε καὶ ΖῆβονZēeb .
227 And as the report of Gideon’s victory came to the Israelites, they took their weapons and pursued their enemies, and overtook them in a certain valley encompassed with torrents, a place which these could not get over; so they encompassed them, and slew them all, with their kings, Oreb and Zeeb. 227 When the Israelites got the news of Gideon's victory they took their weapons and pursued the enemy and overtook them in a certain valley surrounded with torrents, a place which these could not get over, so they surrounded them and killed them all, with their kings, Oreb and Zeeb.
227 Barach
228 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τῶν ἡγεμόνων τοὺς περιλειφθέντας τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐνάγοντες , ἦσαν δὲ μύριοι καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι , στρατοπεδεύονται πολὺ τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἄπωθεν . ΓεδεὼνGideon δὲ οὐκ ἀπηγορεύκει πονῶν , ἀλλὰ διώξας μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ καὶ συμβαλὼν ἅπαντας διέφθειρε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἡγεμόνας ΖεβὴνZeba καὶ ΖαρμούνηνZalmuna αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἀνήγαγεν .
228 But the remaining captains led those soldiers that were left, which were about eighteen thousand, and pitched their camp a great way off the Israelites. However, Gideon did not grudge his pains, but pursued them with all his army, and joining battle with them, cut off the whole enemies’ army, and took the other leaders, Zeba and Zalmuna, and made them captives. 228 Their remaining officers led the surviving soldiers, about eighteen thousand of them, and camped far from the Israelites. But Gideon spared no pains, but pursued them with all his army and joining battle with them, cut off the whole enemy army and took the other officers, Zeba and Zalmuna, as prisoners.
228 Barach
229 ἀπέθανον δ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ μάχῃ ΜαδιηνιτῶνMadianites τε καὶ τῶν συστρατευσάντων αὐτοῖς ἈράβωνArabian περὶ μυριάδας δώδεκα , λεία τε πολλὴ χρυσὸς καὶ ἄργυρος καὶ ὕφη καὶ κάμηλος καὶ ὑποζύγια λαμβάνεται τοῖς ἙβραίοιςHebrews . ΓεδεὼνGideon δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς ἘφρὰνEphraim τὴν‎ ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα κτείνει τοὺς τῶν ΜαδιηνιτῶνMadianites βασιλέας .
229 Now there were slain in this battle of the Midianites, and of their auxiliaries the Arabians, about a hundred and twenty thousand; and the Hebrews took a great prey, gold, and silver, and garments, and camels, and asses. And when Gideon was come to his own country of Ophrah, he slew the kings of the Midianites. 229 In this battle about a hundred and twenty thousand of the Madianites and of their allies the Arabs were killed, and the Hebrews took a huge booty of gold and silver and clothing and camels and donkeys. When Gideon arrived at his own region of Ophrah, he killed the kings of the Madianites.
229 Barach
230 δ᾽ ἘφράμιδοςEphraim φυλὴ τῇ ΓεδεῶνοςGideon εὐπραγίᾳ δυσχεραίνουσα στρατεύειν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν διεγνώκει , τὸ μὴ προαγγεῖλαι τὴν‎ ἐπιχείρησινan attempt, attack αὐτοῖς τὴν‎ κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων ἐγκαλοῦντες . ΓεδεὼνGideon δὲ μέτριος ὢν καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἄκρος οὐκ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν αὐτοκράτορι χρησάμενος λογισμῷ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐπιθέσθαι χωρὶς αὐτῶν , ἀλλὰ τοῦ θεοῦ κελεύσαντος · τὴν‎ δὲ νίκην οὐχ ἧττον αὐτῶν ἔφασκεν ἰδίαν τῶν ἐστρατευκότων εἶναι .
230 However, the tribe of Ephraim was so displeased at the good success of Gideon, that they resolved to make war against him, accusing him because he did not tell them of his expedition against their enemies. But Gideon, as a man of temper, and that excelled in every virtue, pleaded, that it was not the result of his own authority or reasoning, that made him attack the enemy without them; but that it was the command of God, and still the victory belonged to them as well as those in the army. 230 But the tribe of Ephraim was so displeased with Gideon's success that they resolved to make war on him, accusing him of not telling them of his expedition against their enemies. As a man of good temperament excelling in every virtue, Gideon pleaded that it was not by his own authority or plan that he had attacked the enemy without them, but at God's command, and that the victory still belonged to them as well as those in the army.
230 Barach
231 καὶ τούτοις παρηγορήσας αὐτῶν τὴν‎ ὀργὴν τοῖς λόγοις μᾶλλον τοὺς ἙβραίουςHebrews ὠφέλησε τῆς ἐπὶ τῶν πολεμίων εὐπραξίας [ φήσας αἰτίους ] · ἐμφυλίουkinsfolk γὰρ αὐτοὺς στάσεως ἄρχειν μέλλοντας ἐρρύσατο . τῆς μέντοι ὕβρεως ταύτης φυλὴ δίκην ἐξέτισεν , ἣν δηλώσομεν κατὰ καιρὸν ἴδιον .
231 And by this method of cooling their passions, he brought more advantage to the Hebrews, than by the success he had against these enemies, for he thereby delivered them from a sedition which was arising among them; yet did this tribe afterwards suffer the punishment of this their injurious treatment of Gideon, of which we will give an account in due time. 231 By so cooling their tempers, he brought the Hebrews even more benefit than by his success against they enemy, for he thereby saved them from a revolt arising among them. Still this tribe later suffered the punishment of this rash treatment of Gideon, as in due time we will report.
231 Barach
232 ΓεδεὼνGideon δὲ τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν ἀποθέσθαι βουλόμενος βιασθεὶς ἔσχεν αὐτὴν ἐπ᾽ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα βραβεύων αὐτοῖς τὰ δίκαια καὶ περὶ τῶν διαφορῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν βαδιζόντων κύρια πάντα ἦν τὰ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ λεγόμενα . καὶ μὲν γηραιὸς τελευτήσας ἐν ἘφρὰνEphraim τῇ πατρίδι θάπτεται .
232 Hereupon Gideon would have laid down the government, but was over-persuaded to take it, which he enjoyed forty years, and distributed justice to them, as the people came to him in their differences; and what he determined was esteemed valid by all. And when he died, he was buried in his own country of Ophrah. 232 At this, Gideon wanted to lay aside the leadership but was persuaded to keep it, which he did for forty years, dispensing justice as the people came to him with their differences, and what he decided was reckoned valid by all. When he died, he was buried in his own region of Ophrah.
232 Barach
Chapter 7
[233-274]
Other Judges: Abimelech, Jephtha, Jair and Abdon
233 Παῖδες δὲ ἦσαν αὐτῷ γνήσιοι μὲν ἑβδομήκοντα , πολλὰς γὰρ ἔγημε γυναῖκας , νόθος δ᾽ εἷς ἐκ παλλακῆς ΔρούμαςDrumah ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech τοὔνομα , ὃς μετὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν ἀναχωρήσας εἰς ΣίκιμαShechem πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ μητρὸς συγγενεῖς , ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ἦν , καὶ λαβὼν ἀργύριον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν , οἳ διὰ πλῆθος ἀδικημάτων ἦσαν ἐπίσημοι ,
233 Now Gideon had seventy sons that were legitimate, for he had many wives; but he had also one that was spurious, by his concubine Drumah, whose name was Abimelech, who, after his father’s death, retired to Shechem to his mother’s relations, for they were of that place: 233 Gideon had seventy legitimate sons, for he had many wives, but by his concubine Drumah he also had one who was illegitimate, named Abimelech, who, after his father's death, retreated to his mother's relatives in their native Sikima. When he had got money from people who were noted for many cases of injustice,
233 Barach
234 ἀφικνεῖται σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸν πατρῷον οἶκον καὶ κτείνει πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πλὴν ἸωθάμουJothamas · σώζεται γὰρ οὗτος διαφυγεῖν εὐτυχήσας . ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech δὲ εἰς τυραννίδα τὰ πράγματα μεθίστησι κύριον αὑτὸν τι βούλεται ποιεῖν ἀντὶ τῶν νομίμων ἀποδείξας καὶ δεινῶς πρὸς τοὺς τοῦ δικαίου προισταμένους ἐκπικραινόμενος .
234 and when he had got money of such of them as were eminent for many instances of injustice, he came with them to his father’s house, and slew all his brethren, except Jotham, for he had the good fortune to escape and be preserved; but Abimelech made the government tyrannical, and constituted himself a lord, to do what he pleased, instead of obeying the laws; and he acted most rigidly against those that were the patrons of justice. 234 he came with them to his father's house and killed all his brothers, except Jotham, who had the good fortune to escape and save his life. Abimelech conducted a tyranny and instead of obeying the laws, made himself master to do whatever he pleased, and acted most severely against the supporters of justice.
234 Barach
235 Καί ποτε δημοτελοῦς ΣικίμοιςSikima οὔσης ἑορτῆς καὶ τοῦ πλήθους παντὸς ἐκεῖ συνειλεγμένου ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ‎ ἸωθάμηςJotham , ὃν καὶ διαφυγεῖν ἔφαμεν , ἀνελθὼνto go up ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ΓαριζείνGarizim , ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς ΣικιμίωνSikima πόλεως , ἐκβοήσας εἰς ἐπήκοον τοῦ πλήθους ἡσυχίαν αὐτῷ παρασχόντος ἠξίου μαθεῖν τὰ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ λεγόμενα .
235 Now when, on a certain time, there was a public festival at Shechem, and all the multitude was there gathered together, Jotham his brother, whose escape we before related, went up to Mount Gerizzim, which hangs over the city Shechem, and cried out so as to be heard by the multitude, who were attentive to him. He desired they would consider what he was going to say to them: 235 One day, when there was a public festival at Sikima and all the people were assembled there, his brother Jotham, whose escape we have already reported, went up on Mount Garizim, which overlooks the city of Sikima, and cried aloud so as to be heard by the people, who were listening attentively, and asked them to consider what he was about to say.
235 Barach
236 γενομένης δὲ σιγῆς εἶπεν , ὡς τὰ δένδρα φωνὴν ἀνθρώπειονhuman προιέμενα συνόδου γενομένης αὐτῶν δεηθείη συκῆς ἄρχειν αὐτῶν . ἀρνησαμένης δ᾽ ἐκείνης διὰ τὸ τιμῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς καρποῖς οἰκείας οὔσης ἀπολαύειν οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἄλλων ἔξωθεν προσγινομένης , τὰ δένδρα τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ ἄρχεσθαι φροντίδος οὐκ ἀπελείπετο , ἐδόκει δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀμπέλῳ τὴν‎ τιμὴν παρασχεῖν .
236 so when silence was made, he said, That when the trees had a human voice, and there was an assembly of them gathered together, they desired that the fig-tree would rule over them; but when that tree refused so to do, because it was contented to enjoy that honor which belonged peculiarly to the fruit it bare, and not that which should be derived to it from abroad, the trees did not leave off their intentions to have a ruler, so they thought proper to make the offer of that honor to the vine; 236 When there was silence, he told them that when the trees had a human voice a group of them got together and asked the fig-tree to rule over them. As that tree refused to do so, since it was content to enjoy the special honour due to its fruit, over any that could come from elsewhere, the trees did not give up their plan to have a ruler, so they decided to offer that honour to the vine.
236 Barach
237 καὶ ἄμπελος χειροτονουμένη τοῖς τῆς συκῆς χρησαμένη λόγοις παρῃτεῖτο τὴν‎ ἀρχήν . τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ τῶν ἐλαιῶν ποιησαμένων ῥάμνος , ἐδεήθη γὰρ αὐτῆς ὥστε παραλαβεῖν τὴν‎ βασιλείαν τὰ δένδρα ,
237 but when the vine was chosen, it made use of the same words which the fig-tree had used before, and excused itself from accepting the government: and when the olive-tree had done the same, the brier, whom the trees had desired to take the kingdom, 237 When the vine was chosen, it used the same words as the fig-tree earlier, refusing the leadership. After the olive-tree had done the same, and the trees offered the kingdom to the briar,
237 Barach
238 πυρεῖα δὲ ἀγαθὴ παρασχεῖν τῶν ξύλων ἐστίν , ὑπισχνεῖται τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν ἀναλήψεσθαι καὶ ἀόκνως ἔχειν . δεῖ μέντοι συνιζάνειν αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τὴν‎ σκιάν , εἰ δ᾽ ὄλεθρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ φρονοῖεν , ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐνόντος πυρὸς διαφθαρεῖεν .
238 (it is a sort of wood good for firing,) it promised to take the government, and to be zealous in the exercise of it; but that then they must sit down under its shadow, and if they should plot against it to destroy it, the principle of fire that was in it should destroy them. 238 a sort of wood good only for burning, it promised to take up the leadership and exercise it with vigour, but that they must sit down under its shadow, and if they should plot to destroy it, the fiery force within it would destroy them.
238 Barach
239 ταῦτα δ᾽ οὐ γέλωτος ἕνεκα , φησί , λέγω , ὅτι δὲ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκ ΓεδεῶνοςGideon πεπειραμένοι περιορῶσιν ἈβιμέλεχονAbimelech ἐπὶ τῶν ὅλων ὄντα πραγμάτων σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἀποκτείναντες , ὃν πυρὸς οὐδὲν διοίσειν . καὶ μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὑπεχώρησε καὶ διῃτᾶτο λανθάνων ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι δεδιὼς ἐπ᾽ ἔτη τρία τὸν ἈβιμέλεχονAbimelech .
239 He told them, that what he had said was no laughing matter; for that when they had experienced many blessings from Gideon, they overlooked Abimelech, when he overruled all, and had joined with him in slaying his brethren; and that he was no better than a fire himself. So when he had said this, he went away, and lived privately in the mountains for three years, out of fear of Abimelech. 239 He told them that what he said was no joke; that after they had experienced many blessings from Gideon, they condoned Abimelech, who lorded over all, and though he was no better than a fire, they had even joined in killing his brothers. Saying this, he went away and lived secretly in the mountains for three years, for fear of Abimelech.
239 Barach
240 Μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς ΣικιμῖταιSikimites , μετενόησαν γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ΓεδεῶνοςGideon υἱοῖς πεφονευμένοις , ἐξελαύνουσι τὸν ἈβιμέλεχονAbimelech τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς φυλῆς · δὲ κακοῦν τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐφρόντιζε . τῆς δ᾽ ὥρας τῆς τοῦ τρυγᾶν γενομένης ἐδεδίεσαν συλλέγειν τὸν καρπὸν προιόντες μή τι δράσῃ κακὸν ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech εἰς αὐτούς .
240 A little while after this festival, the Shechemites, who had now repented themselves of having slain the sons of Gideon, drove Abimelech away, both from their city and their tribe; whereupon he contrived how he might distress their city. 240 Shortly after this festival, the Sikimites, who now regretted having killed the sons of Gideon, expelled Abimelech from their city and their tribe; so he plotted against their city. So at the season of vintage, the people were afraid to go out and gather their fruits, for fear of the harm Abimelech might do to them.
240 Barach
241 ἐπιδημήσαντος δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀρχόντων τινὸς ΓυάλουGaal σὺν ὁπλίταιςarmed warrior καὶ συγγενέσι τοῖς αὐτοῦ‎ φυλακὴν οἱ ΣικιμῖταιSikimites δέονται παρασχεῖν αὐτοῖς , Ἕως ἂν τρυγήσωσι . προσδεξαμένου δ᾽ ἐκείνου τὴν‎ ἀξίωσινto think worthy προῄεσαν καὶ ΓυάληςGaal σὺν αὐτοῖς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἄγων ὁπλιτικόν .
241 Now at the season of vintage, the people were afraid to go out and gather their fruits, for fear Abimelech should do them some mischief. Now it happened that there had come to them a man of authority, one Gaal, that sojourned with them, having his armed men and his kinsmen with him; so the Shechemites desired that he would allow them a guard during their vintage; whereupon he accepted of their desires, and so the people went out, and Gaal with them at the head of his soldiery. 241 Now a man of authority, named Gaal, had come and lodged with them, accompanied by his infantry and his relatives, so the Sikimites asked him to protect them during their vintage; when he agreed, the people went out and Gaal with them at the head of his soldiers.
241 Barach
242 τε οὖν καρπὸς μετὰ ἀσφαλείας συνάγεται καὶ δειπνοῦντες κατὰ συμμορίαν φανερῶς ἀπετόλμων ἤδη βλασφημεῖν τὸν ἈβιμέλεχονAbimelech , οἵ τε ἄρχοντες ἐνέδραις καταλαμβανόμενοι τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν πολλοὺς τῶν ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech συλλαμβάνοντες ἀνῄρουν .
242 So they gathered their fruit with safety; and when they were at supper in several companies, they then ventured to curse Abimelech openly; and the magistrates laid ambushes in places about the city, and caught many of Abimelech’s followers, and destroyed them. 242 So they gathered their fruit in safety, and when they were at supper in various groups, they ventured to openly curse Abimelech, and the officers set ambushes in places around the city and caught and killed many of Abimelech's followers.
242 Barach
243 ΖάβουλοςZebul δέ τις τῶν ΣικιμιτῶνSamaritans ἄρχων ξένος ὢν ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech ὅσα παροξύνειεν ΓυάληςGaal τὸν δῆμον πέμπων ἀγγέλους ἐμήνυενto disclose, reveal αὐτῷ καὶ παρῄνει λοχᾶν πρὸ τῆς πόλεως · πείσειν γὰρ ΓυάληνGaal ἐξελθεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν , καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ τυγχάνειν ὥστε ἀμύνασθαι · γενομένου γὰρ τούτου διαλλαγὰς αὐτῷ μνηστεύσεσθαι πρὸς τὸν δῆμον .
243 Now there was one Zebul, a magistrate of the Shechemites, that had entertained Abimelech. He sent messengers, and informed him how much Gaal had irritated the people against him, and excited him to lay ambushes before the city, for that he would persuade Gaal to go out against him, which would leave it in his power to be revenged on him; and when that was once done, he would bring him to be reconciled to the city. 243 Zebul, a leading Sikimite who had entertained Abimelech, sent messengers telling him how much Gaal had roused the people against him and urging him to set ambushes before the city, and then persuade Gaal to go out against him, which would enable him to take revenge on him; when it was done, he would ensure he was reconciled to the people.
243 Barach
244 τε οὖν ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech ἐκάθισεν ἐνεδρεύων καὶ ΓυάληςGaal ἀφυλακτοτέρως διέτριβεν ἐπὶ τοῦ προαστείου καὶ ΖάβουλοςZebul σὺν αὐτῷ . ἰδὼν δὲ ὁπλίταςarmed warrior ἐπιφερομένους ΓυάληςGaal πρὸς ΖάβουλονZebul ἔλεγεν ἄνδρας αὐτοῖς ἐπιέναι καθωπλισμένους .
244 So Abimelech laid ambushes, and himself lay with them. Now Gaal abode in the suburbs, taking little care of himself; and Zebul was with him. Now as Gaal saw the armed men coming on, he said to Zebul, That some armed men were coming; 244 So Abimelech lay in wait for Gaal who lived in the suburbs with little protection, in the company of Zebul. When he saw the infantry on their way Gaal told Zebul that some armed men were coming toward them.
244 Barach
245 τοῦ δὲ σκιὰς εἶναι φαμένου τῶν πετρῶν , πλησίον ἤδη γινομένων τὸ ἀκριβὲς κατανοῶν οὐ σκιὰς ἔλεγε ταῦτ᾽ εἶναι , λόχον δ᾽ ἀνδρῶν . καὶ ΖάβουλοςZebul , " οὐ σὺ μέντοι , φησίν , ἈβιμελέχῳAbimelech κακίαν ἐπεκάλεις ; τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιδεικνύεις τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς μέγεθος εἰς μάχην αὐτῷ συμβαλών " ;
245 but the other replied, They were only shadows of huge stones: and when they were come nearer, Gaal perceived what was the reality, and said, They were not shadows, but men lying in ambush. Then said Zebul, “Didst not thou reproach Abimelech for cowardice? why dost thou not then show how very courageous thou art thyself, and go and fight him?” 245 The other replied that they were just the shadows of huge stones, but when they had come nearer, Gaal saw the reality and said that they were not shadows, but men lying in ambush. Then Zebul said, "Did you not accuse Abimelech of cowardice? Then why not show the extent of your courage and go and fight him?"
245 Barach
246 ΓυάληςGaal δὲ θορυβούμενος συνάπτει τοῖς ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech καὶ πίπτουσι μέν τινες τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ , φεύγει δ᾽ αὐτὸς εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀγόμενος . καὶ ΖάβουλοςZebul πολιτεύεται ΓυάληνGaal ἐκβληθῆναι τῆς πόλεως κατηγορήσας , ὡς μαλακῶς πρὸς τοὺς ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech στρατιώτας ἀγωνίσαιτο .
246 So Gaal, being in disorder, joined battle with Abimelech, and some of his men fell; whereupon he fled into the city, and took his men with him. But Zebul managed his matters so in the city, that he procured them to expel Gaal out of the city, and this by accusing him of cowardice in this action with the soldiers of Ahimelech. 246 Somewhat shaken, Gaal fought Abimelech and some of his men fell, so he fled into the city, bringing the others with him. But Zebul arranged for them to banish Gaal from the city, accusing him of cowardice in this action with the soldiers of Abimelech.
246 Barach
247 ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech δὲ πυθόμενος ἐξελευσομένους αὖθις κατὰ τρύγητον τοὺς ΣικιμίουςSikimites ἐνέδραις προλοχίζεται τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν , καὶ προελθόντων μὲν τρίτη μοῖρα τῆς στρατιᾶς καταλαμβάνει τὰς πύλας ἀφαιρησομένη τὴν‎ εἴσοδον τοὺς πολίτας , οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι σκιδναμένους μεταθέουσι , πανταχοῦ τε φόνος ἦν .
247 But Abimelech, when he had learned that the Shechemites were again coming out to gather their grapes, placed ambushes before the city, and when they were coming out, the third part of his army took possession of the gates, to hinder the citizens from returning in again, while the rest pursued those that were scattered abroad, and so there was slaughter every where; 247 Abimelech, when he had learned that the Sikimites were again coming out to gather their grapes, set ambushes near the city and when they were coming out, one third of his army captured the gates, to block the citizens from getting back in, while the rest followed those who were outside and so there was slaughter everywhere.
247 Barach
248 καὶ κατασκάψας εἰς ἔδαφος τὴν‎ πόλιν , οὐ γὰρ ἀντέσχε πρὸς τὴν‎ πολιορκίαν , ἅλας κατὰ τῶν ἐρειπίων σπείρας προῆγε . καὶ ΣικιμῖταιSikimites πάντες οὕτως ἀπώλοντο · ὅσοι δὲ κατὰ τὴν‎ χώραν σκεδασθέντες διέφυγον τὸν κίνδυνον , οὗτοι πέτραν ὀχυρὰν εὑρόντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἱδρύονται τειχίσαι τε ταύτην παρεσκευάζοντο .
248 and when he had overthrown the city to the very foundations, for it was not able to bear a siege, and had sown its ruins with salt, he proceeded on with his army till all the Shechemites were slain. As for those that were scattered about the country, and so escaped the danger, they were gathered together unto a certain strong rock, and settled themselves upon it, and prepared to build a wall about it: 248 As the city could not withstand a siege and he had destroyed it to its very foundations, and had sown its ruins with salt, he went on with his army until all the Sikimites were killed. Those who had been scattered about the region and so escaped the danger gathered at a strong rock where they settled and prepared to fortify it with a wall.
248 Barach
249 ἔφθη τε τὴν‎ διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech μαθὼν ἐλθεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ φακέλλους ὕλης ξηρᾶς περιβαλὼν τῷ χωρίῳ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ φέρων ταῦτα ποιεῖν τὴν‎ στρατιὰν παρεκελεύσατο . καὶ ταχέως περιληφθείσης ἐν κύκλῳ τῆς πέτρας τοῖς ξύλοις πῦρ ἐμβάλλουσιν ὅσα τε μᾶλλον ἐξάπτειν φύσιν ἔχει καὶ μεγίστην αἴρουσι φλόγα .
249 and when Abimelech knew their intentions, he prevented them, and came upon them with his forces, and laid faggots of dry wood round the place, he himself bringing some of them, and by his example encouraging the soldiers to do the same. And when the rock was encompassed round about with these faggots, they set them on fire, and threw in whatsoever by nature caught fire the most easily: so a mighty flame was raised, 249 When Abimelech learned their intentions, he forestalled them and attacked them with his forces and set torches of dry wood around the place, bringing some of these himself and by his example encouraging the soldiers to do the same. When the rock was fully surrounded with these torches, they lit them, throwing in the most combustible materials so that a mighty fire flared up.
249 Barach
250 καὶ διαφεύγει μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας οὐθείς , ἀλλ᾽ ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἀπώλοντο , ἄνδρες μὲν περὶ πεντακοσίους καὶ χιλίους , τὸ δὲ ἄλλο πλῆθος ἱκανόν . καὶ ΣικιμίταιςSikimites μὲν τοιαύτη συμφορὰ συνέπεσε μείζων καὶ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ λύπης γενομένη πλὴν ὅτι κατὰ δίκην ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὸς εὐεργέτου συνθεῖσι κακὸν τηλικοῦτον .
250 and nobody could fly away from the rock, but every man perished, with their wives and children, in all about fifteen hundred men, and the rest were a great number also. And such was the calamity which fell upon the Shechemites; and men’s grief on their account had been greater than it was, had they not brought so much mischief on a person who had so well deserved of them, and had they not themselves esteemed this as a punishment for the same. 250 No one could escape from the rock, but all were lost with their wives and children, about fifteen hundred men plus all the others. This disaster befell the Sikimites, and people would have grieved more for them if they had not deserved it by what they did to a man who had done them such good.
250 Barach
251 ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech δὲ τοῖς ΣικιμιτῶνSamaritans κακοῖς καταπλήξας τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites μειζόνων ἐφιέμενος δῆλος ἦν καὶ μηδαμοῦ περιγράψων τὴν‎ βίαν , εἰ μὴ πάντας ἀπολέσειεν . ἤλαυνενto set in motion οὖν ἐπὶ ΘήβαςThebes καὶ τὴν‎ μὲν πόλιν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς αἱρεῖ , πύργου δ᾽ ὄντος ἐν αὐτῇ μεγάλου , εἰς ὃν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος συνέφυγε , πολιορκεῖν τοῦτον παρεσκευάζετο .
251 Now Abimelech, when he had affrighted the Israelites with the miseries he had brought upon the Shechemites, seemed openly to affect greater authority than he now had, and appeared to set no bounds to his violence, unless it were with the destruction of all. Accordingly he marched to Thebes, and took the city on the sudden; and there being a great tower therein, whereunto the whole multitude fled, he made preparation to besiege it. 251 Having terrified the Israelites with what he did to the Sikimites, Abimelech was clearly seeking greater authority and seemed to set no bounds to his violence, short of destroying them all. He marched to Thebes and took the city in one assault, and when the whole population fled to a great tower he prepared to besiege it.
251 Barach
252 καὶ αὐτὸν πλησίον ὁρμῶντα τῶν πυλῶν γυνὴ θραύσματι μύλης βαλοῦσα κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς τυγχάνει , πεσὼν δὲ ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech τὸν ὑπασπιστὴν παρεκάλει κτείνειν αὐτόν , μὴ τῆς γυναικὸς θάνατος αὐτοῦ‎ δόξειεν ἔργον . καὶ μὲν τὸ προσταχθὲν ἐποίει .
252 Now as he was rushing with violence near the gates, a woman threw a piece of a millstone upon his head, upon which Abimelech fell down, and desired his armor-bearer to kill him lest his death should be thought to be the work of a woman:—who did what he was bid to do. 252 As he came rushing near the gates, a woman threw a piece of a millstone upon his head and as he fell down Abimelech asked his armour-bearer to kill him, so that his death should not be thought the act of a woman, and the man did as he was ordered.
252 Barach
253 δὲ τοιαύτην ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς παρανομίας ποινὴν ἐξέτισε καὶ τῶν εἰς ΣικιμίουςSikimites αὐτῷ τετολμημένων · τούτοις δὲ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἸωθάμουJothamas μαντείαν συμφορὰ συνέπεσε . τὸ μέντοι σὺν ἈβιμελέχῳAbimelech στράτευμα πεσόντος αὐτοῦ‎ σκεδασθὲν ἀνεχώρησεν ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα .
253 So he underwent this death as a punishment for the wickedness he had perpetrated against his brethren, and his insolent barbarity to the Shechemites. Now the calamity that happened to those Shechemites was according to the prediction of Jotham, However, the army that was with Abimelech, upon his fall, was scattered abroad, and went to their own homes. 253 He suffered this death in punishment for his crime against his brothers and his brutality to the Sikimites; and their disaster was in accordance with the prediction of Jotham. After Abimelech's fall his army split up and went to their own homes.
253 Barach
254 Τῶν δὲ ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν ἸάρηςJair ΓαλαδηνὸςGaladene ἐκ τῆς ΜανασσίτιδοςManasses φυλῆς παραλαμβάνει ἀνὴρ τά τε ἄλλα εὐδαίμων καὶ παῖδας ἀγαθοὺς πεποιημένος τριάκοντα μὲν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἱππεύειν δὲ ἀρίστους καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν‎ ΓαλαδηνὴνGaladene πόλεων ἀρχὰς ἐγκεχειρισμένους . οὗτος δύο καὶ εἴκοσι ἔτη τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν κατασχὼν τελευτᾷ γηραιὸς καὶ ταφῆς ἐν ΚαμμὼνKamon πόλει τῆς ΓαλαδηνῆςGaladene ἀξιοῦταιto think worthy .
254 Now it was that Jair the Gileadite, of the tribe of Manasseh, took the government. He was a man happy in other respects also, but particularly in his children, who were of a good character. They were thirty in number, and very skillful in riding on horses, and were intrusted with the government of the cities of Gilead. He kept the government twenty-two years, and died an old man; and he was buried in Camon, a city of Gilead. 254 Then Jair the Galadene, of the tribe of Manasses, took up the leadership. He was a fortunate man in many ways but particularly in his thirty children of good character, who were superb with horses and were entrusted with ruling the cities of Gilead. Having held the leadership for twenty-two years he died an old man, and was buried in Kamon, a city of Gilead.
254 Barach
255 Πάντα δὲ τὰ τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews εἰς ἀκοσμίαν καὶ ὕβριν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν νόμων ὑπεφέρετο , καὶ καταφρονήσαντες αὐτῶν ἈμμανῖταιAmmanites καὶ ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines στρατῷ μεγάλῳ διήρπαζον τὴν‎ χώραν καὶ τὴν‎ ΠεραίανPerea ἅπασαν κατασχόντες καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν‎ τῶν λοιπῶν ἤδη κτῆσιν διαβαίνειν ἐτόλμων .
255 And now all the affairs of the Hebrews were managed uncertainly, and tended to disorder, and to the contempt of God and of the laws. So the Ammonites and Philistines had them in contempt, and laid waste the country with a great army; and when they had taken all Perea, they were so insolent as to attempt to gain the possession of all the rest. 255 All the affairs of the Hebrews were drifting and disorderly, tending to despise God and the laws; and the Ammanites and Philistines looked down on them and ravaged the region with a large army, and having taken all of Perea, they boldly attempted to cross over and take the rest.
255 Barach
256 ἙβραῖοιHebrews δὲ σωφρονισθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν εἰς ἱκετείαν ἐτράποντο τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ θυσίας ἐπέφερον παρακαλοῦντες αὐτὸν μετριάσαντα καὶ πρὸς τὴν‎ δέησιν αὐτῶν ὑπαχθέντα παύσασθαι τῆς ὀργῆς · δὲ θεὸς μεταβαλόμενος εἰς τὸ ἡμερώτερον ἔμελλεν αὐτοῖς βοηθεῖν .
256 But the Hebrews, being now amended by the calamities they had undergone, betook themselves to supplications to God; and brought sacrifices to him, beseeching him not to be too severe upon them, but to be moved by their prayers to leave off his anger against them. So God became more merciful to them, and was ready to assist them. 256 But the Hebrews were sobered by their losses and turned to imploring God, offering sacrifices and imploring him not to spare them, and hear their prayers and set aside his anger against them. So God returned to mildness and prepared to help them.
256 Barach
257 ἈμμανιτῶνAmmanites δ᾽ ἐστρατευκότων ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ΓαλαδηνὴνGaladene ὑπήντων οἱ ἐπιχώριοι πρὸς τὸ ὄρος δεόμενοι τοῦ στρατηγήσοντος . ἦν δέ τις ἸαφθᾶςJaphet ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν‎ πατρῴαν ἀρετὴν δυνατὸς καὶ δι᾽ οἰκείαν αὐτοῦ‎ στρατιὰν ἣν ἔτρεφενto feed αὐτὸς μισθοφόρων .
257 When the Ammonites had made an expedition into the land of Gilead, the inhabitants of the country met them at a certain mountain, but wanted a commander. Now there was one whose name was Jephtha, who, both on account of his father’s virtue, and on account of that army which he maintained at his own expenses, was a potent man: 257 When the Ammanites invaded the land of Galaditis, the local people prepared to meet them in the mountains but were in need of a leader. A man called Jephtha had some claim to power due to his ancestors' virtue and the army which he maintained at his own expense.
257 Barach
258 πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν πέμψαντες ἠξίουν αὐτὸν συμμαχεῖν ἐπαγγελλόμενοι παρασχεῖν εἰς ἅπαντ᾽ αὐτῷ τὸν χρόνον τὴν‎ ἰδίαν ἡγεμονίαν . δ᾽ οὐ προσίεται τὴν‎ παράκλησιν αὐτῶν ἐγκαλῶν , ὅτι μὴ βοηθήσειαν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀδικουμένῳ περιφανῶς ·
258 the Israelites therefore sent to him, and entreated him to come to their assistance, and promised him the dominion over them all his lifetime. But he did not admit of their entreaty; and accused them, that they did not come to his assistance when he was unjustly treated, and this in an open manner by his brethren; 258 The Israelites sent to beg him to come to their help and promised that he could be their ruler for the rest of his life, but he refused their petition, accusing them of not coming to his help when he was publicly wronged by his brothers,
258 Barach
259 οὐ γὰρ ὄντα ὁμομήτριον αὐτοῖς ἀλλὰ ξένον περὶ τὴν‎ μητέρα δι᾽ ἐρωτικὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπαχθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐξέβαλον καταφρονήσαντες τῆς αὐτοῦ‎ ἀσθενείας .
259 for they cast him off, as not having the same mother with the rest, but born of a strange mother, that was introduced among them by his father’s fondness; and this they did out of a contempt of his inability [to vindicate himself]. 259 who had scorned him as a weakling for being of a different mother, an outsider whom his father had foisted on them out of erotic passion.
259 Barach
260 καὶ μὲν διέτριβεν ἐν τῇ ΓαλαδίτιδιGaladitis καλουμένῃ χώρᾳ πάντας τοὺς ὁποθενοῦν παραγινομένους πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ μισθῷ δεχόμενος . ἐκλιπαρησάντων δ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ὀμοσάντων εἰς ἀεὶ παρέξειν αὐτῷ τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν ἐστράτευε .
260 So he dwelt in the country of Gilead, as it is called, and received all that came to him, let them come from what place soever, and paid them wages. However, when they pressed him to accept the dominion, and sware they would grant him the government over them all his life, he led them to the war. 260 So he lived in the region of Galaditis, as it is called, and received as mercenaries all who came to him from any place whatever. Now, when they pressed him to accept the leadership and swore to let him rule over them forever, he led them to the war.
260 Barach
261 Καὶ ποιησάμενος ὀξεῖαν τὴν‎ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν πόλει ΜασφαθῇMasphath καθίσας τὸν στρατὸν πρεσβείαν πέμπει παρὰ τὸν ἈμμανίτηνAmmanite, Ammonite αἰτιώμενος τῆς ἁλώσεως . δὲ ἀντιπέμψας ᾐτιᾶτο τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites τὴν‎ ἔξοδον τὴν‎ ἀπ᾽ ΑἰγύπτουEgypt καὶ τῆς ἈμορραίαςAmorite αὐτοὺς ἠξίου παραχωρεῖν ὡς πατρῴας οὔσης ἀρχῆθεν .
261 And when Jephtha had taken immediate care of their affairs, he placed his army at the city Mizpeh, and sent a message to the Ammonite [king], complaining of his unjust possession of their land. But that king sent a contrary message; and complained of the exodus of the Israelites out of Egypt, and desired him to go out of the land of the Amorites, and yield it up to him, as at first his paternal inheritance. 261 He immediately took charge, stationed his army at the city of Masphath and sent a message to the Ammanite, objecting to the occupation. The latter retorted by complaining of the exodus of the Israelites from Egypt and demanding that they leave the Amorite lands which were his ancestral heritage.
261 Barach
262 ἀποκρινάμενος δὲ ἸαφθᾶςJaphet , ὡς οὔτε τῆς ἈμορραίαςAmorite τοῖς προγόνοις αὐτῶν εὐλόγως ἐγκαλοῦσι χάριν τε μᾶλλον τῆς ἈμμανίτιδοςAmmanitis αὐτοῖς ἔχειν ὀφείλουσι παρεθείσης , δυνατὸν γὰρ ΜωυσεῖMoses καὶ ταύτην λαβεῖν παραχωρεῖν τε ἰδίας εἰπὼν γῆς , ἣν θεοῦ κατακτησαμένου μετὰ τριακόσια ἔτη νέμονται , μάχεσθαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔφησεν .
262 But Jephtha returned this answer: That he did not justly complain of his ancestors about the land of the Amorites, and ought rather to thank them that they left the land of the Ammonites to them, since Moses could have taken it also; and that neither would he recede from that land of their own, which God had obtained for them, and they had now inhabited [above] three hundred years, but would fight with them about it. 262 But Jephtha replied that he should not blame his ancestors about the Amorites' land but rather be grateful that they had left them Ammanitis, since Moses could have taken it too, and that he would not leave the land God had given them, where they had now lived for three hundred years, but would fight them for it.
262 Barach
263 Καὶ τοὺς μὲν πρέσβεις ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀπέλυσεν · αὐτὸς δ᾽ εὐξάμενος νίκην καὶ θυσιάσειν ὑποσχόμενος , ἂν σῶος εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ὑποστρέψῃ , καὶ πᾶν τι καὶ πρῶτον αὐτῷ συντύχοι ἱερουργήσειν , συμβαλών τε νικᾷ παρὰ πολὺ καὶ φονεύων ἐδίωκε μέχρι πόλεως ΜανιάθηςMinnith , καὶ διαβὰς εἰς τὴν‎ ἈμμανῖτινAmmanites πόλεις τε ἠφάνισε πολλὰς καὶ λείαν ἤλασε καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους δουλείας ἀπήλλαξεν ἐν ἔτεσιν ὀκτωκαίδεκα ταύτην ὑπομείναντας .
263 And when he had given them this answer, he sent the ambassadors away. And when he had prayed for victory, and had vowed to perform sacred offices, and if he came home in safety, to offer in sacrifice what living creature soever should first meet him, he joined battle with the enemy, and gained a great victory, and in his pursuit slew the enemies all along as far as the city of Minnith. He then passed over to the land of the Ammonites, and overthrew many of their cities, and took their prey, and freed his own people from that slavery which they had undergone for eighteen years. 263 He sent off the envoys with this answer and prayed for victory and vowed to perform sacred rites if he got safely home, and to offer in sacrifice whatever living thing would meet him first. So he fought and gained a great victory, and pursued and killed the enemy all the way as far as the city of Minnith. He then crossed to the land of the Ammanites and destroyed many of their cities and took their booty and freed his own people from the slavery they had suffered in the past eighteen years.
263 Barach
264 ἀναστρέφων δὲ συμφορᾷ περιπίπτει κατ᾽ οὐδὲν ὁμοίᾳ τοῖς κατωρθωμένοις αὐτῷ · ὑπήντησε γὰρ θυγάτηρ αὐτῷ , μονογενὴς δ᾽ ἦν , ἔτι παρθένος . δὲ ἀνοιμώξας ἐπὶ τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ πάθους κατεμέμφετο τῆς περὶ τὴν‎ ὑπάντησιν σπουδῆς τὴν‎ θυγατέρα · καθιερῶσαι γὰρ αὐτὴν τῷ θεῷ .
264 But as he came back, he fell into a calamity no way correspondent to the great actions he had done; for it was his daughter that came to meet him; she was also an only child and a virgin: upon this Jephtha heavily lamented the greatness of his affliction, and blamed his daughter for being so forward in meeting him, for he had vowed to sacrifice her to God. 264 But as he returned, he met with a calamity that clashed with his great achievements, for it was his own daughter who came to meet him and she was his only child and still a virgin. He groaned in anguish at his loss and blamed his daughter for coming out meet him, since he had dedicated her to God.
264 Barach
265 τῇ δὲ τὸ συμβησόμενον οὐκ ἀηδῶς προσέπεσεν ἐπὶ νίκῃ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλευθερίᾳ τῶν πολιτῶν τεθνηξομένῃ , παρεκάλεσε δὲ δύο μῆνας αὐτῇ παρασχόντα πρὸς τὸ μετὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποθρηνῆσαι τὴν‎ νεότητα τότε ποιεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ εὐχήν .
265 However, this action that was to befall her was not ungrateful to her, since she should die upon the occasion of her father’s victory, and the liberty of her fellow citizens: she only desired her father to give her leave, for two months, to bewail her youth with her fellow citizens; and then she agreed, that at the forementioned time he might do with her according to his vow. 265 But she met her impending fate without dismay, since she would fall for the sake of her father's victory and the freedom of the citizens, and asked her father to allow her two months to bewail her youth with the citizens, and was prepared at the agreed time for him to do with her according to his vow.
265 Barach
266 συγχωρήσας δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν προειρημένον χρόνον μετὰ τοῦτον διελθόντα θύσας τὴν‎ παῖδα ὡλοκαύτωσεν οὔτε νόμιμον οὔτε θεῷ κεχαρισμένην θυσίαν ἐπιτελῶν , μὴ διαβασανίσας τῷ λογισμῷ τὸ γενησόμενον οἷόν τε πραχθὲν δόξει τοῖς ἀκούσασι .
266 Accordingly, when that time was over, he sacrificed his daughter as a burnt-offering, offering such an oblation as was neither conformable to the law nor acceptable to God, not weighing with himself what opinion the hearers would have of such a practice. 266 When that aforesaid time elapsed, he sacrificed the child as a holocaust, a sacrifice that was neither lawful or acceptable to God, regardless of what opinion the hearers may have of such a practice.
266 Barach
267 Τῆς δ᾽ ἘφράνουEphraim φυλῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν στρατευσάσης , ὅτι μὴ κοινώσαιτο τὴν‎ ἐπ᾽ ἈμμανίταςAmmanites ἔλασιν αὐτοῖς , ἀλλὰ μόνος καὶ τὴν‎ λείαν ἔχοι καὶ τὴν‎ ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δόξαν , πρῶτον μὲν ἔλεγεν , ὡς οὔτε λάθοιεν αὐτοὺς οἱ συγγενεῖς πολεμούμενοι καλούμενοί τε πρὸς συμμαχίαν οὐ παρεγένοντο δέον καὶ πρὸ δεήσεως ἐγνωκότας ἐπειχθῆναι ,
267 Now the tribe of Ephraim fought against him, because he did not take them along with him in his expedition against the Ammonites, but because he alone had the prey, and the glory of what was done to himself. As to which he said, first, that they were not ignorant how his kindred had fought against him, and that when they were invited, they did not come to his assistance, whereas they ought to have come quickly, even before they were invited. 267 The tribe of Ephraim opposed him, as he had not made them part of his campaign against the Ammanites, and had kept the booty and the glory for himself alone. About this he said, first, that they knew of his relatives' opposition to him and that they did not come to his help when they were asked, whereas even without being asked they should have come.
267 Barach
268 ἔπειθ᾽afterward ὡς ἄδικα πράττειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τοῖς πολεμίοις οὐ τολμήσαντες εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν , ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς συγγενεῖς ὡρμηκότες · ἠπείλει τε σὺν τῷ θεῷ λήψεσθαι δίκην παρ᾽ αὐτῶν , ἂν μὴ σωφρονῶσιν .
268 And in the next place, that they were going to act unjustly; for while they had not courage enough to fight their enemies, they came hastily against their own kindred: and he threatened them that, with God’s assistance, he would inflict a punishment upon them, unless they would grow wiser. 268 Furthermore, that they were going to act unjustly, for while they dared not fight their enemies they were quick to oppose their own relatives. He threatened that if they did not grow wiser he would punish them with God's help.
268 Barach
269 ὡς δ᾽ οὐκ ἔπειθεν , ἀλλὰ συνέβαλεν αὐτοῖς ἐλθοῦσι μετὰ στρατιᾶς , μετάπεμπτος ἐκ τῆς ΓαλαδηνῆςGaladene ἐληλύθει , φόνον τε πολὺν αὐτῶν εἰργάσατο καὶ διώκων τραπέντας προλαβὼν μέρει τινὶ προαπεσταλμένῳ τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan τὰς διαβάσεις κτείνει περὶ δισχιλίους καὶ τετρακισμυρίους γεγονότας .
269 But when he could not persuade them, he fought with them with those forces which he sent for out of Gilead, and he made a great slaughter among them; and when they were beaten, he pursued them, and seized on the passages of Jordan by a part of his army which he had sent before, and slew about forty-two thousand of them. 269 When this did not persuade them, he fought them with the forces he had recalled from Gilead and made a great slaughter among them, and after their defeat pursued them and, with a part of his army he had sent ahead, captured the fords of the Jordan and killed about forty-two thousand of them.
269 Barach
270 αὐτὸς δὲ ἄρξας ἓξ ἔτη τελευτᾷ καὶ θάπτεται ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ‎ πατρίδι ΣεβέῃSebee · τῆς ΓαλαδηνῆςGaladene δ᾽ ἐστὶν αὕτη .
270 So when Jephtha had ruled six years, he died, and was buried in his own country, Sebee, which is a place in the land of Gilead. 270 After ruling for six years, he himself died and was buried in his native district of Sebee, in the Galadene.
270 Barach
271 τελευτήσαντος δὲ ἸαφθᾶJaphet τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν ἈψάνηςIbzan παραλαμβάνει φυλῆς ὢν ἸουδαικῆςJudaic ΒηθλέμωνBethlehem δὲ πόλεως . τούτῳ δὲ παῖδες ἦσαν ἑξήκοντα , τριάκοντα μὲν ἄρρενες αἱ λοιπαὶ δὲ θυγατέρες , οὓς καὶ πάντας ζῶντας κατέλιπε τὰς μὲν ἀνδράσιν ἐκδοὺς τοῖς δὲ γυναῖκας ἠγμένος . πράξας δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ ἑπταετεῖ γενομένῳ χρόνῳ λόγου καὶ μνήμης ἄξιον γηραιὸς ὢν ἀπέθανε καὶ ταφῆς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι τυγχάνει .
271 Now when Jephtha was dead, Ibzan took the government, being of the tribe of Judah, and of the city of Bethlehem. He had sixty children, thirty of them sons, and the rest daughters; all whom he left alive behind him, giving the daughters in marriage to husbands, and taking wives for his sons. He did nothing in the seven years of his administration that was worth recording, or deserved a memorial. So he died an old man, and was buried in his own country. 271 After Jephtha's death, the leadership passed to Ibzan, of the tribe of Judas and the city of Bethlehem. He had sixty children, thirty of them sons and the rest daughters, all of whom lived on after him when he had given the daughters to men in marriage and having taken wives for his sons. In the seven years of his rule he did nothing worth recording or recalling, but he died an old man and was buried in his own region.
271 Barach
272 ἈψανοῦςIbzan δ᾽ οὕτως ἀποθανόντος οὐδ᾽ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν παραλαβὼν τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν ἬλωνHelon ἐπ᾽ ἔτη δέκα κατασχὼν αὐτὴν φυλῆς ὢν τῆς ΖαβούληςZebulon ἔπραξέ τι σπουδῆς ἄξιον .
272 When Ibzan was dead after this manner, neither did Helon, who succeeded him in the government, and kept it ten years, do any thing remarkable: he was of the tribe of Zebulon. 272 After Ibzan died, Helon, of the tribe of Zebulon, succeeded him in the leadership and held it for ten years, and likewise did nothing of significance.
272 Barach
273 ἈβδὼνAbdon δὲ ἬλωνοςHelon παῖς φυλῆς μὲν τῆς Ἐφραμίτιδοςtribe of Ephraim πόλεως δὲ τῆς ΦαραθωνιτῶνPyrathon γεγονώς , αὐτοκράτωρ ἡγεμὼν ἀποδειχθεὶς μετ᾽ ἬλωναHelon μόνης ἂν τῆς εὐπαιδίας μνημονευθείη , [ μηδὲν ἔργον ] διὰ τὴν‎ εἰρήνην καὶ τὴν‎ χρόνου τῶν πραγμάτων λαμπρὸν μηδ᾽ αὐτὸς εἰργασμένος .
273 Abdon also, the son of Hilel, of the tribe of Ephraim, and born at the city Pyrathon, was ordained their supreme governor after Helon. He is only recorded to have been happy in his children; for the public affairs were then so peaceable, and in such security, that neither did he perform any glorious action. 273 After Helon, Abdon, the son of Hillel, of the tribe of Ephraim and born at the city of Pyrathon, was appointed their commander. He is only recorded to have been happy with his children, for public affairs were then so calm and secure that he did not perform any brilliant action either.
273 Barach
274 υἱοὶ δὲ ἦσαν αὐτῷ τεσσαράκοντα καὶ τούτων τὴν‎ γενεὰν καταλιπόντες τριάκοντα , ἤλαυνέ τε σὺν αὐτοῖς οὖσιν ἑβδομήκοντα πᾶσιν ἱππάζειν ἀρίστοις γεγενημένοις , καὶ πάντας ὑπὲρ γῆς ἀπολιπὼν θνήσκει γηραιὸς καὶ ταφῆς ἐν ΦαραθῷPharathon λαμπρᾶς τυγχάνει .
274 He had forty sons, and by them left thirty grandchildren; and he marched in state with these seventy, who were all very skillful in riding horses; and he left them all alive after him. He died an old man, and obtained a magnificent burial in Pyrathon. 274 He had forty sons and by them left thirty grandchildren, and he rode in state with these seventy, who were all very skilled riders, and he left them all alive after him. He died an old man and had a magnificent burial in Pharathon.
274 Barach
Chapter 8
[275-317]
Samson tames the Philistines.
He is deceived by Delilah and blinded.
Dying in Gaza, he has his revenge
275 μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines τελευτήσαντα κρατοῦσι τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites καὶ φόρους παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐλάμβανον ἐπ᾽ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα . ταύτης δ᾽ ἐλευθεροῦνται τῆς ἀνάγκης τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ·
275 After Abdon was dead, the Philistines overcame the Israelites, and received tribute of them for forty years; from which distress they were delivered after this manner:— 275 After his death, the Philistines overcame the Israelites and took tax from them for forty years; but from this distress they were saved as follows.
275 Barach
276 ΜανώχηςManoah τις ΔανιτῶνDanites ἐν ὀλίγοις ἄριστος καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ὁμολογούμενος πρῶτος εἶχε γύναιον ἐπ᾽ εὐμορφίᾳ περίβλεπτον καὶ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὸ διαφέρον . παίδων δ᾽ οὐ γινομένων αὐτῷ δυσφορῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπαιδίᾳ θεὸν ἱκέτευεν ἐπὶ τὸ προάστειον συνεχῶς φοιτῶν μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς δοῦναι διαδοχὴν αὐτοῖς γνησίαν · μέγα δέ ἐστι τοῦτο πεδίον .
276 There was one Manoah, a person of such great virtue, that he had few men his equals, and without dispute the principal person of his country. He had a wife celebrated for her beauty, and excelling her contemporaries. He had no children; and, being uneasy at his want of posterity, he entreated God to give them seed of their own bodies to succeed them; and with that intent he came constantly into the suburbs together with his wife; which suburbs were in the Great Plain. 276 Manoah, a man of rare virtue and first among the influential people of his region, had a most beautiful wife who excelled among her friends. Having no children, and unhappy at being childless, he came constantly with his wife into the suburbs, in the Great Plain, and begged God for legitimate offspring to succeed them.
276 Barach
277 ἦν δὲ καὶ μανιώδης ὑπ᾽ ἔρωτος ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ζηλότυπος ἀκρατῶς . μονωθείσῃ δὲ τῇ γυναικὶ φάντασμα ἐπιφαίνεται τοῦ θεοῦ νεανίᾳ καλῷ παραπλήσιον μεγάλῳ καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενον αὐτῇ παιδὸς γονὴν κατὰ θεοῦ πρόνοιαν καλοῦ τε καὶ ῬώμηνRome ἐπιφανοῦς , ὑφ᾽ πονήσειν ΠαλαιστίνουςPhilistines ἀνδρουμένῳ .
277 Now he was fond of his wife to a degree of madness, and on that account was unmeasurably jealous of her. Now, when his wife was once alone, an apparition was seen by her: it was an angel of God, and resembled a young man beautiful and tall, and brought her the good news that she should have a son, born by God’s providence, that should be a goodly child, of great strength; by whom, when he was grown up to man’s estate, the Philistines should be afflicted. 277 He was madly fond of his wife, and his jealousy of her knew no bounds. Once when his wife was alone, she saw an apparition, an angel of God, like a beautiful, tall young man, who brought her the good news that she would have a son, born by God's providence. He would be handsome and strong, and as a man would afflict the Philistines.
277 Barach
278 παρῄνει τε τὰς κόμας αὐτῷ μὴ ἀποκείρειν · ἔσται‎ δ᾽ αὐτῷ πρὸς ἄλλο μὲν ποτὸν ἀποστροφὴ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο προστάσσοντος , πρὸς ὕδωρ δὲ μόνον οἰκειότης . καὶ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ᾤχετο κατὰ βούλησιν ἐλθὼν τοῦ θεοῦ .
278 He exhorted her also not to poll his hair, and that he should avoid all other kinds of drink, (for so had God commanded,) and be entirely contented with water. So the angel, when he had delivered that message, went his way, his coming having been by the will of God. 278 He warned her not to cut his hair and that, at God's command, avoiding all other kinds of drink, he should stick to water only. Having said this, by the will of God the angel went away as he had come.
278 Barach
279 δὲ τἀνδρὶ παραγενομένῳ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἐκδιηγήσατο ἐκθαυμάζουσα τοῦ νεανίσκου τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ μέγεθος , ὡς ἐκεῖνον ἐκ τῶν ἐπαίνωνto praise, approve εἰς ἔκπληξιν κατὰ ζηλοτυπίαν περιστῆναι καὶ ὑπόνοιαν τὴν‎ ἐκ τοιούτου πάθους κινουμένην .
279 Now the wife informed her husband when he came home of what the angel had said, who showed so great an admiration of the beauty and tallness of the young man that had appeared to her, that her husband was astonished, and out of himself for jealousy, and such suspicions as are excited by that passion: 279 When her husband arrived she told him what the angel had said, but she so praised the beauty and tallness of the young man who had appeared to her that her husband was angry and beside himself for jealousy and the suspicions her feeling roused in him.
279 Barach
280 δὲ βουλομένη τὴν‎ ἄλογον τἀνδρὸς λύπην σταλῆναι τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευε πάλιν πέμψαι τὸν ἄγγελον , ὡς ἂν καὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς ὁραθείη . καὶ παραγίνεται πάλιν κατὰ χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελος ὄντων ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ φαίνεται τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μεμονωμένῃ . δ᾽ ἐπιμεῖναι δεηθεῖσα ὡς ἂν ἀγάγοι τὸν ἄνδρα συγχωρήσαντος μέτεισι τὸν ΜάνωχονManoah .
280 but she was desirous of having her husband’s unreasonable sorrow taken away; accordingly she entreated God to send the angel again, that he might be seen by her husband. So the angel came again by the favor of God, while they were in the suburbs, and appeared to her when she was alone without her husband. She desired the angel to stay so long till she might bring her husband; and that request being granted, she goes to call Manoah. 280 Wanting to remove her husband's groundless sorrow, she begged God to send the angel again, so as to be seen by her husband. So, while they were in the suburbs, by God's favour the angel came again and appeared to her when she was alone without her husband. She prayed the angel to stay until she could bring her husband, and when he agreed, she went to call Manoah.
280 Barach
281 δὲ θεασάμενος οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ἐπαύετο τῆς ὑπονοίας ἠξίωσέ τι καὶ αὐτῷ δηλοῦν ὅσα καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ μηνύσειεν . ἀρκέσειν δὲ φράσαντος ταύτην μόνην εἰδέναι , τίς εἴη λέγειν ἐκέλευεν , ἵνα τοῦ παιδὸς γενομένου χάριν αὐτῷ καὶ δωρεὰν παράσχωσι .
281 When he saw the angel he was not yet free from suspicion, and he desired him to inform him of all that he had told his wife; but when he said it was sufficient that she alone knew what he had said, he then requested of him to tell who he was, that when the child was born they might return him thanks, and give him a present. 281 When he saw the angel he was still not free from suspicion and asked him to tell him all he had told his wife, but when he said it was enough for her alone to know it, he asked to know who he was, so that when the child was born they could thank him and give him a gift.
281 Barach
282 τοῦ δὲ μηδέ τινων αὐτῷ δεῖσθαι φήσαντος , οὐδὲ γὰρ κατὰ χρείαν ταῦτα εὐαγγελίσασθαι περὶ τῆς τοῦ παιδὸς γονῆς , τοῦ δὲ μεῖναι παρακαλοῦντος καὶ ξενίων μετασχεῖν οὐκ ἐπένευσε , πεισθεὶς δ᾽ ὅμως λιπαροῦντος ἐπιμεῖναι ὡς ἂν ξένιον αὐτῷ τι κομίσῃ ,
282 He replied that he did not want any present, for that he did not bring them the good news of the birth of a son out of the want of any thing. And when Manoah had entreated him to stay, and partake of his hospitality, he did not give his consent. However he was persuaded, at the earnest request of Manoah to stay so long as while he brought him one mark of his hospitality; 282 He said he did not want any gift, because it was not from any need that he brought them the good news of the birth of a son. When Manoah implored him to stay and share his hospitality, he would not, but was persuaded, at Manoah's request, to stay until he brought him one mark of his hospitality,
282 Barach
283 καὶ θύσαντος ἔριφον τοῦ ΜανώχουManoah καὶ τοῦτον ὀπτᾶν τῇ γυναικὶ κελεύσαντος , ἐπεὶ πάντ᾽ ἦν εὐτρεπῆ , προσέταξεν ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ἀποθέσθαι τούς τε ἄρτους καὶ τὰ κρέα χωρὶς τῶν ἀγγείων .
283 so he slew a kid of the goats, and bid his wife boil it. When all was ready, the angel enjoined him to set the loaves and the flesh, but without the vessels, upon the rock; 283 so he killed a kid goat and got his wife to boil it. When all was ready, the angel told him to set the loaves upon the rock, away from the vessels,
283 Barach
284 καὶ ποιησάντων ἅπτεται τῇ ῥάβδῳ εἶχε τῶν κρεῶν , τὰ δὲ λάμψαντος πυρὸς ἅμα τοῖς ἄρτοις ἐκαίετο καὶ ἄγγελος διὰ τοῦ καπνοῦ ὥσπερ ὀχήματος ἀνιὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν αὐτοῖς φανερὸς ἦν . ΜανώχηνManoah δὲ φοβούμενον , μή τι σφαλερὸν αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως τοῦ θεοῦ γένοιτο , θαρσεῖν γυνὴ παρεκελεύετο · ἐπὶ γὰρ συμφέροντι τῷ αὐτῶν τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῖς ὁραθῆναι .
284 which when they had done, he touched the flesh with the rod which he had in his hand, which, upon the breaking out of a flame, was consumed, together with the loaves; and the angel ascended openly, in their sight, up to heaven, by means of the smoke, as by a vehicle. Now Manoah was afraid that some danger would come to them from this sight of God; but his wife bade him be of good courage, for that God appeared to them for their benefit. 284 and when they had done this, he touched the meat with the staff he had in his hand, and a flame broke out and it was consumed, along with the loaves. Then, within the smoke, as by a vehicle, the angel ascended to heaven clearly in their sight. Manoah feared that something would happen to them because of this apparition of God, but his wife encouraged him, for God had appeared to them for their good.
284 Barach
285 Καὶ κύει τε ἐκείνη καὶ φυλακὴν εἶχε τῶν ἐντολῶν , καὶ γενόμενον τὸ παιδίον ΣαμψῶναSamson καλοῦσιν , ἰσχυρὸν δ᾽ ἀποσημαίνει τὸ ὄνομα . ηὔξετο δ᾽ παῖς ῥᾳδίως καὶ δῆλος ἦν προφητεύσων ὑπὸ τῆς περὶ τὴν‎ δίαιταν σωφροσύνης καὶ τῆς τῶν τριχῶν ἀνέσεως .
285 So the woman proved with child, and was careful to observe the injunctions that were given her; and they called the child, when he was born, Samson, which name signifies one that is strong. So the child grew apace; and it appeared evidently that he would be a prophet, both by the moderation of his diet, and the permission of his hair to grow. 285 The woman was duly pregnant and kept her instructions, and when he was born they called the child Samson, which means one who is strong. The child quickly grew and it was clear he would be a prophet, both in the sparseness of his diet and by letting his hair grow.
285 Barach
286 Ἀφικόμενος δὲ μετὰ τῶν γονέων εἰς ΘάμναTimnab πόλιν τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines πανηγύρεως ἀγομένης ἐρᾷ παρθένου τῶν ἐπιχωρίων παρακαλεῖ τε τοὺς γονεῖς ἄγεσθαι πρὸς γάμον αὐτῷ τὴν‎ κόρην . τῶν δὲ ἀρνουμένων διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁμόφυλονof the same race εἶναι , τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἙβραίωνHebrews σύμφορον ἐπινοοῦντος τὸν γάμον ἐκνικᾷ μνηστεύσασθαι τὴν‎ παρθένον .
286 Now when he once came with his parents to Timhath, a city of the Philistines, when there was a great festival, he fell in love with a maid of that country, and he desired of his parents that they would procure him the damsel for his wife: but they refused so to do, because she was not of the stock of Israel; yet because this marriage was of God, who intended to convert it to the benefit of the Hebrews, he over-persuaded them to procure her to be espoused to him. 286 Once when he came with his parents to Timhath, a city of the Philistines, during a great festival, he fell in love with a girl of that region and he asked his parents to get her as his wife. They refused, because she was not of the stock of Israel, but as this marriage was willed by God, who intended it for the benefit of the Hebrews, he managed to force them to betroth the girl to him.
286 Barach
287 συνεχῶς δ᾽ ἀπερχόμενος πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς αὐτῆς συντυγχάνει λέοντι καὶ γυμνὸς ὢν ἐκδεξάμενος αὐτὸν ἄγχει ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ εἰς τὸ χωρίον τὸ ὑλῶδες ἐνδοτέρωinner τῆς ὁδοῦ ῥίπτει τὸ θηρίον .
287 And as he was continually coming to her parents, he met a lion, and though he was naked, he received his onset, and strangled him with his hands, and cast the wild beast into a woody piece of ground on the inside of the road. 287 As he was visiting her parents as usual, he met a lion and though he was unarmed, he faced his charge and strangled him with his hands and threw the beast into a woody piece of ground aside from the road.
287 Barach
288 Πάλιν τε ἀπιὼν πρὸς τὴν‎ κόρην ἐπιτυγχάνει σμήνει μελιττῶν ἐν τῷ στήθει τοῦ λέοντος ἐκείνου νενοσσευκότων , καὶ ἀνελόμενος τρία μέλιτος κηρία σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς δώροις οἷς ἐκόμιζε δίδωσι τῇ παιδί .
288 And when he was going another time to the damsel, he lit upon a swarm of bees making their combs in the breast of that lion; and taking three honey-combs away, he gave them, together with the rest of his presents, to the damsel. 288 As he was going to the girl another time, he came upon a swarm of bees making their combs in the lion's breast, and taking three honey-combs, he gave them to the child, with the rest of his gifts.
288 Barach
289 τῶν δὲ ΘαμνιτῶνTimnath παρὰ τὴν‎ εὐωχίαν τὴν‎ τῶν γάμων , εἱστία γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἅπαντας , διὰ δέος τῆς ἰσχύος τοῦ νεανίσκου τριάκοντα δόντων αὐτῷ τοὺς ἀκμαιοτάτους λόγῳ μὲν ἑταίρους ἐσομένουςto be ἔργωιdeed δὲ φύλακας , μή τι παρακινεῖν ἐθελήσειεν , τοῦ πότου προβάντος καὶ παιδιᾶς οὔσης , οἷα φιλεῖ παρὰ τοὺς τοιούτους καιρούς ,
289 Now the people of Timhath, out of a dread of the young man’s strength, gave him during the time of the wedding-feast (for he then feasted them all) thirty of the most stout of their youth, in pretense to be his companions, but in reality to be a guard upon him, that he might not attempt to give them any disturbance. Now as they were drinking merrily and playing, Samson said, as was usual at such times, 289 During the time of the wedding, when he treated them all to a feast, the people of Timnath, fearful of the young man's strength, assigned him thirty of the strongest young men, pretending to be his companions, but in reality to keep guard on him, to prevent his giving them any trouble. As they were drinking merrily and having fun, Samson said, as was usual at such occasions,
289 Barach
290 ΣαμψὼνSamson εἶπεν , " ἀλλὰ προβάλλοντος ἐμοῦ λόγον εἰ λύσετε τοῦτον ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ ποιούμενοι τὴν‎ ζήτησιν , ὀθόνας τε καὶ στολὰς γέρας τῆς συνέσεως κατ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστον φέρεσθε παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ . φιλοτιμουμένων δὲ ὁμοῦ τε συνετοὺς δόξαι καὶ κέρδος εὕρασθαι καὶ λέγειν ἀξιούντωνto think worthy φησίν , ὅτι τὸ πάμβορον γεγεννήκοι βορὰν ἡδεῖανpleasant, sweet ἐξ αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ πάνυ ἀηδοῦς ὄντος .
290 “Come, if I propose you a riddle, and you can expound it in these seven days’ time, I will give you every one a linen shirt and a garment, as the reward of your wisdom.” So they being very ambitious to obtain the glory of wisdom, together with the gains, desired him to propose his riddle. He said, “That a devourer produced sweet food out of itself, though itself were very disagreeable.” 290 "Let me propose you a riddle and if you can expound it within seven days, I will give each man fine linen and a shirt as the reward for your wisdom." Keen to win a reputation for wisdom, along with the reward, they asked him to propose his riddle. He said, "The eater produced sweet food from itself, though it was totally distasteful."
290 Barach
291 τῶν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὐ δυναμένων ἐξευρεῖν τὸ νοούμενον παρακαλούντων δὲ τὴν‎ κόρην μαθοῦσαν παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτοῖς μηνῦσαι , καὶ γὰρ ἠπείλουνto hold out; to keep away ἐμπρήσειν αὐτὴν τοῦτο μὴ παρασχοῦσαν , ΣαμψὼνSamson δεομένης τῆς κόρης εἰπεῖν αὐτῇ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀντέχειν ἐπειρᾶτο ,
291 And when they were not able, in three days’ time, to find out the meaning of the riddle, they desired the damsel to discover it by the means of her husband, and tell it them; and they threatened to burn her if she did not tell it them. So when the damsel entreated Samson to tell it her, he at first refused to do it; 291 When in three days they could not find the meaning of the riddle, they asked the girl to find out from her husband and tell it to them, threatening to burn her if she did not do so. As the girl begged Samson to tell it to her, he tried to refuse at first,
291 Barach
292 ἐγκειμένης δ᾽ αὐτῆς καὶ εἰς δάκρυα προπιπτούσης καὶ τεκμήριον τιθεμένης τῆς πρὸς αὐτὴν δυσνοίας τὸ μὴ λέγειν αὐτῇ , μηνύει τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ ἀναίρεσιν αὐτῇ τοῦ λέοντος καὶ ὡς τὰ τρία βαστάσας ἐξ αὐτοῦ‎ κηρία μέλιτος γεγονότα κομίσειεν αὐτῇ .
292 but when she lay hard at him, and fell into tears, and made his refusal to tell it a sign of his unkindness to her, he informed her of his slaughter of a lion, and how he found bees in his breast, and carried away three honey-combs, and brought them to her. 292 but when she pressed him hard and resorted to tears and called his refusal to tell her a lack of affection, he told her how he had killed the lion and how he took away three honey-combs and brought them to her.
292 Barach
293 καὶ μὲν οὐδὲν ὑφορώμενος δολερὸν σημαίνει τὸ πᾶν , δ᾽ ἐκφέρει τὸν λόγον τοῖς δεηθεῖσι . κατὰ οὖν τὴν‎ ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν , καθ᾽ ἣν ἔδει τὸν προβληθέντα λόγον αὐτῷ διασαφεῖν , πρὶν δῦναι τὸν ἥλιον συνελθόντες φασίν , " οὔτε λέοντος ἀηδέστερόν τι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν οὔτε ἥδιον μέλιτος χρωμένοις .
293 Thus he, suspecting nothing of deceit, informed her of all, and she revealed it to those that desired to know it. Then on the seventh day, whereon they were to expound the riddle proposed to them, they met together before sun-setting, and said, “Nothing is more disagreeable than a lion to those that light on it, and nothing is sweeter than honey to those that make use of it.” 293 Suspecting nothing, he told her all and she told it to her petitioners. On the seventh day, when they were to expound the riddle proposed to them, they met him before sunset and said, "Nothing is more disagreeable than a lion to those who meet it and nothing is sweeter than honey to those who use it."
293 Barach
294 καὶ ΣαμψὼνSamson εἶπεν οὐδὲ γυναικὸς εἶναί τι δολερώτερον , ἥτις ὑμῖν ἐκφέρει τὸν ἡμέτερον λόγον . κἀκείνοις μὲν δίδωσιν ὑπέσχετο λείαν ποιησάμενος ἈσκαλωνιτῶνAskalonians τοὺς κατὰ τὴν‎ ὁδὸν αὐτῷ συντυχόντας , ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines δ᾽ εἰσὶ καὶ οὗτοι , τὸν δὲ γάμον ἐκεῖνον παραιτεῖται καὶ παῖς ἐκφαυλίσασα τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτὸν συνῆν αὐτοῦ‎ φίλῳ νυμφοστόλῳ γεγονότι.
294 To which Samson made this rejoinder: “Nothing is more deceitful than a woman for such was the person that discovered my interpretation to you.” Accordingly he gave them the presents he had promised them, making such Askelonites as met him upon the road his prey, who were themselves Philistines also. But he divorced this his wife; and the girl despised his anger, and was married to his companion, who made the former match between them. 294 Samson replied: "Nothing is more deceitful than a woman, for she brought my words to you." But he gave them the gifts as promised, taking them from Askalonites who met him on the road, who were also Philistines. Then he divorced his wife, but the girl cared nothing for his anger and married his friend, who had made the match between them.
294 Barach
295 Πρὸς δὲ τὴν‎ ὕβριν ταύτην ΣαμψὼνSamson παροξυνθεὶς ἅπαντας ἔγνω σὺν αὐτῇ ΠαλαιστίνουςPhilistines μετέρχεσθαι . θέρους δ᾽ ὄντος καὶ πρὸς ἄμητον ἤδη τῶν καρπῶν ἀκμαζόντων συλλαβὼν τριακοσίας ἀλώπεκας καὶ τῶν οὐρῶν ἐξάψας λαμπάδας ἡμμένας ἀφίησιν εἰς τὰς ἀρούρας τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines .
295 At this injurious treatment Samson was so provoked, that he resolved to punish all the Philistines, as well as her: so it being then summer-time, and the fruits of the land being almost ripe enough for reaping, he caught three hundred foxes, and joining lighted torches to their tails, he sent them into the fields of the Philistines, by which means the fruits of the fields perished. 295 Samson was so provoked by this insult that he decided to punish all the Philistines along with her. Since it was summer and the fruits of the land were almost ready for reaping, he caught three hundred foxes and binding lighted torches to their tails, sent them into the Philistines' fields, so that the fruit of their fields was destroyed.
295 Barach
296 καὶ φθείρεται μὲν οὕτως αὐτοῖς καρπός , ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines δὲ γνόντες ΣαμψῶνοςSamson εἶναι τὸ ἔργον καὶ τὴν‎ αἰτίαν δι᾽ ἣν ἔπραξε , πέμψαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας εἰς ΘαμνὰTimnab, Timna, Timnah τὴν‎ γενομένην αὐτοῦ‎ γυναῖκα καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς ζῶντας κατέπρησαν ὡς αἰτίους τῶν κακῶν γεγονότας .
296 Now when the Philistines knew that this was Samson’s doing, and knew also for what cause he did it, they sent their rulers to Timhath, and burnt his former wife, and her relations, who had been the occasion of their misfortunes. 296 The Philistines knew this was Samson's doing and they also knew why he did it, so they sent their officers to Timhath where his former wife and her relatives lived, and burned them for being the cause of their troubles.
296 Barach
297 ΣαμψὼνSamson δὲ πολλοὺς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines ἀποκτείνας ΑἰτὰνEtan κατῴκει , πέτρα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὀχυρὰ τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς . ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines δ᾽ ἐστράτευον ἐπὶ τὴν‎ φυλήν . τῶν δ᾽ οὐ δικαίως λεγόντων τιμωρίαν αὐτοὺς εἰσπράττεσθαι περὶ τῶν ΣαμψῶνοςSamson ἁμαρτημάτων φόρους αὐτοὺς τελοῦντας , εἰ βούλονται μὴ ἔχειν αἰτίαν ἔφασανto affirm, say αὐτοῖς ὑποχείριον ΣαμψῶναSamson δοῦναι .
297 Now when Samson had slain many of the Philistines in the plain country, he dwelt at Etam, which is a strong rock of the tribe of Judah; for the Philistines at that time made an expedition against that tribe: but the people of Judah said that they did not act justly with them, in inflicting punishments upon them while they paid their tribute, and this only on account of Samson’s offenses. They answered, that in case they would not be blamed themselves, they must deliver up Samson, and put him into their power. 297 After killing many of the Philistines in the plains region, Samson lived in Etam, a stronghold of the tribe of Judas. At that time the Philistines made war on that tribe, and when the people of Judas said it was wrong to punish them simply for Samson's offences, although they paid their taxes, their answer was that if they did not want to be blamed, they must hand Samson over to them.
297 Barach
298 οἱ δὲ ἀνεπίκλητοι βουλόμενοι τυγχάνειν παρῆσαν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ πέτραν τρισχίλιοι ὁπλῖταιheavy-armed καὶ καταμεμψάμενοι τῶν εἰς ΠαλαιστίνουςPhilistines αὐτῷ τετολμημένων ἄνδρας ἅπαντι τῷ γένει τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews συμφορὰν ἐπενεγκεῖν δυναμένους , ἥκειν τε λέγοντες ὅπως αὐτὸν λαβόντες ὑποχείριον δῶσιν αὐτοῖς ἠξίουν ἑκοντὶ τοῦθ᾽ ὑπομένειν .
298 So they being desirous not to be blamed themselves, came to the rock with three thousand armed men, and complained to Samson of the bold insults he had made upon the Philistines, who were men able to bring calamity upon the whole nation of the Hebrews; and they told him they were come to take him, and to deliver him up to them, and put him into their power; so they desired him to bear this willingly. 298 Not wanting to be guilty they came to the rock with three thousand warriors and blamed Samson for the insults he had given the Philistines, who could bring disaster upon the whole Hebrew nation. They told him they had come to take him and to give him up to them and put him into their power, so they asked him to agree to this.
298 Barach
299 δὲ λαβὼν ὅρκους παρ᾽ αὐτῶν μηδὲν τούτων ποιήσειν περισσότερον ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐγχειριεῖν μόνον , καταβὰς ἐκ τῆς πέτρας αὑτὸν ἐν τῇ τῶν φυλετῶν τίθησιν ἐξουσίᾳ , κἀκεῖνοι δήσαντες αὐτὸν δυσὶ καλωδίοις ἦγον παραδοῦναι τοῖς ΠαλαιστίνοιςPhilistines .
299 Accordingly, when he had received assurance from them upon oath, that they would do him no other harm than only to deliver him into his enemies’ hands, he came down from the rock, and put himself into the power of his countrymen. Then did they bind him with two cords, and lead him on, in order to deliver him to the Philistines; 299 When he had received their oath of assurance to do him no harm other than to hand him over to his enemies, he came down from the rock and put himself into the power of his own people. They bound him with two cords and led him off to give him to the Philistines.
299 Barach
300 καὶ γενομένων κατὰ χωρίον , Σιαγὼν καλεῖται νῦν διὰ τὴν‎ ΣαμψῶνοςSamson ἀνδραγαθίαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ γενομένην , πάλαι δ᾽ ἦν ἀνώνυμον , οὐκ ἄπωθεν ἐστρατοπεδευκότων τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπαντώντων μετὰ χαρᾶς καὶ βοῆς ὡς ἐπὶ κατωρθωμένοις οἷς ἐβούλοντο , διαρρήξας τὰ δεσμὰ ΣαμψὼνSamson ἁρπασάμενος ὄνου σιαγόνα παρὰ ποσὶν οὖσαν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους ὤσατο καὶ παίων αὐτοὺς τῇ σιαγόνι κτείνει εἰς χιλίους , τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους τρέπεται ταραχθέντας .
300 and when they came to a certain place, which is now called the Jaw-bone, on account of the great action there performed by Samson, though of old it had no particular name at all, the Philistines, who had pitched their camp not far off, came to meet them with joy and shouting, as having done a great thing, and gained what they desired; but Samson broke his bonds asunder, and catching up the jaw-bone of an ass that lay down at his feet, fell upon his enemies, and smiting them with his jaw-bone, slew a thousand of them, and put the rest to flight and into great disorder. 300 When they reached a certain place, now called the Jaw-bone after the great action Samson did there, though formerly it was nameless, the Philistines, who had encamped not far off, came to meet them with joy and shouting, as though having achieved some great objective, but Samson broke his chains asunder and snatching up the jaw-bone of an ass that lay at his feet, attacked his enemies and hitting them with the jaw-bone, killed a thousand and put the rest, terrified, to flight.
300 Barach
301 ΣαμψὼνSamson δὲ μεῖζον χρὴ ἐπὶ τούτῳ φρονῶν οὐ κατὰ θεοῦ συνεργίαν ἔλεγε τοῦτο συμβῆναι , τὴν‎ δ᾽ ἰδίαν ἀρετὴν ἐπέγραψε τῷ γεγονότι , τῶν πολεμίων τοὺς μὲν πεσεῖν τοὺς δ᾽ εἰς φυγὴν τραπῆναι διὰ τοῦ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ δέους αὐχῶν .
301 Upon this slaughter Samson was too proud of what he had performed, and said that this did not come to pass by the assistance of God, but that his success was to be ascribed to his own courage; and vaunted himself, that it was out of a dread of him that some of his enemies fell and the rest ran away upon his use of the jaw-bone; 301 But Samson became too proud of this, claiming it had not happened by the help of God, but that it was due to his own courage, and boasted that it was from dread of him that some of his enemies fell to the jaw-bone while the rest ran away.
301 Barach
302 δίψους δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰσχυροῦ κατασχόντος κατανοῶν ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπειος ἀρετὴ τῷ θεῷ πάντα προσεμαρτύρει καὶ καθικέτευε μηδὲν τῶν εἰρημένων πρὸς ὀργὴν λαβόντα τοῖς πολεμίοις αὐτὸν ἐγχειρίσαι , παρασχεῖν δὲ βοήθειαν πρὸς τὸ δεινὸν καὶ ῥύσασθαι τοῦ κακοῦ .
302 but when a great thirst came upon him, he considered that human courage is nothing, and bare his testimony that all is to be ascribed to God, and besought him that he would not be angry at any thing he had said, nor give him up into the hands of his enemies, but afford him help under his affliction, and deliver him from the misfortune he was under. 302 But when a great thirst came upon him, he reckoned that human courage is nothing and testified that all should be attributed to God and implored him not to be angry with anything he had said, nor give him up into the hands of his enemies, but to give him help in his misfortune and save him from from his misfortune.
302 Barach
303 καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἱκετείας ἐπικλασθεὶς θεὸς πηγὴν κατά τινος πέτρας ἀνίησινto go up ἡδεῖανpleasant, sweet καὶ πολλήν , ὅθεν καὶ ΣαμψὼνSamson ἐκάλει τὸ χωρίον σιαγόνα καὶ μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο τοῦτο λέγεται .
303 Accordingly God was moved with his entreaties, and raised him up a plentiful fountain of sweet water at a certain rock whence it was that Samson called the place the Jaw-bone, and so it is called to this day. 303 God was moved by his plea and raised up for him a plentiful fountain of sweet water at a certain rock, which is why Samson called the place the Jaw-bone, and so it is called to this day.
303 Barach
304 μετὰ δὲ ταύτην τὴν‎ μάχην ΣαμψὼνSamson καταφρονῶν τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines εἰς ΓάζανGaza ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἔν τινι τῶν καταγωγίων διέτριβε . μαθόντες δὲ τῶν ΓαζαίωνGaza οἱ ἄρχοντες τὴν‎ αὐτόθι παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ‎ τὰ πρὸ τῶν πυλῶν ἐνέδραις καταλαμβάνουσιν , ὅπως ἐξιὼν μὴ λάθῃ .
304 After this fight Samson held the Philistines in contempt, and came to Gaza, and took up his lodgings in a certain inn. When the rulers of Gaza were informed of his coming thither, they seized upon the gates, and placed men in ambush about them, that he might not escape without being perceived; 304 After this fight, Samson despised the Philistines and came to Gaza and took up lodgings in a certain hotel. When the officers of Gaza were told of his coming there, they guarded the gates and placed men in ambush around them, so that he could not escape without being noticed.
304 Barach
305 ΣαμψὼνSamson δέ , οὐ γὰρ λανθάνουσιν αὐτὸν ταῦτα μηχανησάμενοι , περὶ μεσοῦσαν ἤδη τὴν‎ νύκτα ἀναστὰς ἐνράσσει ταῖς πύλαις , αὐταῖς τε φλιαῖς καὶ μοχλοὺς ὅση τε ἄλλη περὶ αὐταῖς ἦν ξύλωσις ἀράμενος κατωμαδὸν εἰς τὸ ὑπὲρ ἙβρῶνοςHebron ὄρος φέρων κατατίθησιν .
305 but Samson, who was acquainted with their contrivances against him, arose about midnight, and ran by force upon the gates, with their posts and beams, and the rest of their wooden furniture, and carried them away on his shoulders, and bare them to the mountain that is over Hebron, and there laid them down. 305 Knowing their scheme, Samson rose about midnight and ran violently against the gates, their posts and beams and the rest of their wooden furniture, and carried them away on his shoulders to the mountain that is over Hebron and there laid them down .
305 Barach
306 Παρέβαινε δ᾽ ἤδη τὰ πάτρια καὶ τὴν‎ οἰκείαν δίαιταν παρεχάρασσεν ξενικῶν μιμήσει ἐθισμῶν καὶ τοῦτ᾽ αὐτῷ ἀρχὴ κακοῦ γίνεται · γυναικὸς γὰρ ἑταιριζομένης παρὰ τοῖς ΠαλαιστίνοιςPhilistines ἐρασθεὶς ΔαλάληςDelilah τοὔνομα συνῆν αὐτῇ .
306 However, he at length transgressed the laws of his country, and altered his own regular way of living, and imitated the strange customs of foreigners, which thing was the beginning of his miseries; for he fell in love with a woman that was a harlot among the Philistines: her name was Delilah, and he lived with her. 306 But in the end he broke the ancestral laws and changed his lifestyle to imitate the customs of foreigners, which proved the beginning of his downfall. He fell in love with a Philistine prostitute named Delilah and lived with her.
306 Barach
307 καὶ τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines οἱ τοῦ κοινοῦ προεστῶτες ἐλθόντες πρὸς αὐτὴν πείθουσιν ἐπαγγελίαις μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ ΣαμψῶνοςSamson τὴν‎ αἰτίαν τῆς ἰσχύος , ὑφ᾽ ἧς ἄληπτός ἐστι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς . δὲ παρὰ πότον καὶ τοιαύτην συνουσίαν θαυμάζουσα τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ‎ ἐτεχνίτευε μαθεῖν , τίνι τρόπῳ τοσοῦτον προύχει κατ᾽ ἀρετήν .
307 So those that administered the public affairs of the Philistines came to her, and, with promises, induced her to get out of Samson what was the cause of that his strength, by which he became unconquerable to his enemies. Accordingly, when they were drinking, and had the like conversation together, she pretended to admire the actions he had done, and contrived to get out of him by subtlety, by what means he so much excelled others in strength. 307 The presiders of the Philistines came to her and induced her with promises to find out from Samson the cause of his strength, which made him invincible to his enemies. So when they were drinking and such-like intercourse, she pretended to admire his exploits and managed to get from him the reason why he so much exceeded others in strength.
307 Barach
308 δὲ ΣαμψώνSamson , ἔτι γὰρ φρονεῖν ἰσχυρὸς ἦν , ἀντηπάτα τὴν‎ ΔαλάληνDelilah φάμενος , εἰ κλήμασιν ἑπτὰ δεθείη ἀμπέλου ἔτι καὶ περιειλεῖσθαι δυναμένοις , ἀσθενέστερος ἂν πάντων ἔσοιτο .
308 Samson, in order to delude Delilah, for he had not yet lost his senses, replied, that if he were bound with seven such green withs of a vine as might still be wreathed, he should be weaker than any other man. 308 To mislead Delilah, for he had not yet lost his senses, Samson replied that if he were bound with seven green cords of a vine that could be used for a wreath, he would be weaker than all others.
308 Barach
309 δὲ τότε μὲν ἡσύχασεν , ἀποσημήνασα δὲ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines ἐνίδρυσε τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔνδον τινὰς καὶ μεθύοντα κατέδει τοῖς κλήμασι κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρότατον , ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνεγείρασα ἐδήλου παρεῖναί τινας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν .
309 The woman said no more then, but told this to the rulers of the Philistines, and hid certain of the soldiers in ambush within the house; and when he was disordered in drink and asleep, she bound him as fast as possible with the withs; 309 She said no more at the time, but told the Philistine officers and hid some soldiers in ambush within the house, and when he was drunk, she bound him tightly with the cords, and then awakening him, told him some were right upon him;
309 Barach
310 δὲ ῥήξας τὰ κλήματα βοηθεῖν ὡς ἐπερχομένων αὐτῷ τινων ἐπειρᾶτο . καὶ γυνὴ συνεχῶς ὁμιλοῦντος αὐτῇ τοῦ ΣαμψῶνοςSamson δεινῶς ἔχειν ἔλεγεν , εἰ κατ᾽ ἀπιστίαν εὐνοίας τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν μὴ λέγει ταῦθ᾽ ἅπερ δεῖται , ὡς οὐ σιγησομένης ὅσα μὴ γινώσκεσθαι συμφέρειν οἶδεν αὐτῷ .
310 and then upon her awakening him, she told him some of the people were upon him; but he broke the withs, and endeavored to defend himself, as though some of the people were upon him. Now this woman, in the constant conversation Samson had with her, pretended that she took it very ill that he had such little confidence in her affections to him, that he would not tell her what she desired, as if she would not conceal what she knew it was for his interest to have concealed. 310 but he broke the cords and set to defend himself, as though under attack. Now in her regular intercourse with Samson she pretended to take it very badly that he had such little confidence in her feelings for him, not to tell her what she needed, as though she would not keep secret whatever she knew it was in his interest to conceal.
310 Barach
311 τοῦ δὲ πάλιν ἀπατῶντος αὐτὴν καὶ φήσαντος ἑπτὰ κάλοις δεθέντα τὴν‎ ἰσχὺν ἀπολέσειν , ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσασα οὐδὲν ἤνυσεν , τρίτον συνυφῆναι τὰς κόμας αὐτοῦ‎ ἐμήνυσεν .
311 However, he deluded her again, and told her, that if they bound him with seven cords, he should lose his strength. And when, upon doing this, she gained nothing, he told her the third time, that his hair should be woven into a web; 311 But he again tricked her and told her that if they bound him with seven cords, he would lose his strength. When she gained nothing from this, he told her, the third time, that his hair should be woven into a web,
311 Barach
312 ὡς δ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτου γενομένου ἀληθὲς ηὑρίσκετο , δεομένης τελευταῖον ΣαμψώνSamson , ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν συμφορᾷ περιπεσεῖν , χαρίζεσθαι βουλόμενος τῇ ΔαλάλῃDelilah , " ἐμοῦ , φησίν , θεὸς κήδεται καὶ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἐκείνου πρόνοιαν γεννηθεὶς κόμην ταύτην τρέφω παρεγγυήσαντος μὴ ἀποκείρειν τοῦ θεοῦ · τὴν‎ γὰρ ἰσχὺν εἶναί μοι κατὰ τὴν‎ ταύτης αὔξησιν καὶ παραμονήν .
312 but when, upon doing this, the truth was not yet discovered, at length Samson, upon Delilah’s prayer, (for he was doomed to fall into some affliction,) was desirous to please her, and told her that God took care of him, and that he was born by his providence, and that “thence it is that I suffer my hair to grow, God having charged me never to poll my head, and thence my strength is according to the increase and continuance of my hair.” 312 but when she did this, the truth was still not revealed. Finally, at Delilah's petition, for he was doomed to fall into some misfortune, Samson wishing to please her told her that God took care of him; that he was born by divine providence and that, "that is why I let my hair grow, for God charged me never to cut my hair, and therefore my strength depends on its increase and continuance."
312 Barach
313 ταῦτα μαθοῦσα καὶ στερήσασα τῆς κόμης αὐτὸν παραδιδοῖ τοῖς πολεμίοις οὐκέτ᾽ ὄντα ἰσχυρὸν ἀμύνασθαι τὴν‎ ἔφοδον αὐτῶν . οἱ δ᾽ ἐκκόψαντες αὐτοῦ‎ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς δεδεμένον ἄγειν παρέδοσαν .
313 When she had learned thus much, and had deprived him of his hair, she delivered him up to his enemies, when he was not strong enough to defend himself from their attempts upon him; so they put out his eyes, and bound him, and had him led about among them. 313 When she had learned this and had removed his hair, she gave him up to his enemies as he no longer had the strength to defend himself from their attack, so they put out his eyes and bound him and had him led about among them.
313 Barach
314 Προιόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου ηὔξετο κόμη τῷ ΣαμψῶνιSamson , καὶ ἑορτῆς οὔσης τοῖς ΠαλαιστίνοιςPhilistines δημοτελοῦς καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ γνωριμωτάτων ἐν ταὐτῷ εὐωχουμένων , οἶκος δ᾽ ἦν δύο κιόνων στεγόντων αὐτοῦ‎ τὸν ὄροφονroof reeds, roof , ἄγεται μεταπεμψαμένων ΣαμψὼνSamson εἰς τὸ συμπόσιον , ὅπως ἐνυβρίσωσιν αὐτῷ παρὰ τὸν πότον .
314 But in process of time Samson’s hair grew again. And there was a public festival among the Philistines, when the rulers, and those of the most eminent character, were feasting together; (now the room wherein they were had its roof supported by two pillars;) so they sent for Samson, and he was brought to their feast, that they might insult him in their cups. 314 But in the course of time Samson's hair grew again. Now there was a festival among the Philistines, when the officers and their most distinguished men were at a feast in a room whose roof was supported by two pillars, and they sent for Samson and he was brought to their feast, that they might insult him during their drinking.
314 Barach
315 δὲ δεινότερον τῶν κακῶν ὑπολαμβάνων τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ὑβριζόμενος ἀμύνασθαι , τὸν χειραγωγοῦντα παῖδα πείθει , προσαναπαύσασθαι χρῄζειν εἰπὼν ὑπὸ κόπου , τοῖς κίοσιν αὐτὸν ἐγγὺς ἀγαγεῖν .
315 Hereupon he, thinking it one of the greatest misfortunes, if he should not be able to revenge himself when he was thus insulted, persuaded the boy that led him by the hand, that he was weary and wanted to rest himself, and desired he would bring him near the pillars; 315 But thinking it the worst of his woes if he could not revenge himself for the insults, he told the boy leading him by the hand that he was tired and wanted to rest, and got him to bring him near the pillars.
315 Barach
316 ὡς δὲ ἧκεν , ἐνσεισθεὶς αὐτοῖς ἐπικαταβάλλει τὸν οἶκον ἀνατραπέντων τῶν κιόνων τρισχιλίοις ἀνδράσιν , οἳ πάντες ἀπέθανον , ἐν αὐτοῖς δὲ καὶ ΣαμψώνSamson . καὶ τὸν μὲν τοιοῦτον κατέσχε τέλος ἄρξαντα τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites εἴκοσιν ἔτη .
316 and as soon as he came to them, he rushed with force against them, and overthrew the house, by overthrowing its pillars, with three thousand men in it, who were all slain, and Samson with them. And such was the end of this man, when he had ruled over the Israelites twenty years. 316 On reaching them, he shook them and brought down the house on the three thousand men in it, and all were killed, including Samson himself. Such was the end of this man, when he had ruled over the Israelites twenty years.
316 Barach
317 θαυμάζειν δὲ ἄξιον τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς ἰσχύος καὶ τοῦ περὶ τὴν‎ τελευτὴν μεγαλόφρονος τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς μέχρι τοῦ τελευτᾶν πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους . καὶ τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἁλῶναι δεῖ τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων προσάπτειν ἥττονι ἁμαρτημάτων οὔσῃ , μαρτυρεῖν δὲ ἐκείνῳ τὴν‎ εἰς τὰ ἄλλα πάντα τῆς ἀρετῆς περιουσίαν . οἱ δὲ συγγενεῖς ἀράμενοι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ‎ θάπτουσιν ἐν ΣαρασᾶSarasat τῇ πατρίδι μετὰ τῶν συγγενῶν .
317 And indeed this man deserves to be admired for his courage and strength, and magnanimity at his death, and that his wrath against his enemies went so far as to die himself with them. But as for his being ensnared by a woman, that is to be ascribed to human nature, which is too weak to resist the temptations to that sin; but we ought to bear him witness, that in all other respects he was one of extraordinary virtue. But his kindred took away his body, and buried it in Sarasat his own country, with the rest of his family. 317 The man deserves to be admired for his courage and strength and his magnanimity in death, for his anger went so far as to die along with his enemies. As for being ensnared by a woman, that was due to human nature, too weak to resist the temptations to sin, though we should confess that in all other respects he was of extraordinary virtue. His relatives took away his body and buried it in his own region of Sarasat, with the rest of his family.
317 Barach
Chapter 9
[318-337]
Ruth and Naomi settle in Bethlehem.
She marries Boaz, ancestor of king David
318 μετὰ δὲ τὴν‎ ΣαμψῶνοςSamson τελευτὴν προέστη τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites ἨλὶςEli ἀρχιερεύς . ἐπὶ τούτου λιμῷ τῆς χώρας κακοπαθούσης αὐτῶν ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech ἐκ ΒηθλέμωνBethlehem , ἔστι δὲ πόλις αὕτη τῆς ἸούδαJudas φυλῆς , ἀντέχειν τῷ δεινῷ μὴ δυνάμενος τήν τε γυναῖκα ΝααμεὶνNaomi καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς αὐτῷ γεγενημένους ΧελλιῶναChillon καὶ ΜαλαῶναMahlon ἐπαγόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ΜωαβῖτινMoabite μετοικίζεται .
318 Now after the death of Samson, Eli the high priest was governor of the Israelites. Under him, when the country was afflicted with a famine, Elimelech of Bethlehem, which is a city of the tribe of Judah, being not able to support his family under so sore a distress, took with him Naomi his wife, and the children that were born to him by her, Chillon and Mahlon, and removed his habitation into the land of Moab; 318 After the death of Samson, Eli the high priest ruled the Israelites. Under him, when the region was racked with famine, Elimelech of Bethlehem, a city of the tribe of Judas, was unable to support his family in that severe crisis, so he took his wife Naomi and the children she had borne him, Chillon and Mahlon, and went to live in the land of Moab.
318 Barach
319 καὶ προχωρούντων αὐτῷ κατὰ νοῦν τῶν πραγμάτων ἄγεται τοῖς υἱοῖς γυναῖκας ΜωαβίτιδαςMoab ΧελλιῶνιChillon μὲν ὈρφᾶνOrpah ῬούθηνRuth δὲ ΜαλαῶνιMahlon . διελθόντων δὲ δέκα ἐτῶν τε ἈβιμέλεχοςAbimelech καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν οἱ παῖδες δι᾽ ὀλίγου τελευτῶσι ,
319 and upon the happy prosperity of his affairs there, he took for his sons wives of the Moabites, Orpah for Chillon, and Ruth for Mahlon. But in the compass of ten years, both Elimelech, and a little while after him, the sons, died; 319 When his affairs prospered there to his satisfaction, he got Moabite wives for his sons, Orpah for Chillon and Ruth for Mahlon. But Elimelech died within ten years, and not long afterward the sons too.
319 Barach
320 καὶ ΝαάμιςNaomi πικρῶς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι φέρουσα καὶ τὴν‎ ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν τῶν φιλτάτων ἐρημίαν οὐχ ὑπομένουσα , δι᾽ ἣν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐξεληλύθει , πάλιν εἰς αὐτὴν ἀπηλλάττετοto want to be delivered ·
320 and Naomi being very uneasy at these accidents, and not being able to bear her lonesome condition, now those that were dearest to her were dead, on whose account it was that she had gone away from her own country, she returned to it again, for she had been informed it was now in a flourishing condition. 320 Embittered by these losses and finding her loneliness unbearable after the death of those dearest to her, for whom she had left her own region, Naomi returned to her homeland, for she had heard it was now doing well.
320 Barach
321 καὶ γὰρ ἤδη καλῶς τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐπυνθάνετο χωρεῖν . οὐκ ἐκαρτέρουν δὲ διαζευγνύμεναι αὐτῆς αἱ νύμφαι , οὐδὲ παραιτουμένη βουλομένας συνεξορμᾶν πείθειν ἐδύνατο , ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκειμένων εὐξαμένη γάμον εὐτυχέστερον αὐταῖς οὗ διημαρτήκεσαν παισὶ τοῖς αὐτῆς γαμηθεῖσαι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν κτῆσιν , ὅτε τὰ πρὸς αὐτὴν οὕτως ἐστί ,
321 However, her daughters-in-law were not able to think of parting with her; and when they had a mind to go out of the country with her, she could not dissuade them from it; but when they insisted upon it, she wished them a more happy wedlock than they had with her sons, and that they might have prosperity in other respects also; 321 The two brides could not bear to part from her, and when they planned to leave with her she did not argue with them. But when they persisted, she prayed for them more fortunate marriages than they had with her sons and that they might prosper in every respect.
321 Barach
322 μένειν αὐτόθι παρεκάλει καὶ μὴ συμμεταλαμβάνειν αὐτῇ βούλεσθαι πραγμάτων ἀδήλων τὴν‎ πάτριον γῆν καταλιπούσας . μὲν οὖν ὈρφᾶOrpah μένει , τὴν‎ δὲ ῬούθηνRuth μὴ πεισθεῖσαν ἀπήγαγε κοινωνὸν παντὸς τοῦ προστυχόντος γενησομένην .
322 and seeing her own affairs were so low, she exhorted them to stay where they were, and not to think of leaving their own country, and partaking with her of that uncertainty under which she must return. Accordingly Orpah staid behind; but she took Ruth along with her, as not to be persuaded to stay behind her, but would take her fortune with her, whatsoever it should prove. 322 However, given her own situation, she urged them to stay where they were and not to think of leaving their native land to share in her uncertain future. So Orpah stayed, but unable to persuade Ruth to stay she took her along, for she wished to share her fate, whatever it be.
322 Barach
323 Ἐλθοῦσαν δὲ ῬούθηνRuth μετὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς εἰς τὴν‎ ΒηθλεέμωνBethlehem ΒοώζηςBoaz ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech συγγενὴς ὢν δέχεται ξενίᾳ . καὶ ΝαάμιςNaomi , προσαγορευόντων αὐτὴν ὀνομαστί , δικαιότερον εἶπε ΜαρὰνMara καλεῖτέ με · σημαίνει δὲ καθ᾽ ἙβραίωνHebrews γλῶτταν ΝαάμιςNaomi μὲν εὐτυχίαν , μαρὰ δὲ ὀδύνην .
323 When Ruth was come with her mother-in-law to Bethlehem, Booz, who was near of kin to Elimelech, entertained her; and when Naomi was so called by her fellow citizens, according to her true name, she said, “You might more truly call me Mara.” Now Naomi signifies in the Hebrew tongue happiness, and Mara, sorrow. 323 When Ruth arrived in Bethlehem with her mother-in-law, Boaz, who was near of kin to Elimelech, received them as guests, and people when called Naomi by her proper name, she said, "You can more truly call me Mara," for in the Hebrew tongue Naomi means prosperity and Mara means sorrow.
323 Barach
324 ἀμήτου δὲ γενομένου ἐξῄει καλαμησομένη κατὰ συγχώρησιν τῆς πενθερᾶς ῬούθηRuth, ὅπως τροφῆς εὐποροῖεν , καὶ εἰς τὸ ΒοώζουBoaz τυχαίως ἀφικνεῖται χωρίον. παραγενόμενος δὲ ΒόαζοςBoaz μετ᾽ ὀλίγον καὶ θεασάμενος τὴν‎ κόρην ἀνέκρινε τὸν ἀγροκόμον περὶ τῆς παιδός . δὲ μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν παρ᾽ αὐτῆς ἅπαντα προπεπυσμένος ἐδήλου τῷ δεσπότῃ .
324 It was now reaping time; and Ruth, by the leave of her mother-in-law, went out to glean, that they might get a stock of corn for their food. Now it happened that she came into Booz’s field; and after some time Booz came thither, and when he saw the damsel, he inquired of his servant that was set over the reapers concerning the girl. The servant had a little before inquired about all her circumstances, and told them to his master, 324 It was now reaping time, and Ruth, with her mother-in-law's permission, went out to glean, to get a supply of corn to feed them. Into Boaz's field she went, and after some time Boaz arrived and when he saw the girl, he asked his steward about the child. The steward had a little earlier learned about her circumstances and told them to his master.
324 Barach
325 δὲ τῆς περὶ τὴν‎ πενθερὰν εὐνοίας ἅμα καὶ μνήμης τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτῆς συνῴκησεν ἀσπασάμενος καὶ εὐξάμενος αὐτῇ πεῖραν ἀγαθῶν καλαμᾶσθαι μὲν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἠξίωσεν , θερίζειν δὲ πᾶν τι καὶ δύναιτο καὶ λαμβάνειν ἐπιτρέπει προστάξας τῷ ἀγροκόμῳ μηδὲν αὐτὴν διακωλύειν λαμβάνειν , ἄριστόν τε παρέχειν αὐτῇ καὶ ποτόν , ὁπότεwhen σιτίζοι τοὺς θερίζοντας .
325 who kindly embraced her, both on account of her affection to her mother-in-law, and her remembrance of that son of hers to whom she had been married, and wished that she might experience a prosperous condition; so he desired her not to glean, but to reap what she was able, and gave her leave to carry it home. He also gave it in charge to that servant who was over the reapers, not to hinder her when she took it away, and bade him give her her dinner, and make her drink when he did the like to the reapers. 325 He greeted her kindly and wished her well, on account of her affection for her mother-in-law and the memory of the son to whom she had been married. He told her not to glean, but to reap whatever she could, and let her take it home. He also instructed the servant in charge of the reapers not to stop her taking it away and told him to let her eat and drink along with the reapers.
325 Barach
326 ῬούθηRuth δὲ ἄλφιτα λαβοῦσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ ἐφύλαξε τῇ ἑκυρᾷ καὶ παρῆν ὀψὲ κομίζουσα μετὰ τῶν σταχύων · ἐτετηρήκει δ᾽ αὐτῇ καὶ ΝαάμιςNaomi ἀπομοίρας βρωμάτων τινῶν , οἷς αὐτὴν ἐπολυώρουν οἱ γειτονεύοντες · διηγεῖται δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ ΒοάζουBoaz πρὸς αὐτὴν εἰρημένα .
326 Now what corn Ruth received of him she kept for her mother-in-law, and came to her in the evening, and brought the ears of corn with her; and Naomi had kept for her a part of such food as her neighbors had plentifully bestowed upon her. Ruth also told her mother-in-law what Booz had said to her; 326 Whatever corn Ruth received from him she kept for her mother-in-law and in the evening came to her bringing the ears of corn, and Naomi had kept for her part of the plentiful food her neighbours had given her; and she reported what Boaz had said to her.
326 Barach
327 δηλωσάσης δ᾽ ἐκείνης ὡς συγγενής ἐστι καὶ τάχα ἂν δι᾽ εὐσέβειαν προνοήσειεν αὐτῶν , ἐξῄει πάλιν ταῖς ἐχομέναις ἡμέραις ἐπὶ καλάμης συλλογὴν σὺν ταῖς ΒοάζουBoaz θεραπαινίσιν .
327 and when the other had informed her that he was near of kin to them, and perhaps was so pious a man as to make some provision for them, she went out again on the days following, to gather the gleanings with Booz’s maidservants. 327 In turn, Naomi told her that he was next of kin to them and was so dutiful a man that he might make some provision for them, she went out again on the following days, to gather the gleanings with Boaz's servant girls.
327 Barach
328 ἐλθών τε μετ᾽ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας καὶ ΒόαζοςBoaz ἤδη τῆς κριθῆς λελικμημένης ἐπὶ τῆς ἅλωος ἐκάθευδε . τοῦτο πυθομένη ΝαάμιςNaomi τεχνᾶται παρακατακλῖναι τὴν‎ ῬούθηνRuth αὐτῷ · καὶ γὰρ ἔσεσθαι χρηστὸν αὐταῖς ὁμιλήσαντα τῇ παιδί · καὶ πέμπει τὴν‎ κόρην ὑπνωσομένην αὐτοῦ‎ παρὰ τοῖς ποσίν .
328 It was not many days before Booz, after the barley was winnowed, slept in his thrashing-floor. When Naomi was informed of this circumstance she contrived it so that Ruth should lie down by him, for she thought it might be for their advantage that he should discourse with the girl. Accordingly she sent the damsel to sleep at his feet; 328 Not many days later, when the barley was winnowed, Boaz slept in his threshing-floor. When Naomi was told of this, she arranged for Ruth to lie down near him, for she thought it might be for their advantage for him to converse with the girl, so she sent her to sleep near his feet.
328 Barach
329 δέ , πρὸς οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀντιλέγειν τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς ἑκυρᾶς κελευομένων ὅσιον ἡγεῖτο , παραγίνεται καὶ παραυτίκα μὲν λανθάνει τὸν ΒόαζονBoaz βαθέως καθυπνωκότα , περιεγερθεὶς δὲ περὶ μέσην νύκτα καὶ αἰσθόμενος τῆς ἀνθρώπου παρακατακειμένης ἀνέκρινε τίς εἴη .
329 who went as she bade her, for she did not think it consistent with her duty to contradict any command of her mother-in-law. And at first she lay concealed from Booz, as he was fast asleep; but when he awaked about midnight, and perceived a woman lying by him, he asked who she was;— 329 She went as bidden, not thinking it right to oppose what her mother-in-law told her. At first her presence was unknown to Boaz, for he was fast asleep, but when he woke up about midnight and noticed a woman lying near him, he asked who she was.
329 Barach
330 τῆς δ᾽ εἰπούσης τοὔνομα καὶ φαμένης ὡς αὐτῆς δεσπότην συγχωρεῖν , τότε μὲν ἡσυχίαν ἄγει , ὄρθριος δὲ πρὶν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἄρξασθαι κινεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἔργον περιεγείρας αὐτὴν κελεύει τῶν κριθῶν λαβοῦσαν τι καὶ δύναιτο πορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὴν‎ ἑκυρὰν πρὶν ὀφθῆναί τισιν αὐτόθι κεκοιμημένην , φυλάττεσθαι σῶφρον τὴν‎ ἐπὶ τοιούτοις διαβολὴν καὶ μάλιστ᾽ ἐπὶ μὴ γεγονόσι .
330 and when she told him her name, and desired that he whom she owned for her lord would excuse her, he then said no more; but in the morning, before the servants began to set about their work, he awaked her, and bid her take as much barley as she was able to carry, and go to her mother-in-law before any body there should see that she had lain down by him, because it was but prudent to avoid any reproach that might arise on that account, especially when there had been nothing done that was ill. 330 When she told him her name and asked his pardon, as her master, he said no more at the time, but the morning, before the servants began their work, he woke her and told her to take as much barley as she could carry and go to her mother-in-law before anyone there noticed that she had lain down next to him, to prudently avoid any blame arising from it, especially since nothing had happened.
330 Barach
331 περὶ μέντοι τοῦ παντὸς οὕτω , φησίν , ἔσται‎ , [ ἐρωτᾶν ] τὸν ἔγγιστά μου τῷ γένει τυγχάνοντα , εἰ σοῦ χρεία γαμετῆς ἐστιν αὐτῷ , καὶ λέγοντι μὲν ἀκολουθήσεις ἐκείνῳ , παραιτουμένου δὲ νόμῳ σε συνοικήσουσαν ἄξομαι ."
331 But as to the main point she aimed at, the matter should rest here,—“He that is nearer of kin than I am, shall be asked whether he wants to take thee to wife: if he says he does, thou shalt follow him; but if he refuse it, I will marry thee, according to the law.” 331 But he dealt with the whole matter as follows: "Whoever is nearer of kin than I am, shall be asked if he wants to take you as his wife. If he says yes, you may go with him, but if he refuses, I will marry you, according to the law."
331 Barach
332 Ταῦτα τῇ ἑκυρᾷ δηλωσάσης εὐθυμία κατεῖχεν αὐτὰς ἐν ἐλπίδι τοῦ πρόνοιαν ἕξειν αὐτῶν ΒόαζονBoaz γενομένας . κἀκεῖνος ἤδη μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν τήν τε γερουσίαν συνῆγε καὶ μεταπεμψάμενος ῬούθηνRuth ἐκάλει καὶ τὸν συγγενῆ , καὶ παραγενομένου φησίν ·
332 When she had informed her mother-in-law of this, they were very glad of it, out of the hope they had that Booz would make provision for them. Now about noon Booz went down into the city, and gathered the senate together, and when he had sent for Ruth, he called for her kinsman also; 332 When she told this to her mother-in-law, they were glad in the hope that Boaz would provide for them. About noon Boaz went down to the city and gathered the elders together and after sending for Ruth, he called for her kinsman too.
332 Barach
333 " ἈβιμελέχουAbimelech καὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ‎ κλήρων κρατεῖς ; ὁμολογήσαντος δὲ συγχωρούντων τῶν νόμων κατὰ ἀγχιστείαν , " οὐκοῦν , φησὶν ΒόαζοςBoaz , οὐκ ἐξ ἡμισείας δεῖ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν νόμων . ἀλλὰ πάντα ποιεῖν κατ᾽ αὐτούς . ΜαάλουMahlon γὰρ δεῦρ᾽ ἥκει γύναιον , ὅπερ εἰ θέλεις τῶν ἀγρῶν κρατεῖν γαμεῖν σε δεῖ κατὰ τοὺς
333 and when he was come, he said, “Dost not thou retain the inheritance of Elimelech and his sons?” He confessed that he did retain it, and that he did as he was permitted to do by the laws, because he was their nearest kinsman. Then said Booz, “Thou must not remember the laws by halves, but do every thing according to them; for the wife of Mahlon is come hither, whom thou must marry, according to the law, in case thou wilt retain their fields.” 333 When he arrived, he said, "Don't you hold the inheritance of Elimelech and his sons?" He admitted that he did, but said he was acting within the law, as he was their next of kin. Then Boaz said, "You must not recall just half of the laws but do everything according to them, for Mahlon's wife has arrived here, and according to the law you must marry her, if you want to keep their fields."
333 Barach
334 νόμους . δὲ ΒοάζῳBoaz καὶ τοῦ κλήρου καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς παρεχώρει συγγενεῖ μὲν ὄντι καὶ αὐτῷ τῶν τετελευτηκότων , εἶναι δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα λέγων αὐτῷ καὶ παῖδας ἤδη .
334 So the man yielded up both the field and the wife to Booz, who was himself of kin to those that were dead, as alleging that he had a wife already, and children also; 334 As he already had a wife and children, the man yielded both the field and the wife to Boaz, who was himself related to the deceased.
334 Barach
335 μαρτυράμενος οὖν ΒόαζοςBoaz τὴν‎ γερουσίαν ἐκέλευε τῇ γυναικὶ ὑπολῦσαι αὐτὸν προσελθοῦσαν κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ πτύειν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον . γενομένου δὲ τούτου ΒόαζοςBoaz γαμεῖ τὴν‎ ῬούθηνRuth καὶ γίνεται παιδίον αὐτοῖς μετ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἄρρεν .
335 so Booz called the senate to witness, and bid the woman to loose his shoe, and spit in his face, according to the law; and when this was done, Booz married Ruth, and they had a son within a year’s time. 335 So Boaz called the elders to witness and bade the woman to loose the man's shoe and spit in his face, according to the law. When this was done, Boaz married Ruth, and within a year they had a male child.
335 Barach
336 τοῦτο ΝαάμιςNaomi τιτθευομένη κατὰ συμβουλίαν τῶν γυναικῶν ὨβήδηνObed ἐκάλεσεν ἐπὶ γηροκομίᾳ τῇ αὐτῆς τραφησόμενον · ὨβήδηςObed γὰρ κατὰ διάλεκτον τὴν‎ ἙβραίωνHebrews ἀποσημαίνει δουλεύων . ὨβήδουObed δὲ γίνεται παῖς ἸεσσαῖοςJesse , τούτου ΔαβίδηςDavid βασιλεύσας καὶ παισὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ‎ καταλιπὼν τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν ἐπὶ μίαν καὶ εἴκοσι γενεὰς ἀνδρῶν .
336 Naomi was herself a nurse to this child; and by the advice of the women, called him Obed, as being to be brought up in order to be subservient to her in her old age, for Obed in the Hebrew dialect signifies a servant. The son of Obed was Jesse, and David was his son, who was king, and left his dominions to his sons for oneandtwenty generations. 336 Naomi herself nursed this infant, and at the women's advice called him Obed, intending to rear him so as to help her in her old age, for Obed in the Hebrew dialect means servant. The son of Obed was Jesse and David was his son, who became king, and who left his dominions to his sons for twenty-one generations.
336 Barach
337 τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ ῬούθηνRuth ἀναγκαίως διηγησάμην ἐπιδεῖξαι βουλόμενος τὴν‎ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν , ὅτι τούτῳ παράγειν ἐφικτόν ἐστιν εἰς ἀξίωμα λαμπρὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτυχόντας , εἰς οἷον ἀνήγαγε καὶ ΔαβίδηνDavid ἐκ τοιούτων γενόμενον .
337 I was therefore obliged to relate this history of Ruth, because I had a mind to demonstrate the power of God, who, without difficulty, can raise those that are of ordinary parentage to dignity and splendor, to which he advanced David, though he were born of such mean parents. 337 I had to tell this story of Ruth, to prove the power of God, who can easily raise to dignity and splendour people of ordinary parentage, as he advanced David, though born of such people.
337 Barach
Chapter 10
[338-351]
Samuel's childhood.
Disaster befalls Eli's sons
338 ἙβραῖοιHebrews δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτοῖς ὑπενεχθέντων πάλιν πόλεμον ἐκφέρουσι ΠαλαιστίνοιςPhilistines διὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν · ἨλὶEli τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ δύο παῖδες ἦσαν ὉφνίηςHophni τε καὶ ΦινεέσηςPhineas .
338 And now upon the ill state of the affairs of the Hebrews, they made war again upon the Philistines. The occasion was this: Eli, the high priest, had two sons, Hophni and Phineas. 338 When things were going badly for the Hebrews they again went to war against the Philistines. The occasion was this: Eli, the high priest, had two sons, Hophni and Phineas.
338 Barach
339 οὗτοι καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὑβρισταὶ γενόμενοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀσεβεῖς οὐδενὸς ἀπείχοντο παρανομήματος , καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐφέροντο τῶν γερῶν κατὰ τιμήν , δ᾽ ἐλάμβανον αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγῆς τρόπῳ , γυναῖκάς τε τὰς ἐπὶ θρησκείᾳ παραγινομένας ὕβριζον φθοραῖς ταῖς μὲν βίαν προσφέροντες τὰς δὲ δώροις ὑπαγόμενοι · τυραννίδος δ᾽ οὐθὲν ἀπέλειπεν βίος αὐτῶν .
339 These sons of Eli were guilty of injustice towards men, and of impiety towards God, and abstained from no sort of wickedness. Some of their gifts they carried off, as belonging to the honorable employment they had; others of them they took away by violence. They also were guilty of impurity with the women that came to worship God at the tabernacle, obliging some to submit to their lust by force, and enticing others by bribes; nay, the whole course of their lives was no better than tyranny. 339 These two were arrogant toward men and impious toward God and refrained from no sort of wickedness. Some gifts they accepted as part of their honourable employment but others they seized by force, and dishonoured women who came for worship, taking some by violence and seducing others with bribes, so that their whole lifestyle was no better than tyranny.
339 Barach
340 τε οὖν πατὴρ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις χαλεπῶς εἶχεν ὅσον οὐδέπω προσδοκῶν ἥξειν ἐκ θεοῦ τιμωρίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς πραττομένοις , τό τε πλῆθος ἐδυσφόρει , κἀπειδὴ φράζει τὴν‎ ἐσομένην συμφορὰν θεὸς τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ‎ τῷ τε ἨλὶEli καὶ ΣαμουήλῳSamuel τῷ προφήτῃ παιδὶ τότε ὄντι , τότε φανερὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς πένθος ἦγε .
340 Their father therefore was angry at them for such their wickedness, and expected that God would suddenly inflict his punishments upon them for what they had done. The multitude took it heinously also. And as soon as God had foretold what calamity would befall Eli’s sons, which he did both to Eli himself and to Samuel the prophet, who was yet but a child, he openly showed his sorrow for his sons’ destruction. 340 Their father took their behaviour badly and was expecting God to punish them for what they had done and the people were also displeased. But when God foretold their impending disaster, which he did to Eli himself and to Samuel the prophet who was still only a child, the father openly grieved for the ruin of his sons.
340 Barach
341 Βούλομαι δὲ τὰ περὶ τοῦ προφήτου πρότερον διεξελθὼν ἔπειθ᾽afterward οὕτως τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἨλὶEli παῖδας εἰπεῖν καὶ τὴν‎ δυστυχίαν τὴν‎ τῷ παντὶ λαῷ ἙβραίωνHebrews γενομένην .
341 I will first despatch what I have to say about the prophet Samuel, and after that will proceed to speak of the sons of Eli, and the miseries they brought on the whole people of the Hebrews. 341 I will first deal with what I have to say about the prophet Samuel and will then speak about the sons of Eli and the miseries they brought on the whole Hebrew people.
341 Barach
342 ἈλκάνηςAlkanes ΛευίτηςLevite ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ πολιτῶν τῆς ἘφράμουEphraim κληρουχίας ῬαμαθὰνRamathaim πόλιν κατοικῶν ἐγάμει δύο γυναῖκας ἌννανAnna, Hannah τε καὶ ΦενάννανPeninnah . ἐκ δὴ ταύτης καὶ παῖδες αὐτῷ γίνονται , τὴν‎ δ᾽ ἑτέραν ἄτεκνον οὖσαν ἀγαπῶν διετέλει .
342 Elcanah, a Levite, one of a middle condition among his fellow citizens, and one that dwelt at Ramathaim, a city of the tribe of Ephraim, married two wives, Hannah and Peninnah. He had children by the latter; but he loved the other best, although she was barren. 342 Alkanes, a Levite of middle rank among his fellow citizens who lived in Ramathaim, a city of the tribe of Ephraim, married two wives, Hannah and Peninnah. He had children by the latter, but he loved the other more, although she was barren.
342 Barach
343 ἀφικομένουto arrive at δὲ μετὰ τῶν γυναικῶν τοῦ ἈλκάνουAlkanes εἰς ΣιλὼShiloh πόλιν θῦσαι , ἐνταῦθα γὰρ σκηνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπεπήγει καθὼς προειρήκαμεν , καὶ πάλιν κατὰ τὴν‎ εὐωχίαν νέμοντος μοίρας κρεῶν ταῖς τε γυναιξὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις , ἌνναHannah θεασαμένη τοὺς τῆς ἑτέρας παῖδας τῇ μητρὶ περικαθημένους , εἰς δάκρυά τε προύπεσε καὶ τῆς ἀπαιδίας αὑτὴν ὠλοφύρετο καὶ τῆς μονώσεως .
343 Now Elcanah came with his wives to the city Shiloh to sacrifice, for there it was that the tabernacle of God was fixed, as we have formerly said. Now when, after he had sacrificed, he distributed at that festival portions of the flesh to his wives and children, and when Hannah saw the other wife’s children sitting round about their mother, she fell into tears, and lamented herself on account of her barrenness and lonesomeness; 343 When Alkanes came with his wives to the city of Shiloh to sacrifice, for the Tent of God was situated there, as we have said, after he had sacrificed at the festival he distributed portions of the meat to his wives and children, and when Hannah saw the other's children sitting around their mother, she began weeping and mourned for herself in her barrenness and loneliness.
343 Barach
344 καὶ τῆς τἀνδρὸς παραμυθίας τῇ λύπῃ κρατήσασα εἰς τὴν‎ σκηνὴν ᾤχετο τὸν θεὸν ἱκετεύουσα δοῦναι γονὴν αὐτῇ καὶ ποιῆσαι μητέρα , ἐπαγγελλομένη τὸ πρῶτον αὐτῇ γενησόμενον καθιερώσειν ἐπὶ διακονίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ δίαιταν οὐχ ὁμοίαν τοῖς ἰδιώταις ποιησόμενον .
344 and suffering her grief to prevail over her husband’s consolations to her, she went to the tabernacle to beseech God to give her seed, and to make her a mother; and to vow to consecrate the first son she should bear to the service of God, and this in such a way, that his manner of living should not be like that of ordinary men. 344 No consoling words from her husband could soothe her grief, so she went to the Tent to beg God to give her offspring and to make her a mother, and vowed to consecrate her first son to the service of God, so that his lifestyle should not be like that of ordinary men.
344 Barach
345 διατριβούσης δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς πολὺν χρόνον ἨλὶςEli ἀρχιερεύς , ἐκαθέζετο γὰρ πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς , ὡς παροινοῦσαν ἐκέλευεν ἀπιέναι . τῆς δὲ πιεῖν ὕδωρ φαμένης , λυπουμένης δ᾽ ἐπὶ παίδων ἀπορίᾳ τὸν θεὸν ἱκετεύειν , θαρσεῖν παρεκελεύετο παρέξειν αὐτῇ παῖδας τὸν θεὸν καταγγέλλων .
345 And as she continued at her prayers a long time, Eli, the high priest, for he sat there before the tabernacle, bid her go away, thinking she had been disordered with wine; but when she said she had drank water, but was in sorrow for want of children, and was beseeching God for them, he bid her be of good cheer, and told her that God would send her children. 345 As she continued a long time at her prayers, the high priest, Eli, who was sitting in front of the Tent, told her to go away, thinking her under the influence of wine. She replied that she had drunk only water, but was grieving her lack of children and was imploring God for them, so he told her to be at peace, and that God would send her children.
345 Barach
346 Παραγενομένη δ᾽ εὔελπις πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα τροφὴν χαίρουσα προσηνέγκατο , καὶ ἀναστρεψάντων εἰς τὴν‎ πατρίδα κύειν ἤρξατο καὶ γίνεται παιδίον αὐτοῖς , ὃν ΣαμουῆλονSamuel προσαγορεύουσι · θεαίτητον ἄν τις εἴποι . παρῆσαν οὖν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παιδὸς θύσοντες γενέσεως δεκάτας τ᾽ ἔφερον .
346 So she came to her husband full of hope, and ate her meal with gladness. And when they had returned to their own country she found herself with child, and they had a son born to them, to whom they gave the name of Samuel, which may be styled one that was asked of God. They therefore came to the tabernacle to offer sacrifice for the birth of the child, and brought their tithes with them; 346 She came back to her husband full of hope, and cheerfully ate her meal; and when they returned to their own region she found herself pregnant, and a son was born to them, to whom they gave the name of Samuel, which means one asked from God. Then they came to the Tent to offer sacrifice for the birth of the child, bringing their tithes.
346 Barach
347 ἀναμνησθεῖσα δ᾽ γυνὴ τῆς εὐχῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ παιδὶ γεγενημένης παρεδίδου τῷ ἨλὶEli ἀνατιθεῖσα τῷ θεῷ προφήτην γενησόμενον · κόμη τε οὖν αὐτῷ ἀνεῖτο καὶ ποτὸν ἦν ὕδωρ . καὶ ΣαμουῆλοςSamuel μὲν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διῆγε τρεφόμενος , ἈλκάνῃAlkanes δ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ἌνναςHannah υἱεῖς τε γίνονται καὶ τρεῖς θυγατέρες .
347 but the woman remembered the vows she had made concerning her son, and delivered him to Eli, dedicating him to God, that he might become a prophet. Accordingly his hair was suffered to grow long, and his drink was water. So Samuel dwelt and was brought up in the temple. But Elcanah had other sons by Hannah, and three daughters. 347 The woman remembered the vows she had made about her child and gave him over to Eli, dedicating him to God to become a prophet, so he let his hair grow long and he drank only water; and so Samuel lived and was brought up in the temple. And Alkanes had other sons by Hannah and three daughters.
347 Barach
348 ΣαμουῆλοςSamuel δὲ πεπληρωκὼς ἔτος ἤδη δωδέκατον προεφήτευε . καί ποτε κοιμώμενον ὀνομαστὶ ἐκάλεσεν θεός · δὲ νομίσας ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως πεφωνῆσθαι παραγίνεται πρὸς αὐτόν . οὐ φαμένου δὲ καλέσαι τοῦ ἀρχιερέως θεὸς εἰς τρὶς τοῦτο ποιεῖ .
348 Now when Samuel was twelve years old, he began to prophesy: and once when he was asleep, God called to him by his name; and he, supposing he had been called by the high priest, came to him: but when the high priest said he did not call him, God did so thrice. 348 When Samuel was twelve years old, he began to prophesy. Once when he was asleep, God called to him by his name, and he, thinking he had been called by the high priest, came to him, but the high priest said he had not called him. And God did this three times.
348 Barach
349 καὶ ἨλὶςEli διαυγασθείς φησι πρὸς αὐτόν , " ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ [ μὲν ] , ΣαμουῆλεSamuel , σιγὴν ὡς καὶ τὸ πρὶν ἦγον , θεὸς δ᾽ ἐστὶν καλῶν , σήμαινέ τε πρὸς αὐτόν , ὅτι παρατυγχάνω . καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ φθεγξαμένου πάλιν ἀκούσας ἠξίου λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς χρωμένοις · οὐ γὰρ ὑστερήσειν αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἂν θελήσῃ διακονίας .
349 Eli was then so far illuminated, that he said to him, “Indeed, Samuel, I was silent now as well as before: it is God that calls thee; do thou therefore signify it to him, and say, I am here ready.” So when he heard God speak again, he desired him to speak, and to deliver what oracles he pleased to him, for he would not fail to perform any ministration whatsoever he should make use of him in;— 349 Then Eli was inspired to say to him, "I was silent this time, Samuel, as well as before. It is God who is calling you. Answer him and say, 'Here I am.'" When he heard God speak again, he asked him to speak whatever he pleased to him, for he would not refuse any service he wanted of him.
349 Barach
350 καὶ θεός " ἐπεί , φησί , παρατυγχάνεις , μάνθανε συμφορὰν ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite ἐσομένην λόγου μείζονα καὶ πίστεως τοῖς παρατυγχάνουσι , καὶ τοὺς ἨλὶEli δὲ παῖδας ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ τεθνηξομένους καὶ τὴν‎ ἱερωσύνην μετελευσομένην εἰς τὴν‎ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar οἰκίαν · ἨλὶςEli γὰρ τῆς ἐμῆς θεραπείας μᾶλλον τοὺς υἱοὺς καὶ παρὰ
350 to which God replied, “Since thou art here ready, learn what miseries are coming upon the Israelites,—such indeed as words cannot declare, nor faith believe; for the sons of Eli shall die on one day, and the priesthood shall be transferred into the family of Eleazar; for Eli hath loved his sons more than he hath loved my worship, and to such a degree as is not for their advantage.” 350 And God said, "Since you are here, learn the woes that are coming on the Israelites, which are beyond words and belief, for the sons of Eli shall die on a single day and the priesthood shall pass to the family of Eleazar. For Eli has loved his sons more than my worship and more than was good for them."
350 Barach
351 τὸ συμφέρον αὐτοῖς ἠγάπησε . ταῦτα βιασάμενος ὅρκοις εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ τὸν προφήτην ἨλίςEli , οὐ γὰρ ἐβούλετο λυπεῖν αὐτὸν λέγων , ἔτι μᾶλλον βεβαιοτέραν εἶχε τὴν‎ προσδοκίαν τῆς τῶν τέκνων ἀπωλείας . ΣαμουήλουSamuel δὲ ηὔξετο ἐπὶ πλέον δόξα πάντων ὧν προεφήτευσεν ἀληθινῶν βλεπομένων .
351 Which message Eli obliged the prophet by oath to tell him, for otherwise he had no inclination to afflict him by telling it. And now Eli had a far more sure expectation of the perdition of his sons; but the glory of Samuel increased more and more, it being found by experience that whatsoever he prophesied came to pass accordingly. 351 Eli forced the prophet under oath to tell him this message, for otherwise he did not want to grieve him by telling it; for now he expected the loss of his sons more surely than before. And Samuel's fame increased more and more, when experience proved that whatever he prophesied came true.
351 Barach
Chapter 11
[352-362]
Defection of Eli's sons.
The Philistines capture the Ark.
Eli's Death
352 Κατὰ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν καιρὸν καὶ ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines στρατεύσαντεςto lead to war ἐπὶ τοὺς ἸσραηλίταςIsraelites στρατοπεδεύονται κατὰ πόλιν ἈμφεκᾶνAphek , δεξαμένων δ᾽ ἐξ ὀλίγου τῶν ἸσραηλιτῶνIsrael, Israelites συνῄεσαν εἰς τὴν‎ ἐχομένην καὶ νικῶσιν οἱ ΠαλαιστῖνοιPhilistines καὶ κτείνουσι μὲν τῶν ἙβραίωνHebrews εἰς τετρακισχιλίους , τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πλῆθος συνδιώκουσιν εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον .
352 About this time it was that the Philistines made war against the Israelites, and pitched their camp at the city Aphek. Now when the Israelites had expected them a little while, the very next day they joined battle, and the Philistines were conquerors, and slew above four thousand of the Hebrews, and pursued the rest of their multitude to their camp. 352 About this time the Philistines made war on the Israelites and encamped at the city of Aphek. When the Israelites had waited for them a little while, they clashed the next day and the Philistines won and killed more than four thousand of the Hebrews and pursued the rest of them to their camp.
352 Barach
353 Δείσαντες δὲ περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἙβραῖοιHebrews πέμπουσιν ὡς τὴν‎ γερουσίαν καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὴν‎ κιβωτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ κελεύοντες κομίζειν , ἵνα παρούσης αὐτῆς παρατασσόμενοι κρατῶσι τῶν πολεμίων ἀγνοοῦντες , ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν καταψηφισάμενος αὐτῶν τὴν‎ συμφορὰν τῆς κιβωτοῦ , δι᾽ ὃν καὶ ταύτην συνέβαινεν εἶναι .
353 So the Hebrews being afraid of the worst, sent to the senate, and to the high priest, and desired that they would bring the ark of God, that by putting themselves in array, when it was present with them, they might be too hard for their enemies, as not reflecting that he who had condemned them to endure these calamities was greater than the ark, and for whose sake it was that this ark came to be honored. 353 Fearing to lose all, the Hebrews sent to the elders and the high priest asking them to bring the ark of God, so that lining up for battle in its presence they could defeat the enemy, not reflecting that He who had condemned them to these woes was greater than the ark, and that it was for his sake this ark came to be honoured.
353 Barach
354 παρῆν τε οὖν κιβωτὸς καὶ οἱ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως υἱεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῖς ἐπιστείλαντος , εἰ ληφθείσης τῆς κιβωτοῦ ζῆν ἐθέλουσιν , εἰς ὄψιν αὐτῷ μὴ παραγίνεσθαι . ΦινεέσηςPhineas δὲ ἤδη καὶ ἱερᾶτο τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῷ παρακεχωρηκότος διὰ τὸ γῆρας .
354 So the ark came, and the sons of the high priest with it, having received a charge from their father, that if they pretended to survive the taking of the ark, they should come no more into his presence, for Phineas officiated already as high priest, his father having resigned his office to him, by reason of his great age. 354 So the ark came and with it the sons of the high priest, having been told by their father that if they tried to survive the capture of the ark, they should no longer come into his presence, for already Phineas officiated as high priest, since his father had passed on his office to him, because of his great age.
354 Barach
355 θάρσος οὖν ἐπιγίνεται πολὺ τοῖς ἙβραίοιςHebrews ὡς διὰ τὴν‎ ἄφιξιν τῆς κιβωτοῦ περιεσομένοις τῶν πολεμίων , κατεπλήττοντο δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι δεδιότες τὴν‎ παρουσίαν τῆς κιβωτοῦ τοῖς ἸσραηλίταιςIsraelite . ταῖς μέντοι γε ἑκατέρων προσδοκίαις οὐχ ὅμοιον ἀπήντησε τὸ ἔργον ,
355 So the Hebrews were full of courage, as supposing that, by the coming of the ark, they should be too hard for their enemies: their enemies also were greatly concerned, and were afraid of the ark’s coming to the Israelites: however, the upshot did not prove agreeable to the expectation of both sides, but when the battle was joined, 355 So the Hebrews were much encouraged, expecting to defeat their enemies because of the ark's arrival. The enemy was greatly concerned and afraid of the ark's coming to the Israelites.
355 Barach
356 ἀλλὰ συμβολῆς γενομένης ἣν μὲν ἤλπιζον νίκην ἙβραῖοιHebrews τῶν ΠαλαιστίνωνPhilistines αὕτη γίνεται , ἣν δ᾽ ἐφοβοῦντο ἧτταν οὗτοι ταύτην ἙβραῖοιHebrews παθόντες ἔγνωσαν αὐτοὺς μάτην ἐπὶ τῇ κιβωτῷ τεθαρσηκότας · ἐτράπησάν τε γὰρ εὐθὺς εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθόντες τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἀπέβαλον εἰς τρισμυρίους , ἐν οἷς ἔπεσον καὶ οἱ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως υἱεῖς , τε κιβωτὸς ἤγετο πρὸς τῶν πολεμίων .
356 that victory which the Hebrews expected was gained by the Philistines, and that defeat the Philistines were afraid of fell to the lot of the Israelites, and thereby they found that they had put their trust in the ark in vain, for they were presently beaten as soon as they came to a close fight with their enemies, and lost about thirty thousand men, among whom were the sons of the high priest; but the ark was carried away by the enemies. 356 However, the upshot did not turn out as both sides expected, for when the battle took place, the victory the Hebrews expected was gained by the Philistines and the defeat feared by the Philistines fell on the Israelites. They found that they had trusted in the ark in vain, for they were defeated as soon as they came to grips with the enemy and lost about thirty thousand men, among them the sons of the high priest, and the ark was carried away to their enemies.
356 Barach
357 Ἀπαγγελθείσης δὲ τῆς ἥττης εἰς τὴν‎ ΣιλὼShiloh καὶ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς κιβωτοῦ , ΒενιαμίτηςBenjamin γάρ τις αὐτοῖς ἄγγελος ἀφικνεῖται νεανίας παρατετευχὼς τῷ γεγονότι , πένθους ἀνεπλήσθηto fill up πᾶσα πόλις .
357 When the news of this defeat came to Shiloh, with that of the captivity of the ark, (for a certain young man, a Benjamite, who was in the action, came as a messenger thither,) the whole city was full of lamentations. 357 When this defeat was reported in Shiloh, with news of the taking of the ark, for a young man of Benjamin who took part in the action came there with the news, the whole city was full of grief.
357 Barach
358 καὶ ἨλὶςEli ἀρχιερεύς , ἐκαθέζετο γὰρ καθ᾽ ἑτέρας τῶν πυλῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ θρόνου , ἀκούσας οἰμωγῆς καὶ νομίσας νεώτερόν τι πεπρᾶχθαι περὶ τοὺς οἰκείους καὶ μεταπεμψάμενος τὸν νεανίαν , ὡς ἔγνω τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ μάχην , ῥᾴων ἦν ἐπὶ τὸ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ‎ συνενηνεγμένοις περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ὡς ἂν προεγνωκὼς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ συμβησόμενον καὶ προαπηγγελκώς · συνέχει γὰρ ἀκριβῶς τὰ κατὰ προσδοκίαν συντυχόντα τῶν δεινῶν .
358 And Eli, the high priest, who sat upon a high throne at one of the gates, heard their mournful cries, and supposed that some strange thing had befallen his family. So he sent for the young man; and when he understood what had happened in the battle, he was not much uneasy as to his sons, or what was told him withal about the army, as having beforehand known by divine revelation that those things would happen, and having himself declared them beforehand,—for what sad things come unexpectedly they distress men the most; 358 Eli, the high priest, who sat on a high throne at one of the gates, heard their mournful cries and guessed that some odd thing had happened to his family. So he sent for the young man, and when he learned of the battle, he was patient about the fate of his sons and what what had happened to the army, having known in advance from God that those things would happen and having predicted them, for people are more affected when shocks come unexpectedly.
358 Barach
359 ὡς δὲ καὶ τὴν‎ κιβωτὸν ἤκουσεν ᾐχμαλωτίσθαι πρὸς τῶν πολεμίων , ὑπὸ τοῦ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τοῦτο προσπεσεῖν περιαλγήσας ἀποκυλισθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου τελευτᾷ , ὀκτὼ καὶ ἐνενήκοντα βιώσας ἔτη τὰ πάντα καὶ τούτων τεσσαράκοντα κατασχὼν τὴν‎ ἀρχήν .
359 but as soon as [he heard] the ark was carried captive by their enemies, he was very much grieved at it, because it fell out quite differently from what he expected; so he fell down from his throne and died, having in all lived ninety-eight years, and of them retained the government forty. 359 But when he heard that the ark had been captured by the enemy, he was so heartbroken and despairing that he fell from his throne and died, having lived ninety-eight years in all, and had held the leadership for forty of them.
359 Barach
360 Θνήσκει δὲ κατ᾽ ἐκείνην τὴν‎ ἡμέραν καὶ ΦινεέσουPhineas τοῦ παιδὸς γυνὴ μὴ καρτερήσασα ζῆν ἐπὶ τῇ τἀνδρὸς δυστυχίᾳ . κυούσῃ μὲν αὐτῇ προσηγγέλη τὸ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα πάθος , τίκτει δ᾽ ἑπταμηνιαῖον παῖδα , ὃν καὶ ζήσαντα ἸαχώβηνIcabod προσηγόρευσαν , σημαίνει δὲ ἀδοξίαν τὸ ὄνομα , διὰ τὴν‎ προσπεσοῦσαν δύσκλειαν τότε τῷ στρατῷ .
360 On the same day his son Phineas’s wife died also, as not able to survive the misfortune of her husband; for they told her of her husband’s death as she was in labor. However, she bare a son at seven months, who lived, and to whom they gave the name of Icabod, which name signifies disgrace,—and this because the army received a disgrace at this time. 360 On the same day his son Phineas' wife also died, unable to survive her husband's misfortune. They told her of her husband's death as she was in labour and she bore a son at seven months, who lived and to whom they gave the name of Icabod, which means disgrace, because the army suffered disgrace at this time.
360 Barach
361 ἦρξε δὲ πρῶτος ἨλὶςEli ἸθαμάρουIthamar τῆς ἑτέρου τῶν ἈαρῶνοςAaron υἱῶν οἰκίας · γὰρ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar οἰκία τὸ πρῶτον ἱερᾶτο παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς ἐπιδεχόμενοι τὴν‎ τιμήν , ἐκεῖνός τε ΦινεέσῃPhineas τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ‎ παραδίδωσι ,
361 Now Eli was the first of the family of Ithamar, the other son of Aaron, that had the government; for the family of Eleazar officiated as high priest at first, the son still receiving that honor from the father which Eleazar bequeathed to his son Phineas; 361 Eli was the first of the family of Ithamar, Aaron's other son, to hold the leadership, for the family of Eleazar had originally held the high priesthood, each son receiving from his father the honour which Eleazar bequeathed to his son Phineas,
361 Barach
362 μεθ᾽ ὃν ἈβιεζέρηςAbiezer ΝαχώρηςNahor ὢν αὐτοῦ‎ τὴν‎ τιμὴν παραλαβὼν παιδὶ αὐτοῦ‎ ΒόκκιBukki τοὔνομα αὐτὴν κατέλιπε , παρ᾽ οὗ διεδέξατο ὌζιςOzi ΝαχώρηςNahor ὤν , μεθ᾽ ὃν ἨλὶςEli ἔσχε τὴν‎ ἱερωσύνην , περὶ οὗ νῦν λόγος , καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνου μέχρι τῶν κατὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ ΣολομῶνοςSolomon βασιλείαν καιρῶν . τότε δὲ οἱ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar πάλιν αὐτὴν ἀπέλαβον .
362 after whom Abiezer his son took the honor, and delivered it to his son, whose name was Bukki, from whom his son Ozi received it; after whom Eli, of whom we have been speaking, had the priesthood, and so he and his posterity until the time of Solomon’s reign; but then the posterity of Eleazar reassumed it. 362 whose son Abiezer held it after him and passed it on to his son, Bukki, from whom his son Ozi inherited it; after whom Eli, of whom we have been speaking, held the priesthood and so he and his descendants until the time of Solomon's reign, but then the descendants of Eleazar got it back again.
362 Barach